{
  "slug": "olly-vol2",
  "title": "Spanish Short Stories For Beginners Volume 2: 8 More Unconventional Short Stories to Grow Your Vocabulary and Learn Spanish the Fun Way! (Spanish Edition)",
  "author": "Olly Richards",
  "language": "es",
  "chapters": [
    {
      "id": "ch1",
      "number": 1,
      "title": "Preface",
      "paragraphsES": [
        "In many ways, Spanish Short Stories For Beginners is the book I wish I had when I started learning Spanish. As a lover of books, I was often frustrated by a lack of material that was not only suitable for me as a beginner, but also engaging and interesting to read. In short, books that would help me learn Spanish and leave me wanting more.",
        "Shortly after publication, Spanish Short Stories For Beginners became an international bestseller. I soon began receiving emails asking for a second volume. It is, therefore, with great pleasure that I present Volume Two of these unconventional short stories.",
        "Inside, you will find eight captivating new stories which follow the format of the first volume, with short chapters, helpful vocabulary lists, and regular plot summaries. For those of you who own Volume One, you will also notice the introductory material on reading techniques has been kept the same, for the benefit of new readers.",
        "It has been great fun creating Spanish Short Stories For Beginners Volume Two, and I hope you enjoy it just as much as the first!"
      ],
      "paragraphsEN": [
        "In many ways, Spanish Short Stories For Beginners is the book I wish I had when I started learning Spanish. As a lover of books, I was often frustrated by a lack of material that was not only suitable for me as a beginner, but also engaging and interesting to read. In short, books that would help me learn Spanish and leave me wanting more.",
        "Shortly after publication, Spanish Short Stories For Beginners became an international bestseller. I soon began receiving emails asking for a second volume. It is, therefore, with great pleasure that I present Volume Two of these unconventional short stories.",
        "Inside, you will find eight captivating new stories which follow the format of the first volume, with short chapters, helpful vocabulary lists, and regular plot summaries. For those of you who own Volume One, you will also notice the introductory material on reading techniques has been kept the same, for the benefit of new readers.",
        "It has been great fun creating Spanish Short Stories For Beginners Volume Two, and I hope you enjoy it just as much as the first!"
      ]
    },
    {
      "id": "ch2",
      "number": 2,
      "title": "Introduction",
      "paragraphsES": [
        "This book is a collection of eight unconventional and entertaining short stories in Spanish. Written especially for beginners and low-intermediate learners, equivalent to A1-A2 on the Common European Framework of Reference, they offer a rich and enjoyable way of improving your Spanish and growing your vocabulary.",
        "Reading is one of the most effective ways to improve your Spanish, but it can be difficult to find suitable reading material. When you are just starting out, most books are too difficult to understand, contain vocabulary far above your level, and are so lengthy that you can soon find yourself getting overwhelmed and giving up.",
        "If you recognise these problems then this book is for you. From science fiction and fantasy to crime and thrillers, there is something for everyone. As you dive into these eight unique and well-crafted tales, you will quickly forget that you are reading in a foreign language and find yourself engrossed in a captivating world of Spanish.",
        "The learning support features in the stories give you access to help when you need it. With English definitions of difficult words, regular recaps of the plot to help you follow along, and multiple-choice questions for you to check important details of the story, you will quickly absorb large amounts of natural Spanish and find yourself improving at a fast pace.",
        "Perhaps you are new to Spanish and looking for an entertaining challenge. Or maybe you have been learning for a while and simply want to enjoy reading whilst growing your vocabulary. Either way, this book is the biggest step forward you will take in your Spanish this year.",
        "So sit back and relax. It's time to let your imagination run wild and be transported into a magical Spanish world of fun, mystery, and intrigue!",
        "Table of Contents",
        "Preface",
        "Introduction",
        "About the Stories",
        "How to Read Effectively",
        "The Six-Step Reading Process",
        "1. El Castillo",
        "2. El Cocinero",
        "3. Robot",
        "4. Historias de Guerra",
        "5. Rock",
        "6. El Comerciante",
        "7. Exploradores",
        "8. La Costa",
        "Thanks for Reading!",
        "More from Olly"
      ],
      "paragraphsEN": [
        "This book is a collection of eight unconventional and entertaining short stories in Spanish. Written especially for beginners and low-intermediate learners, equivalent to A1-A2 on the Common European Framework of Reference, they offer a rich and enjoyable way of improving your Spanish and growing your vocabulary.",
        "Reading is one of the most effective ways to improve your Spanish, but it can be difficult to find suitable reading material. When you are just starting out, most books are too difficult to understand, contain vocabulary far above your level, and are so lengthy that you can soon find yourself getting overwhelmed and giving up.",
        "If you recognise these problems then this book is for you. From science fiction and fantasy to crime and thrillers, there is something for everyone. As you dive into these eight unique and well-crafted tales, you will quickly forget that you are reading in a foreign language and find yourself engrossed in a captivating world of Spanish.",
        "The learning support features in the stories give you access to help when you need it. With English definitions of difficult words, regular recaps of the plot to help you follow along, and multiple-choice questions for you to check important details of the story, you will quickly absorb large amounts of natural Spanish and find yourself improving at a fast pace.",
        "Perhaps you are new to Spanish and looking for an entertaining challenge. Or maybe you have been learning for a while and simply want to enjoy reading whilst growing your vocabulary. Either way, this book is the biggest step forward you will take in your Spanish this year.",
        "So sit back and relax. It's time to let your imagination run wild and be transported into a magical Spanish world of fun, mystery, and intrigue!",
        "Table of Contents",
        "Preface",
        "Introduction",
        "About the Stories",
        "How to Read Effectively",
        "The Six-Step Reading Process",
        "1. El Castillo",
        "2. El Cocinero",
        "3. Robot",
        "4. Historias de Guerra",
        "5. Rock",
        "6. El Comerciante",
        "7. Exploradores",
        "8. La Costa",
        "Thanks for Reading!",
        "More from Olly"
      ]
    },
    {
      "id": "ch3",
      "number": 3,
      "title": "About the Stories",
      "paragraphsES": [
        "A sense of achievement and a feeling of progress are essential when reading in a foreign language. Without these, there is little motivation to keep reading. The stories in this book have been designed with this firmly in mind.",
        "First and foremost, each story has been kept to a manageable length and broken down into short chapters. This gives you the satisfaction of being able to finish reading what you have begun, and come back the next day wanting more! It also reduces the extent to which you feel overwhelmed by how much you have left to learn when starting to learn Spanish.",
        "The linguistic content of the stories is as rich and as varied as possible, whilst remaining accessible for lower-level learners. Each story belongs to a different genre in order to keep you entertained, and there are plenty of dialogues throughout, giving you lots of useful spoken Spanish words and phrases to learn. There is even a deliberate mix of tenses from one story to the next, so that you get exposure to common verbs in a mixture of past, present and future verb forms. This makes you a more versatile and confident user of Spanish, able to understand a variety of situations without getting lost.",
        "Many books for language learners include English translations for the entire story, known as parallel texts. Although these can be popular, parallel texts have the major disadvantage of providing an \"easy option\". Learners inevitably find themselves relying on the English translation and avoiding the \"struggle\" with the original Spanish text that is necessary in order to improve. Consequently, instead of including a parallel text, Spanish Short Stories for Beginners Volume 2 supports the reader with a number of learning aids that have been built directly into the stories.",
        "Firstly, difficult words have been bolded and their definitions given in English at the end of each chapter. This avoids the need to consult a dictionary in the middle of the story, which is cumbersome and interrupts your reading. Secondly, there are regular summaries of the plot to help you follow the story and make sure you haven't missed anything important. Lastly, each chapter comes with its own set of comprehension questions to test your understanding of key events and encourage you to read in more detail.",
        "Spanish Short Stories for Beginners Volume 2 has been written to give you all the support you need, so that you can focus on the all-important tasks of reading, learning and having fun!"
      ],
      "paragraphsEN": [
        "A sense of achievement and a feeling of progress are essential when reading in a foreign language. Without these, there is little motivation to keep reading. The stories in this book have been designed with this firmly in mind.",
        "First and foremost, each story has been kept to a manageable length and broken down into short chapters. This gives you the satisfaction of being able to finish reading what you have begun, and come back the next day wanting more! It also reduces the extent to which you feel overwhelmed by how much you have left to learn when starting to learn Spanish.",
        "The linguistic content of the stories is as rich and as varied as possible, whilst remaining accessible for lower-level learners. Each story belongs to a different genre in order to keep you entertained, and there are plenty of dialogues throughout, giving you lots of useful spoken Spanish words and phrases to learn. There is even a deliberate mix of tenses from one story to the next, so that you get exposure to common verbs in a mixture of past, present and future verb forms. This makes you a more versatile and confident user of Spanish, able to understand a variety of situations without getting lost.",
        "Many books for language learners include English translations for the entire story, known as parallel texts. Although these can be popular, parallel texts have the major disadvantage of providing an \"easy option\". Learners inevitably find themselves relying on the English translation and avoiding the \"struggle\" with the original Spanish text that is necessary in order to improve. Consequently, instead of including a parallel text, Spanish Short Stories for Beginners Volume 2 supports the reader with a number of learning aids that have been built directly into the stories.",
        "Firstly, difficult words have been bolded and their definitions given in English at the end of each chapter. This avoids the need to consult a dictionary in the middle of the story, which is cumbersome and interrupts your reading. Secondly, there are regular summaries of the plot to help you follow the story and make sure you haven't missed anything important. Lastly, each chapter comes with its own set of comprehension questions to test your understanding of key events and encourage you to read in more detail.",
        "Spanish Short Stories for Beginners Volume 2 has been written to give you all the support you need, so that you can focus on the all-important tasks of reading, learning and having fun!"
      ]
    },
    {
      "id": "ch4",
      "number": 4,
      "title": "How to Read Effectively",
      "paragraphsES": [
        "Reading is a complex skill, and in our mother tongue we employ a variety of micro-skills to help us read. For example, we might skim a particular passage in order to understand the gist. Or we might scan through multiple pages of a train timetable looking for a particular time or place. If I lent you an Agatha Christie novel, you would breeze through the pages fairly quickly. On the other hand, if I gave you a contract to sign, you would likely read every word in great detail.",
        "However, when it comes to reading in a foreign language, research suggests that we abandon most of these reading skills. Instead of using a mixture of micro-skils to help us understand a difficult text, we simply start at the beginning and try to understand every single word. Inevitably, we come across unknown or difficult words and quickly get frustrated with our lack of understanding.",
        "Providing that you recognise this, however, you can adopt a few simple strategies that will help you turn frustration into opportunity and make the most of your reading experience!",
        "* * *",
        "You've picked up this book because you like the idea of learning Spanish with short stories. But why? What are the benefits of learning Spanish with stories, as opposed to with a textbook? Understanding this will help you determine your approach to reading.",
        "One of the main benefits of reading stories is that you gain exposure to large amounts of natural Spanish. This kind of reading for pleasure is commonly known as extensive reading. This is very different from how you might read Spanish in a textbook. Your textbook contains short dialogues, which you read in detail with the aim of understanding every word. This is known as intensive reading.",
        "To put it another way, while textbooks provide grammar rules and lists of vocabulary for you to learn, stories show you natural language in use. Both approaches have value and are an important part of a balanced approach to language learning. This book, however, provides opportunities for extensive reading. Read enough, and you'll quickly build up an innate understanding of how Spanish works - very different from a theoretical understanding pieced together from rules and abstract examples (which is what you often get from textbooks).",
        "Now, in order to take full advantage of the benefits of extensive reading, you have to actually read a large enough volume in the first place! Reading a couple of pages here and there may teach you a few new words, but won't be enough to make a real impact on the overall level of your Spanish. With this in mind, here is the thought process that I recommend you have when approaching reading the short stories in this book, in order to learn the most from them:",
        "Enjoyment and a sense of achievement when reading is vitally important because it keeps you coming back for more",
        "The more you read, the more you learn",
        "The best way to enjoy reading stories, and to feel that sense of achievement, is by reading the story from beginning to end",
        "Consequently, reaching the end of a story is the most important thing... more important than understanding every word in it!",
        "This brings us to the single most important point of this section: You must accept that you won't understand everything you read in a story.",
        "This is completely normal and to be expected. The fact that you don't know a word or understand a sentence doesn't mean that you're \"stupid\" or \"not good enough\". It means you're engaged in the process of learning Spanish, just like everybody else.",
        "So what should you do when you don't understand a word? Here are a few ideas:",
        "Look at the word and see if it is familiar in any way. If English is your mother tongue, there are often elements of Spanish vocabulary that will be familiar to you. Take a guess - you might surprise yourself!",
        "Re-read the sentence that contains the unknown word a number of times over. Using the context of that sentence, and the rest of the story, try to guess what the unknown word might mean. This takes practice, but is often easier than you think!",
        "Make a note of the word in a notebook, and check the meaning later",
        "Sometimes, you might find a verb that you know, conjugated in an unfamiliar way. For example:",
        "hablar - to speak",
        "hablar án - they will speak",
        "habla se - speak (subjunctive)",
        "You may not be familiar with this particular verb form, or not understand why it is being used in this case, and that may frustrate you. But is it absolutely necessary for you to know this right now? Can you still understand the gist of what's going on? Usually, if you have managed to recognise the main verb, that is enough. Instead of getting frustrated, simply notice how the verb is being used, and then carry on reading!",
        "If all the other steps fail, or you simply \"have to know\" the meaning of a particular word, you can simply turn to the end of the chapter and look it up in the vocabulary list. However, this should be your last resort.",
        "The previous four steps in this list are designed to do something very important: to train you to handle reading independently and without help. The more you can develop this skill, the better able you'll be to read. And, of course, the more you can read, the more you'll learn.",
        "Remember that the purpose of reading is not to understand every word in the story, as you might be expected to in a textbook. The purpose of reading is to enjoy the story for what it is. Therefore if you don't understand a word, and you can't guess what the word means from the context, simply try to keep reading. Learning to be content with a certain amount of ambiguity whilst reading a foreign language is a powerful skill to have, because you become an independent and resilient learner."
      ],
      "paragraphsEN": [
        "Reading is a complex skill, and in our mother tongue we employ a variety of micro-skills to help us read. For example, we might skim a particular passage in order to understand the gist. Or we might scan through multiple pages of a train timetable looking for a particular time or place. If I lent you an Agatha Christie novel, you would breeze through the pages fairly quickly. On the other hand, if I gave you a contract to sign, you would likely read every word in great detail.",
        "However, when it comes to reading in a foreign language, research suggests that we abandon most of these reading skills. Instead of using a mixture of micro-skils to help us understand a difficult text, we simply start at the beginning and try to understand every single word. Inevitably, we come across unknown or difficult words and quickly get frustrated with our lack of understanding.",
        "Providing that you recognise this, however, you can adopt a few simple strategies that will help you turn frustration into opportunity and make the most of your reading experience!",
        "* * *",
        "You've picked up this book because you like the idea of learning Spanish with short stories. But why? What are the benefits of learning Spanish with stories, as opposed to with a textbook? Understanding this will help you determine your approach to reading.",
        "One of the main benefits of reading stories is that you gain exposure to large amounts of natural Spanish. This kind of reading for pleasure is commonly known as extensive reading. This is very different from how you might read Spanish in a textbook. Your textbook contains short dialogues, which you read in detail with the aim of understanding every word. This is known as intensive reading.",
        "To put it another way, while textbooks provide grammar rules and lists of vocabulary for you to learn, stories show you natural language in use. Both approaches have value and are an important part of a balanced approach to language learning. This book, however, provides opportunities for extensive reading. Read enough, and you'll quickly build up an innate understanding of how Spanish works - very different from a theoretical understanding pieced together from rules and abstract examples (which is what you often get from textbooks).",
        "Now, in order to take full advantage of the benefits of extensive reading, you have to actually read a large enough volume in the first place! Reading a couple of pages here and there may teach you a few new words, but won't be enough to make a real impact on the overall level of your Spanish. With this in mind, here is the thought process that I recommend you have when approaching reading the short stories in this book, in order to learn the most from them:",
        "Enjoyment and a sense of achievement when reading is vitally important because it keeps you coming back for more",
        "The more you read, the more you learn",
        "The best way to enjoy reading stories, and to feel that sense of achievement, is by reading the story from beginning to end",
        "Consequently, reaching the end of a story is the most important thing... more important than understanding every word in it!",
        "This brings us to the single most important point of this section: You must accept that you won't understand everything you read in a story.",
        "This is completely normal and to be expected. The fact that you don't know a word or understand a sentence doesn't mean that you're \"stupid\" or \"not good enough\". It means you're engaged in the process of learning Spanish, just like everybody else.",
        "So what should you do when you don't understand a word? Here are a few ideas:",
        "Look at the word and see if it is familiar in any way. If English is your mother tongue, there are often elements of Spanish vocabulary that will be familiar to you. Take a guess - you might surprise yourself!",
        "Re-read the sentence that contains the unknown word a number of times over. Using the context of that sentence, and the rest of the story, try to guess what the unknown word might mean. This takes practice, but is often easier than you think!",
        "Make a note of the word in a notebook, and check the meaning later",
        "Sometimes, you might find a verb that you know, conjugated in an unfamiliar way. For example:",
        "hablar - to speak",
        "hablar án - they will speak",
        "habla se - speak (subjunctive)",
        "You may not be familiar with this particular verb form, or not understand why it is being used in this case, and that may frustrate you. But is it absolutely necessary for you to know this right now? Can you still understand the gist of what's going on? Usually, if you have managed to recognise the main verb, that is enough. Instead of getting frustrated, simply notice how the verb is being used, and then carry on reading!",
        "If all the other steps fail, or you simply \"have to know\" the meaning of a particular word, you can simply turn to the end of the chapter and look it up in the vocabulary list. However, this should be your last resort.",
        "The previous four steps in this list are designed to do something very important: to train you to handle reading independently and without help. The more you can develop this skill, the better able you'll be to read. And, of course, the more you can read, the more you'll learn.",
        "Remember that the purpose of reading is not to understand every word in the story, as you might be expected to in a textbook. The purpose of reading is to enjoy the story for what it is. Therefore if you don't understand a word, and you can't guess what the word means from the context, simply try to keep reading. Learning to be content with a certain amount of ambiguity whilst reading a foreign language is a powerful skill to have, because you become an independent and resilient learner."
      ]
    },
    {
      "id": "ch5",
      "number": 5,
      "title": "The Six-Step Reading Process",
      "paragraphsES": [
        "Read the first chapter of the story all the way through. Your aim is simply to reach the end of the chapter. Therefore, do not stop to look up words and do not worry if there are things you do not understand. Simply try to follow the plot.",
        "When you reach the end of the chapter, read the short summary of the plot to see if you have understood what has happened. If you find this too difficult, do not worry.",
        "Go back and read the same chapter again. If you like, you can read in more detail than before, but otherwise simply read it through one more time.",
        "At the end of the chapter, read the summary again, and then try to answer the comprehension questions to check your understanding of key events. If you do not get them all correct, do not worry.",
        "By this point, you should start to have some understanding of the main events of the chapter. If you wish, continue to re-read the chapter, using the vocabulary list to check unknown words and phrases. You may need to do this a few times until you feel confident. This is normal, and with each reading you will gradually build your understanding.",
        "Otherwise, you should feel free to move on to the next chapter and enjoy the rest of the story at your own pace, just as you would any other book.",
        "At every stage of the process, there will inevitably be words and phrases you do not understand or cannot remember. Instead of worrying, try to focus instead on everything that you have understood, and congratulate yourself for everything you have done so far.",
        "Most of the benefit you derive from this book will come from reading each story through from beginning to end. Only once you have completed a story in its entirety should you go back and begin the process of studying the language from the story in more depth.",
        "Anexos en cada capítulo",
        "Resumen",
        "Vocabulario",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Soluciones",
        "Appendices to each chapter",
        "Summary",
        "Vocabulary",
        "Multiple-choice questions",
        "Answers",
        "CUENTOS"
      ],
      "paragraphsEN": [
        "Read the first chapter of the story all the way through. Your aim is simply to reach the end of the chapter. Therefore, do not stop to look up words and do not worry if there are things you do not understand. Simply try to follow the plot.",
        "When you reach the end of the chapter, read the short summary of the plot to see if you have understood what has happened. If you find this too difficult, do not worry.",
        "Go back and read the same chapter again. If you like, you can read in more detail than before, but otherwise simply read it through one more time.",
        "At the end of the chapter, read the summary again, and then try to answer the comprehension questions to check your understanding of key events. If you do not get them all correct, do not worry.",
        "By this point, you should start to have some understanding of the main events of the chapter. If you wish, continue to re-read the chapter, using the vocabulary list to check unknown words and phrases. You may need to do this a few times until you feel confident. This is normal, and with each reading you will gradually build your understanding.",
        "Otherwise, you should feel free to move on to the next chapter and enjoy the rest of the story at your own pace, just as you would any other book.",
        "At every stage of the process, there will inevitably be words and phrases you do not understand or cannot remember. Instead of worrying, try to focus instead on everything that you have understood, and congratulate yourself for everything you have done so far.",
        "Most of the benefit you derive from this book will come from reading each story through from beginning to end. Only once you have completed a story in its entirety should you go back and begin the process of studying the language from the story in more depth.",
        "Appendices in each chapter",
        "Summary",
        "Vocabulary",
        "Multiple-choice questions",
        "Answers",
        "Appendices to each chapter",
        "Summary",
        "Vocabulary",
        "Multiple-choice questions",
        "Answers",
        "STORIES"
      ]
    },
    {
      "id": "ch6",
      "number": 6,
      "title": "1. El Castillo",
      "paragraphsES": [
        "Capítulo 1 – El detective",
        "Esta es la historia del caso más importante del detective Morgan. El detective Morgan era un hombre muy alto y muy fuerte. Tenía el pelo negro y un poco largo. El detective trabajaba resolviendo crímenes y otros casos. Trabajaba desde hace muchos años en resolver crímenes. Vivía en una ciudad muy apartada. Era una ciudad pequeña pero siempre había casos por resolver.",
        "Él siempre entraba a trabajar a las 8 de la mañana. Un martes, se levantó de la cama y fue a la cocina. Preparó su café con un nuevo café que había comprado en la nueva tienda de la esquina. La nueva tienda de la esquina vendía productos extranjeros. A Morgan le gustaba mucho probar sabores nuevos y por eso siempre compraba allí.",
        "Abrió el armario y sacó una taza para echar el café. Después, abrió la nevera, sacó la leche y la echó en el café. Se sentó en la mesa de la cocina. Mientras bebía su café, leía el periódico. No había nada interesante, como siempre. Las noticias del periódico de la ciudad eran aburridas. Cuando pasó varias páginas, encontró algo:",
        "–¡Vaya! –dijo Morgan con el periódico en la mano– ¡Esto es increíble!",
        "Morgan estaba leyendo el periódico. Leyó un artículo que le interesaba. El artículo hablaba sobre un castillo a las afueras de la ciudad. El castillo era un edificio muy antiguo y muy grande. El dueño del castillo era un señor con muchísimo dinero. Este señor se llamaba Harrison.",
        "– ¡No me lo puedo creer! –dijo Morgan mientras leía el artículo.",
        "El artículo decía que en el castillo había ocurrido algo. Había ocurrido algo malo. No acabó de leer el artículo ni de beber el café, pero sonó el teléfono de su casa.",
        "– ¡Qué casualidad!",
        "Morgan se levantó y habló con su jefe.",
        "–Buenos días, Morgan.",
        "–Buenos días, jefe. ¿Qué noticias hay?",
        "–Necesito que vengas al despacho.",
        "–¿Ha ocurrido algo?",
        "Morgan preguntaba si había ocurrido algo porque era una ciudad tranquila, pero el artículo del periódico era algo importante y relacionado con eso.",
        "–Sí, Morgan. ¿Sabes lo que ha ocurrido?",
        "–No, no lo sé.",
        "–Nosotros tampoco. ¿Has leído el artículo del periódico?",
        "–Sí, he leído algo.",
        "–Necesito que vengas al despacho ya. ¡Deprisa!",
        "–Estoy en camino.",
        "Morgan colgó el teléfono y cogió su abrigo. Su abrigo era negro y muy largo, casi le llegaba al suelo. Le gustaba porque abrigaba mucho cuando hacía frío en invierno. Salió de su casa y entró en su coche. Arrancó el coche y se dirigió al despacho.",
        "El despacho estaba en otra parte de la ciudad, lejos de donde él vivía. Era menos tranquilo y había más gente, pero seguía siendo una zona tranquila. Morgan se bajó del coche y vio la puerta de su despacho. Allí, estaba el guardia de seguridad. Le dijo a Morgan:",
        "–Buenos días, señor. Bienvenido.",
        "–Hola, buenos días, gracias –dijo Morgan.",
        "El detective entró en el edificio. Dentro, la gente estaba nerviosa. Trabajaban mucho y muy deprisa. Algo importante estaba pasando seguro.",
        "Morgan subió las escaleras y pasó por varios despachos. Al final, vio su puerta y llegó a ella. En la puerta había un letrero con su nombre. Antes de entrar, el jefe lo vio y le dijo:",
        "–¡Morgan, aquí!",
        "El jefe quería que el detective entrase en su despacho, así que entró.",
        "–Siéntate –le dijo el jefe.",
        "Morgan se sentó en la silla del despacho del jefe. El jefe empezó a hablar:",
        "–Vale. Buenos días de nuevo. Vamos a hablar sobre este asunto.",
        "–¿Qué asunto? –dijo el detective.",
        "–El periódico ha escrito un artículo, pero todavía no saben qué pasa.",
        "–¿Y usted lo sabe, jefe?",
        "–Sí, por eso te he hecho venir al despacho.",
        "El detective notó que su jefe estaba algo nervioso, pero no preguntó. Simplemente siguió la conversación.",
        "–Entiendo, ¿qué es lo que ocurre, jefe? ¿Ha ocurrido algo importante?",
        "–Sí, Harrison ha vuelto al castillo.",
        "Morgan se quedó pensando. Eso no era importante. Era algo normal. Inusual, pero normal. A veces, volvía al castillo y pasaba varios días allí. Después se iba y dejaba el castillo cerrado.",
        "–Pero jefe, eso es algo normal.",
        "–Sí, es algo normal.",
        "–¿Entonces? No entiendo.",
        "–Siempre que Harrison vuelve al castillo, se vuelve a ir en una semana. Y sigue allí.",
        "El detective Morgan no veía nada raro. ¿Por qué tanto misterio?",
        "–Sigo sin entender nada.",
        "–Han oído gritos en el castillo.",
        "–¿Gritos?",
        "–Sí, detective. Seguramente gritos de Harrison. Algo ha pasado en el castillo, o está pasando. No sabemos qué está pasando pero seguro que nada bueno.",
        "–Si hay gritos, no puede ser nada bueno.",
        "–Exacto, detective. Y queremos que tú vayas al castillo a investigar.",
        "–¿Por qué yo?",
        "–Eres nuestro mejor detective. Queremos que vayas al castillo y resuelvas el asunto. Ten mucho cuidado, puede haber mucho peligro.",
        "El detective Morgan no tenía miedo. Era un hombre muy valiente y muy preparado para este tipo de situaciones. El jefe siguió hablando:",
        "–Coge tu coche y ve al castillo antes de que se haga de noche. Busca a Harrison y vuelve. Queremos saber qué pasa en el castillo.",
        "–Está bien. ¿Desea algo más, jefe?",
        "–Nada más. Es todo. Coge tu pistola y repito: ten mucho cuidado.",
        "–Lo tendré.",
        "Morgan se levantó de la silla y se despidió de su jefe. Salió del despacho, del edificio y entró de nuevo en su coche. Se llevó su abrigo con él. Arrancó el coche y se dirigió al bosque cercano. Allí, había una carretera que llevaba al castillo.",
        "Anexo del capítulo 1",
        "Resumen",
        "El detective Morgan trabajaba en una ciudad muy tranquila. Un día, leyó el periódico y había un artículo interesante: había ocurrido algo en el castillo de las afueras. El jefe lo llama por teléfono para ir a trabajar. El jefe le cuenta que el dueño del castillo, Harrison, ha desaparecido y ha habido gritos. Quiere que Morgan visite el castillo.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "alto = tall",
        "fuerte = strong",
        "los crímenes = crimes",
        "apartada = remote",
        "resolver = solve",
        "la esquina = corner",
        "extranjeros = foreign",
        "los sabores = taste, flavour",
        "por eso = for that reason, that's why",
        "el periódico = newspaper",
        "el castillo = castle",
        "las afueras = outskirts",
        "antiguo = ancient",
        "el dueño = owner",
        "¡No me lo puedo creer! = I can't believe it!",
        "sonó el teléfono = the telephone rang",
        "¡Qué casualidad! = What a coincidence!",
        "despacho = office",
        "relacionado = related",
        "¡Deprisa! = Quickly!",
        "el abrigo = coat",
        "el suelo = floor",
        "arrancó el coche = started the car",
        "se bajó del coche = got off the car",
        "el guardia de seguridad = security guard",
        "nerviosa = nervous",
        "el letrero = sign",
        "vamos a hablar = we're going to talk",
        "los gritos = screams",
        "el miedo = fear",
        "valiente = brave",
        "preparado = qualified, trained",
        "¿Desea algo más? = Would you like anything else?",
        "ten mucho cuidado = be very careful",
        "bosque = forest",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "1. La ciudad donde vive el detective es:",
        "a. Ruidosa",
        "b. Tranquila",
        "c. Es una ciudad muy grande",
        "d. Es una granja",
        "2. El detective Morgan bebe:",
        "a. Cerveza",
        "b. Cacao",
        "c. Agua",
        "d. Café",
        "3. El dueño del castillo:",
        "a. Vive siempre allí",
        "b. Lo visita pocas veces",
        "c. Lo visita muchas veces",
        "d. Es desconocido",
        "4. Morgan tiene un despacho propio:",
        "a. Es correcto",
        "b. No es correcto",
        "5. El jefe le dice a Morgan:",
        "a. Ve a casa",
        "b. Ve al despacho",
        "c. Ve al castillo",
        "Soluciones capítulo 1",
        "1. a",
        "2. d",
        "3. b",
        "4. a",
        "5. c",
        "Capítulo 2 – El segundo coche",
        "El detective Morgan condujo su coche por el bosque. El bosque tenía una carretera muy pequeña. Esa carretera pequeña estaba en malas condiciones. Era una carretera que nunca se usaba mucho. Sólo se usaba para ir al castillo de Harrison. El ayuntamiento de la ciudad no arreglaba la carretera.",
        "El detective tenía frío, así que encendió la calefacción del coche. El día estaba oscureciendo. La carretera se veía, pero muy poco. Encendió los faros del coche para poder ver mejor.",
        "Morgan no sabía qué iba a encontrar en el castillo. El jefe no sabía qué pasaba allí. El artículo del periódico decía que algo estaba pasando. Nadie sabía nada. Morgan iba a descubrirlo. Tenía la pistola en la funda por si acaso. También tenía un teléfono móvil para hablar con su jefe. Encendió el teléfono móvil y llamó a su jefe.",
        "El teléfono del despacho del jefe sonó. Él lo cogió y le dijo:",
        "–Morgan, ¿dónde estás?",
        "El detective activó el manos libres para poder hablar con su jefe mientras conducía. No quería distraerse. Hablar por el móvil provocaba muchos accidentes y no quería tener uno.",
        "–¿Morgan? –repitió el jefe.",
        "Por fin, el detective activó el manos libres y le respondió a su jefe.",
        "–Hola, jefe. Disculpe, estaba activando el manos libres.",
        "– No pasa nada. Dime, ¿dónde estás?",
        "– Estoy yendo al castillo. Todavía no he llegado.",
        "–¿Estás yendo por la carretera pequeña?",
        "–Sí, estoy conduciendo por la carretera pequeña. Está en muy malas condiciones. Mi coche hace ruidos raros.",
        "El jefe se rió por lo bajo.",
        "–Vale, Morgan. Ten cuidado. No cuelgues el teléfono. Deja el manos libres activado. ¿Tienes suficiente batería?",
        "–Sí, mi teléfono está cargado al 100%.",
        "–Perfecto, continúa el viaje.",
        "El detective siguió conduciendo y vio el castillo a lo lejos.",
        "–Jefe, estoy viendo el castillo.",
        "–Perfecto. Sigue.",
        "De pronto, Morgan vio algo en la carretera.",
        "–¿Jefe? Estoy viendo algo más a lo lejos.",
        "–¿Algo más?",
        "–Sí, creo que es un coche aparcado cerca de la entrada.",
        "–¡Ah, sí! Morgan, se me olvidó decírtelo. Envié al agente Roman hace unas horas para investigar el asunto y resolver el caso. Te va a ayudar.",
        "–¿Roman? ¿Quién es Roman?",
        "–Roman es el nuevo agente. Hace poco tiempo que está con nosotros.",
        "El detective Morgan sabía quién era Roman. Era un nuevo agente que había entrado hace poco para trabajar con ellos. No lo conocía mucho. Sabía que era rubio y un poco bajo de estatura, pero muy fuerte.",
        "–Entendido, jefe –le dijo Morgan.",
        "El detective llegó a la entrada del castillo y allí estaba el coche. Aparcado en la entrada con las puertas abiertas.",
        "–Qué raro –dijo Morgan.",
        "–¿Qué ocurre? –le preguntó el jefe.",
        "–Las puertas del coche de Roman están abiertas. Ha dejado el coche abierto pero no hay nadie dentro. Roman tiene que estar en el castillo. Seguro.",
        "–Seguro que está dentro.",
        "Morgan detuvo su coche y cogió su pistola y una linterna. Ya casi era de noche. Se acercó al coche de Roman. Vio que las puertas estaban abiertas. Entró en el coche de Roman a inspeccionar. A primera vista, no vio nada raro. Pero después sí que vio algo.",
        "–¿Qué es esto? –dijo Morgan.",
        "–¿Qué ocurre, detective? –le dijo el jefe por el teléfono. Morgan seguía teniendo el manos libres activado.",
        "–Los asientos del coche están manchados de algo. No sé lo que es. Voy a iluminar con mi linterna.",
        "El detective acercó la linterna a los asientos del coche y lo vio. Era algo rojo. ¡Era sangre!",
        "–Jefe, aquí hay sangre.",
        "–¿Sangre? ¿Hay mucha?",
        "–Hay bastante sangre. No sé de quién es. Puede ser sangre de Roman o puede ser de Harrison.",
        "–Entre en el castillo, Morgan. Tiene que haber pistas dentro del castillo.",
        "El detective Morgan cogió la pistola y la linterna y atravesó el pequeño puente del castillo. Era un castillo muy grande. No se veía todo el castillo porque estaba muy oscuro, pero se podía ver que era muy grande.",
        "–No veo a nadie por aquí cerca, pero voy a apagar la linterna –dijo Morgan.",
        "–Es buena idea –le dijo el jefe.",
        "–Apago la linterna para que no me vea nadie. Hay sangre en el coche, ha ocurrido algo malo seguro.",
        "El detective Morgan llegó a la entrada del castillo. La puerta no estaba cerrada, estaba abierta. No se veía mucho.",
        "–Aquí dentro hay poca luz, jefe. Pero voy a entrar. Seguro que hay respuestas dentro del castillo.",
        "–Adelante, Morgan.",
        "Anexo del capítulo 2",
        "Resumen",
        "El detective Morgan conduce por la carretera. La carretera es muy pequeña. Solo se usa para ir al castillo. Llama a su jefe con el teléfono y usa el manos libres. El jefe le dice que hace horas ha mandado al agente Roman. Morgan ve el coche del agente Roman. Hay sangre dentro de él. Después, entra al castillo.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "condujo = drove",
        "nunca se usaba mucho = was barely used",
        "el ayuntamiento = town hall",
        "arreglaba = fixed",
        "oscureciendo = darkening",
        "los faros = headlamps, headlights",
        "descubrirlo = to discover it",
        "por si acaso = just in case",
        "manos libres = hands-free",
        "distraerse = to distract",
        "los accidentes = accidents",
        "no pasa nada = don't worry",
        "estoy yendo = I'm going",
        "suficiente = enough",
        "cargado al 100% = fully charged",
        "aparcado = parked",
        "se me olvidó decírtelo = I forgot to tell you",
        "rubio = blond",
        "la estatura = height",
        "las puertas = doors",
        "tiene que estar = it must be",
        "inspeccionar = check, inspect",
        "a primera vista = at first glance",
        "manchados = stained",
        "iluminar = illuminate",
        "la sangre = blood",
        "apagar = switch off",
        "las respuestas = answers",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "6. La carretera para ir al castillo es:",
        "a. Grande",
        "b. Pequeña",
        "c. Ancha",
        "d. Larga",
        "7. El detective Morgan habla con:",
        "a. Roman",
        "b. Harrison",
        "c. El jefe",
        "d. Con todos",
        "8. Morgan tiene:",
        "a. Una pistola",
        "b. Una linterna",
        "c. Una pistola y una linterna",
        "d. Una pistola, una linterna y un teléfono móvil",
        "9. El segundo agente se llama:",
        "a. Roman",
        "b. Harrison",
        "c. Morgan",
        "10. Dentro del coche del segundo agente hay:",
        "a. Una pistola",
        "b. Sangre",
        "c. Un mapa",
        "d. Pistas",
        "Soluciones capítulo 2",
        "6. b",
        "7. c",
        "8. d",
        "9. a",
        "10. b",
        "Capítulo 3 – El traidor",
        "Morgan entró al castillo. El castillo estaba oscuro pero estaba iluminado por la luz de la luna. La luz entraba por las ventanas. Las ventanas eran muy antiguas y muy grandes. Estaban adornadas con dibujos de hace muchas décadas.",
        "El detective anduvo por la sala principal. Había muchas escaleras: escaleras a los lados, escaleras hacia arriba, escaleras hacia abajo. No sabía por dónde empezar. ¿Qué hacer en un caso así?",
        "–Jefe, aquí hay muchas escaleras. No tengo ni idea de dónde ir.",
        "–Sigue por las escaleras de abajo.",
        "–¿Por las escaleras de abajo? ¿Por qué?",
        "–Quizás el criminal se esconde allí.",
        "–Es posible.",
        "El detective Morgan bajó las escaleras. Tenían muchos peldaños. Cuando llegó abajo habló de nuevo con el jefe:",
        "–Tengo que encender la linterna, jefe. No veo nada.",
        "–Vale, hazlo. Pero ten cuidado.",
        "Encendió la linterna. Estaba todo muy oscuro pero veía muebles. Los muebles eran también muy antiguos y estaban en una gran habitación. La habitación tenía muchas puertas, pero no tenía ventanas porque estaba en el subsuelo.",
        "Morgan apuntó la linterna a diferentes sitios. Primero al techo, luego a las puertas y luego a las estanterías. En las estanterías había muchos libros de todo tipo: viejos, nuevos, grandes, pequeños… Apuntó la linterna al suelo. Y allí vio algo.",
        "–Jefe, tengo algo.",
        "–¿Qué ves?",
        "–Hay algo en el suelo. Un momento.",
        "El detective se agachó para ver mejor. Estaba seguro, era sangre.",
        "–Es sangre.",
        "–¿Más sangre, Morgan?",
        "–Sí. El criminal está cerca.",
        "–¿Hay señales de Harrison?",
        "–No he visto a nadie todavía.",
        "El detective vio la sangre. La sangre hacía un camino hacia una puerta grande. La puerta grande también estaba manchada de sangre.",
        "–En la puerta también hay sangre, jefe.",
        "–Entra.",
        "El detective Morgan pensó:",
        "«¿Por qué quiere el jefe que siga constantemente? Qué raro. No estoy teniendo cuidado, estoy yendo muy deprisa».",
        "Abrió la puerta y había otra habitación aún más grande. En el suelo había una persona. El detective Morgan desenfundó su pistola y apuntó también con la linterna a todos lados. No vio a nadie más.",
        "En el suelo también había una pistola. Se acercó a la pistola y la apartó de la persona. Se agachó e intentó despertarlo. Era un hombre viejo. Estaba vivo. El hombre viejo lo miró y se asustó:",
        "–¡AHHH!",
        "El detective puso la mano en su boca. Hacía mucho ruido.",
        "–¡Sssh! ¡Silencio!",
        "El hombre viejo se calló. Entendió que Morgan no quería hacerle daño.",
        "–Jefe, he encontrado a Harrison.",
        "No hubo respuesta.",
        "–¿Jefe?",
        "Sólo había interferencias. Morgan apagó el teléfono móvil y le preguntó a Harrison:",
        "–¿Qué ha pasado aquí?",
        "–¡Un hombre rubio intentó matarme! ¡Ha escapado y está herido! Le disparé con mi pistola.",
        "Morgan pensó:",
        "«¿Un hombre rubio? ¡Oh!»",
        "–¿Era un hombre rubio y bajo? ¿Muy fuerte?",
        "–¡Sí! ¡Él! ¡No sé dónde está!",
        "Ahora todo tenía sentido. El hombre rubio y fuerte era Roman. La sangre del castillo y la sangre del coche eran de Roman. Seguramente había escapado y no podía conducir por la herida de bala. ¡Eso significaba que el jefe estaba compinchado con él!",
        "Morgan le dijo a Harrison:",
        "–Quédate aquí. Voy a llamar a una ambulancia.",
        "Morgan llamó a una ambulancia con su teléfono móvil y el manos libres:",
        "–¿Hola? ¿Urgencias?",
        "–Dígame, señor. ¿Qué quiere?",
        "Morgan dijo que había un hombre herido en el castillo.",
        "–Entendido, señor. Ahora mismo mandamos una ambulancia para allá.",
        "El detective colgó el teléfono y le dijo a Harrison:",
        "–No te muevas de aquí y toma la pistola. Tengo que hacer una cosa.",
        "Harrison asintió con la cabeza.",
        "El detective salió del castillo y se encontró con su jefe. El jefe había llegado al castillo con su propio coche.",
        "–¡Morgan! He venido en persona. ¿Qué ocurre aquí?",
        "El detective sabía que el jefe y Roman eran unos traidores. Querían el dinero y el castillo de Harrison. Así que sacó su pistola de nuevo y apuntó a su jefe. El jefe le dijo:",
        "–¿Qué estás haciendo? ¿Te has vuelto loco?",
        "–Tú te has vuelto loco. Ni se te ocurra dar un paso ni mover las manos.",
        "La expresión del jefe cambió por completo. Sabía que su plan había salido mal.",
        "–Eres un traidor, jefe. Roman no ha matado a Harrison y tú has venido a hacerlo personalmente.",
        "–Yo… Yo…",
        "–Quedas detenido.",
        "El detective Morgan metió al jefe en su coche y lo esposó. Lo llevó al edificio donde trabajaba y explicó todo el asunto a los demás detectives y agentes. El jefe acabó en la cárcel.",
        "Días después, Morgan visitó a Harrison en el hospital mientras se curaba de la herida:",
        "–Gracias, Morgan.",
        "–De nada, Harrison. Pero mi trabajo no ha acabado.",
        "–¿Por qué dices eso?",
        "–Roman sigue ahí fuera. Algún día lo encontraré.",
        "Anexo del capítulo 3",
        "Resumen",
        "El detective Morgan entra en el castillo. Allí ve más sangre y baja a una habitación. El jefe no responde por el teléfono móvil. Harrison está herido. Roman, el agente del jefe, le ha disparado. El jefe y Roman es un traidor. Morgan detiene al jefe y acaba en la cárcel. Harrison se cura de su herida en el hospital pero Roman está desaparecido.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "la luna = moon",
        "adornadas = decorated",
        "las décadas = decades",
        "anduvo = walked",
        "las escaleras = stairs",
        "los peldaños = steps",
        "el subsuelo = subsoil",
        "el techo = ceiling",
        "las estanterías = shelves",
        "se agachó = bent down",
        "aún más grande = even bigger",
        "desenfundó = pulled out",
        "a todos lados = everywhere",
        "despertarlo = wake him up",
        "se asustó = got scared",
        "el ruido = noise",
        "el daño = damage",
        "las interferencias = interferences, jamming",
        "el herido = wounded, injured",
        "el sentido = sense",
        "la herida = wound",
        "compinchar = conspire",
        "la ambulancia = ambulance",
        "tengo que hacer una cosa = I have to do something",
        "asintió = nodded",
        "los traidores = traitors",
        "el dinero = money",
        "loco = crazy",
        "ni se te ocurra = don't even think about it",
        "la expresión = expression",
        "esposó = handcuffed",
        "explicó = explained",
        "la cárcel = jail",
        "algún día lo encontraré = one day I'll find him",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "11. Morgan usa las escaleras para ir:",
        "a. Arriba",
        "b. Abajo",
        "c. A los lados",
        "d. Afuera",
        "12. Morgan se encuentra dentro del castillo con:",
        "a. Roman",
        "b. Harrison",
        "c. El jefe",
        "d. Con un médico",
        "13. Harrison dice que le ha atacado:",
        "a. Un hombre moreno",
        "b. Un hombre rubio",
        "c. Un hombre alto",
        "d. Una mujer",
        "14. Morgan entiende que:",
        "a. Harrison es un agente",
        "b. Roman es un traidor",
        "c. El jefe es un traidor",
        "d. Roman y el jefe son unos traidores",
        "15. El jefe:",
        "a. Acaba en la cárcel",
        "b. Acaba en el hospital",
        "c. Se va del país",
        "d. Se va de la ciudad",
        "Soluciones capítulo 3",
        "11. b",
        "12. b",
        "13. b",
        "14. d",
        "15. a"
      ],
      "paragraphsEN": [
        "Chapter 1 – The detective",
        "This is the story of detective Morgan's most important case. Detective Morgan was a very tall and very strong man. He had black hair, a little long. The detective worked solving crimes and other cases. He had been working for many years solving crimes. He lived in a very remote town. It was a small town, but there were always cases to solve.",
        "He always started work at 8 in the morning. One Tuesday, he got out of bed and went to the kitchen. He made his coffee with a new coffee he had bought at the new corner store. The new corner store sold foreign products. Morgan really liked trying new flavors, and that's why he always shopped there.",
        "He opened the cabinet and took out a cup to pour the coffee. Then he opened the fridge, took out the milk, and poured it into the coffee. He sat down at the kitchen table. While he drank his coffee, he read the newspaper. There was nothing interesting, as always. The news in the town paper was boring. After turning several pages, he found something:",
        "—Wow! —said Morgan with the newspaper in his hand— This is incredible!",
        "Morgan was reading the newspaper. He read an article that interested him. The article talked about a castle on the outskirts of the town. The castle was a very old and very large building. The owner of the castle was a man with a great deal of money. This man was named Harrison.",
        "—I can't believe it! —said Morgan as he read the article.",
        "The article said that something had happened at the castle. Something bad had happened. He didn't finish reading the article or drinking his coffee, because the phone at his house rang.",
        "—What a coincidence!",
        "Morgan got up and spoke with his boss.",
        "—Good morning, Morgan.",
        "—Good morning, boss. What's the news?",
        "—I need you to come to the office.",
        "—Has something happened?",
        "Morgan was asking whether something had happened because it was a quiet town, but the newspaper article was something important and related to that.",
        "—Yes, Morgan. Do you know what's happened?",
        "—No, I don't.",
        "—We don't either. Have you read the newspaper article?",
        "—Yes, I read some of it.",
        "—I need you to come to the office now. Hurry!",
        "—I'm on my way.",
        "Morgan hung up the phone and grabbed his coat. His coat was black and very long, almost down to the floor. He liked it because it kept him very warm when it was cold in winter. He left his house and got into his car. He started the car and headed to the office.",
        "The office was in another part of the town, far from where he lived. It was less quiet and there were more people, but it was still a quiet area. Morgan got out of the car and saw the door of his office. There, the security guard was standing. He said to Morgan:",
        "—Good morning, sir. Welcome.",
        "—Hi, good morning, thanks —said Morgan.",
        "The detective went into the building. Inside, people were nervous. They were working hard and very quickly. Something important was definitely going on.",
        "Morgan went up the stairs and passed through several offices. Finally, he saw his door and reached it. On the door there was a sign with his name. Before he went in, the boss saw him and said:",
        "—Morgan, in here!",
        "The boss wanted the detective to come into his office, so he went in.",
        "—Have a seat —the boss said to him.",
        "Morgan sat down in the chair in the boss's office. The boss began to speak:",
        "—Okay. Good morning again. Let's talk about this matter.",
        "—What matter? —said the detective.",
        "—The newspaper has written an article, but they still don't know what's going on.",
        "—And do you know, boss?",
        "—Yes, that's why I had you come to the office.",
        "The detective noticed that his boss was somewhat nervous, but he didn't ask. He simply followed the conversation.",
        "—I see. What's going on, boss? Has something important happened?",
        "—Yes, Harrison has come back to the castle.",
        "Morgan thought about it. That wasn't important. It was something normal. Unusual, but normal. Sometimes he came back to the castle and spent several days there. Then he would leave and lock up the castle.",
        "—But boss, that's something normal.",
        "—Yes, it's something normal.",
        "—So? I don't understand.",
        "—Whenever Harrison comes back to the castle, he leaves again within a week. And he's still there.",
        "Detective Morgan didn't see anything strange. Why so much mystery?",
        "—I still don't understand anything.",
        "—They've heard screams in the castle.",
        "—Screams?",
        "—Yes, detective. Probably Harrison's screams. Something has happened in the castle, or is happening. We don't know what's going on, but it's surely nothing good.",
        "—If there are screams, it can't be anything good.",
        "—Exactly, detective. And we want you to go to the castle to investigate.",
        "—Why me?",
        "—You're our best detective. We want you to go to the castle and resolve the matter. Be very careful—there could be a lot of danger.",
        "Detective Morgan wasn't afraid. He was a very brave man, well trained for this kind of situation. The boss kept talking:",
        "—Take your car and go to the castle before nightfall. Look for Harrison and come back. We want to know what's happening at the castle.",
        "—All right. Anything else, boss?",
        "—Nothing else. That's all. Take your gun and, I'll say it again: be very careful.",
        "—I will be.",
        "Morgan got up from the chair and said goodbye to his boss. He left the office, then the building, and got back into his car. He took his coat with him. He started the car and headed to the nearby forest. There, there was a road that led to the castle.",
        "Chapter 1 Appendix",
        "Summary",
        "Detective Morgan worked in a very quiet town. One day, he read the newspaper and there was an interesting article: something had happened at the castle on the outskirts. His boss calls him on the phone to come in to work. The boss tells him that the owner of the castle, Harrison, has disappeared and there have been screams. He wants Morgan to visit the castle.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "alto = tall",
        "fuerte = strong",
        "los crímenes = crimes",
        "apartada = remote",
        "resolver = solve",
        "la esquina = corner",
        "extranjeros = foreign",
        "los sabores = taste, flavour",
        "por eso = for that reason, that's why",
        "el periódico = newspaper",
        "el castillo = castle",
        "las afueras = outskirts",
        "antiguo = ancient",
        "el dueño = owner",
        "¡No me lo puedo creer! = I can't believe it!",
        "sonó el teléfono = the telephone rang",
        "¡Qué casualidad! = What a coincidence!",
        "despacho = office",
        "relacionado = related",
        "¡Deprisa! = Quickly!",
        "el abrigo = coat",
        "el suelo = floor",
        "arrancó el coche = started the car",
        "se bajó del coche = got off the car",
        "el guardia de seguridad = security guard",
        "nerviosa = nervous",
        "el letrero = sign",
        "vamos a hablar = we're going to talk",
        "los gritos = screams",
        "el miedo = fear",
        "valiente = brave",
        "preparado = qualified, trained",
        "¿Desea algo más? = Would you like anything else?",
        "ten mucho cuidado = be very careful",
        "bosque = forest",
        "Multiple-choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "1. The town where the detective lives is:",
        "a. Noisy",
        "b. Quiet",
        "c. It's a very big city",
        "d. It's a farm",
        "2. Detective Morgan drinks:",
        "a. Beer",
        "b. Cocoa",
        "c. Water",
        "d. Coffee",
        "3. The owner of the castle:",
        "a. Always lives there",
        "b. Visits it rarely",
        "c. Visits it often",
        "d. Is unknown",
        "4. Morgan has his own office:",
        "a. Correct",
        "b. Incorrect",
        "5. The boss tells Morgan:",
        "a. Go home",
        "b. Go to the office",
        "c. Go to the castle",
        "Chapter 1 Answers",
        "1. a",
        "2. d",
        "3. b",
        "4. a",
        "5. c",
        "Chapter 2 – The second car",
        "Detective Morgan drove his car through the forest. The forest had a very small road. That small road was in bad condition. It was a road that was barely used. It was only used to get to Harrison's castle. The town hall didn't repair the road.",
        "The detective was cold, so he turned on the car's heater. The day was getting dark. The road was visible, but only just. He turned on the car's headlights to see better.",
        "Morgan didn't know what he was going to find at the castle. The boss didn't know what was going on there. The newspaper article said that something was happening. Nobody knew anything. Morgan was going to find out. He had his gun in its holster, just in case. He also had a cell phone to talk with his boss. He turned on the cell phone and called his boss.",
        "The phone in the boss's office rang. He picked it up and said:",
        "—Morgan, where are you?",
        "The detective switched on hands-free so he could talk with his boss while driving. He didn't want to be distracted. Talking on the phone caused a lot of accidents and he didn't want to have one.",
        "—Morgan? —the boss repeated.",
        "Finally, the detective switched on hands-free and answered his boss.",
        "—Hi, boss. Sorry, I was turning on hands-free.",
        "—No problem. Tell me, where are you?",
        "—I'm on my way to the castle. I haven't arrived yet.",
        "—Are you going along the small road?",
        "—Yes, I'm driving on the small road. It's in really bad condition. My car is making strange noises.",
        "The boss chuckled quietly.",
        "—Okay, Morgan. Be careful. Don't hang up the phone. Leave the hands-free on. Do you have enough battery?",
        "—Yes, my phone is charged 100%.",
        "—Perfect, continue the trip.",
        "The detective kept driving and saw the castle in the distance.",
        "—Boss, I can see the castle.",
        "—Perfect. Keep going.",
        "Suddenly, Morgan saw something on the road.",
        "—Boss? I can see something else in the distance.",
        "—Something else?",
        "—Yes, I think it's a car parked near the entrance.",
        "—Oh, right! Morgan, I forgot to tell you. I sent Agent Roman a few hours ago to investigate the matter and solve the case. He's going to help you.",
        "—Roman? Who's Roman?",
        "—Roman is the new agent. He hasn't been with us very long.",
        "Detective Morgan knew who Roman was. He was a new agent who had recently joined to work with them. He didn't know him well. He knew Roman was blond and a little short, but very strong.",
        "—Got it, boss —Morgan said.",
        "The detective arrived at the entrance of the castle, and there was the car. Parked at the entrance with its doors open.",
        "—How strange —said Morgan.",
        "—What is it? —the boss asked.",
        "—The doors of Roman's car are open. He left the car open but there's nobody inside. Roman must be in the castle. For sure.",
        "—He's surely inside.",
        "Morgan stopped his car and grabbed his gun and a flashlight. It was almost night now. He approached Roman's car. He saw that the doors were open. He got into Roman's car to inspect it. At first glance, he didn't see anything strange. But then he did see something.",
        "—What is this? —Morgan said.",
        "—What's going on, detective? —the boss said through the phone. Morgan still had hands-free on.",
        "—The car seats are stained with something. I don't know what it is. I'm going to shine my flashlight on it.",
        "The detective brought the flashlight close to the car seats and saw it. It was something red. It was blood!",
        "—Boss, there's blood here.",
        "—Blood? Is there a lot?",
        "—There's quite a bit of blood. I don't know whose it is. It could be Roman's blood or it could be Harrison's.",
        "—Go into the castle, Morgan. There must be clues inside the castle.",
        "Detective Morgan took the gun and the flashlight and crossed the small bridge of the castle. It was a very big castle. You couldn't see all of the castle because it was very dark, but you could tell it was very big.",
        "—I don't see anyone around here, but I'm going to turn off the flashlight —Morgan said.",
        "—Good idea —the boss said.",
        "—I'm turning off the flashlight so nobody sees me. There's blood in the car, something bad has definitely happened.",
        "Detective Morgan reached the entrance of the castle. The door wasn't closed, it was open. You couldn't see much.",
        "—There isn't much light in here, boss. But I'm going in. There must be answers inside the castle.",
        "—Go ahead, Morgan.",
        "Chapter 2 Appendix",
        "Summary",
        "Detective Morgan drives along the road. The road is very small. It's only used to get to the castle. He calls his boss with the phone and uses hands-free. The boss tells him that he sent Agent Roman a few hours ago. Morgan sees Agent Roman's car. There is blood inside it. Then he enters the castle.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "condujo = drove",
        "nunca se usaba mucho = was barely used",
        "el ayuntamiento = town hall",
        "arreglaba = fixed",
        "oscureciendo = darkening",
        "los faros = headlamps, headlights",
        "descubrirlo = to discover it",
        "por si acaso = just in case",
        "manos libres = hands-free",
        "distraerse = to distract",
        "los accidentes = accidents",
        "no pasa nada = don't worry",
        "estoy yendo = I'm going",
        "suficiente = enough",
        "cargado al 100% = fully charged",
        "aparcado = parked",
        "se me olvidó decírtelo = I forgot to tell you",
        "rubio = blond",
        "la estatura = height",
        "las puertas = doors",
        "tiene que estar = it must be",
        "inspeccionar = check, inspect",
        "a primera vista = at first glance",
        "manchados = stained",
        "iluminar = illuminate",
        "la sangre = blood",
        "apagar = switch off",
        "las respuestas = answers",
        "Multiple-choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "6. The road to get to the castle is:",
        "a. Big",
        "b. Small",
        "c. Wide",
        "d. Long",
        "7. Detective Morgan speaks with:",
        "a. Roman",
        "b. Harrison",
        "c. The chief",
        "d. With all of them",
        "8. Morgan has:",
        "a. A pistol",
        "b. A flashlight",
        "c. A pistol and a flashlight",
        "d. A pistol, a flashlight, and a cell phone",
        "9. The second agent is named:",
        "a. Roman",
        "b. Harrison",
        "c. Morgan",
        "10. Inside the second agent's car there is:",
        "a. A pistol",
        "b. Blood",
        "c. A map",
        "d. Clues",
        "Chapter 2 solutions",
        "6. b",
        "7. c",
        "8. d",
        "9. a",
        "10. b",
        "Chapter 3 – The Traitor",
        "Morgan entered the castle. The castle was dark but lit by the moonlight. The light came in through the windows. The windows were very old and very large. They were decorated with drawings from many decades ago.",
        "The detective walked through the main hall. There were many staircases: stairs on the sides, stairs going up, stairs going down. He didn't know where to start. What do you do in a case like this?",
        "—Chief, there are a lot of staircases here. I have no idea where to go.",
        "—Take the stairs going down.",
        "—The stairs going down? Why?",
        "—Maybe the criminal is hiding there.",
        "—It's possible.",
        "Detective Morgan went down the stairs. They had many steps. When he got to the bottom, he spoke to the chief again:",
        "—I have to turn on the flashlight, chief. I can't see anything.",
        "—Okay, do it. But be careful.",
        "He turned on the flashlight. It was all very dark but he could see furniture. The furniture was also very old and was in a large room. The room had many doors, but no windows because it was underground.",
        "Morgan pointed the flashlight in different directions. First at the ceiling, then at the doors, and then at the shelves. On the shelves there were many books of all kinds: old, new, large, small… He pointed the flashlight at the floor. And there he saw something.",
        "—Chief, I've got something.",
        "—What do you see?",
        "—There's something on the floor. One moment.",
        "The detective bent down to see better. He was sure—it was blood.",
        "—It's blood.",
        "—More blood, Morgan?",
        "—Yes. The criminal is close.",
        "—Any sign of Harrison?",
        "—I haven't seen anyone yet.",
        "The detective looked at the blood. The blood made a trail leading to a large door. The large door was also stained with blood.",
        "—There's blood on the door too, chief.",
        "—Go in.",
        "Detective Morgan thought:",
        "\"Why does the chief keep telling me to keep going? How strange. I'm not being careful, I'm going too fast.\"",
        "He opened the door and there was another, even larger room. On the floor lay a person. Detective Morgan drew his pistol and also pointed the flashlight in every direction. He didn't see anyone else.",
        "On the floor there was also a pistol. He went over to the pistol and moved it away from the person. He bent down and tried to wake him. He was an old man. He was alive. The old man looked at him and got scared:",
        "—AHHH!",
        "The detective put his hand over his mouth. He was making a lot of noise.",
        "—Ssh! Quiet!",
        "The old man went silent. He understood that Morgan didn't want to hurt him.",
        "—Chief, I've found Harrison.",
        "There was no answer.",
        "—Chief?",
        "There was only static. Morgan turned off the cell phone and asked Harrison:",
        "—What happened here?",
        "—A blond man tried to kill me! He's escaped and he's wounded! I shot him with my pistol.",
        "Morgan thought:",
        "\"A blond man? Oh!\"",
        "—Was it a short, blond man? Very strong?",
        "—Yes! Him! I don't know where he is!",
        "Now everything made sense. The strong, blond man was Roman. The blood at the castle and the blood in the car were Roman's. He had surely escaped and couldn't drive because of the gunshot wound. That meant the chief was in on it with him!",
        "Morgan said to Harrison:",
        "—Stay here. I'm going to call an ambulance.",
        "Morgan called an ambulance with his cell phone on speaker:",
        "—Hello? Emergency services?",
        "—Tell me, sir. What do you need?",
        "Morgan said there was a wounded man at the castle.",
        "—Understood, sir. We're sending an ambulance there right away.",
        "The detective hung up the phone and said to Harrison:",
        "—Don't move from here, and take the pistol. I have to do something.",
        "Harrison nodded his head.",
        "The detective left the castle and met up with his chief. The chief had arrived at the castle in his own car.",
        "—Morgan! I came in person. What's going on here?",
        "The detective knew that the chief and Roman were traitors. They wanted Harrison's money and castle. So he drew his pistol again and pointed it at his chief. The chief said:",
        "—What are you doing? Have you gone crazy?",
        "—You're the one who's gone crazy. Don't even think about taking a step or moving your hands.",
        "The chief's expression changed completely. He knew his plan had gone wrong.",
        "—You're a traitor, chief. Roman didn't kill Harrison and you've come to do it personally.",
        "—I… I…",
        "—You're under arrest.",
        "Detective Morgan put the chief in his car and handcuffed him. He took him to the building where he worked and explained the whole matter to the other detectives and agents. The chief ended up in jail.",
        "Days later, Morgan visited Harrison in the hospital while he was recovering from his wound:",
        "—Thank you, Morgan.",
        "—You're welcome, Harrison. But my work isn't done.",
        "—Why do you say that?",
        "—Roman is still out there. One day I'll find him.",
        "Chapter 3 appendix",
        "Summary",
        "Detective Morgan enters the castle. There he sees more blood and goes down into a room. The chief doesn't answer the cell phone. Harrison is wounded. Roman, the chief's agent, shot him. The chief and Roman are traitors. Morgan arrests the chief and he ends up in jail. Harrison recovers from his wound in the hospital but Roman has disappeared.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "la luna = moon",
        "adornadas = decorated",
        "las décadas = decades",
        "anduvo = walked",
        "las escaleras = stairs",
        "los peldaños = steps",
        "el subsuelo = subsoil",
        "el techo = ceiling",
        "las estanterías = shelves",
        "se agachó = bent down",
        "aún más grande = even bigger",
        "desenfundó = pulled out",
        "a todos lados = everywhere",
        "despertarlo = wake him up",
        "se asustó = got scared",
        "el ruido = noise",
        "el daño = damage",
        "las interferencias = interferences, jamming",
        "el herido = wounded, injured",
        "el sentido = sense",
        "la herida = wound",
        "compinchar = conspire",
        "la ambulancia = ambulance",
        "tengo que hacer una cosa = I have to do something",
        "asintió = nodded",
        "los traidores = traitors",
        "el dinero = money",
        "loco = crazy",
        "ni se te ocurra = don't even think about it",
        "la expresión = expression",
        "esposó = handcuffed",
        "explicó = explained",
        "la cárcel = jail",
        "algún día lo encontraré = one day I'll find him",
        "Multiple-choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "11. Morgan uses the stairs to go:",
        "a. Up",
        "b. Down",
        "c. To the sides",
        "d. Outside",
        "12. Inside the castle, Morgan meets:",
        "a. Roman",
        "b. Harrison",
        "c. The chief",
        "d. With a doctor",
        "13. Harrison says he was attacked by:",
        "a. A dark-haired man",
        "b. A blond man",
        "c. A tall man",
        "d. A woman",
        "14. Morgan understands that:",
        "a. Harrison is an agent",
        "b. Roman is a traitor",
        "c. The chief is a traitor",
        "d. Roman and the chief are traitors",
        "15. The chief:",
        "a. Ends up in jail",
        "b. Ends up in the hospital",
        "c. Leaves the country",
        "d. Leaves the city",
        "Chapter 3 solutions",
        "11. b",
        "12. b",
        "13. b",
        "14. d",
        "15. a"
      ]
    },
    {
      "id": "ch7",
      "number": 7,
      "title": "2. El Cocinero",
      "paragraphsES": [
        "Capítulo 1 – Naranjas",
        "Esta es una gran historia. Una gran de historia de cómo un vendedor de naranjas se convirtió en un gran cocinero de España. ¿Cuál es el nombre del cocinero? Su nombre era Rafael.",
        "Rafael vivía en Valencia y tenía 45 años. Había trabajado toda su vida, no tenía estudios superiores. No tenía certificados de estudios pero sí tenía una pasión: ser cocinero. Por eso, Rafael leía muchos libros y practicaba en casa. Cuando tenía tiempo libre, Rafael cocinaba en casa y probaba cosas nuevas.",
        "Su apartamento era pequeño, aunque pagaba mucho alquiler. La cocina era más que suficiente para él. En la cocina podía practicar y aprender cada día. Normalmente, mandaba su currículum a empresas para trabajar de cocinero y aprender más, pero no podía sin tener un certificado de estudios superiores.",
        "«¡Qué injusto!», decía Rafael siempre.",
        "Rafael se enfadaba por esto. No entendía por qué no podía trabajar de cocinero si sabía cocinar. No tenía ningún certificado ni títulos pero sabía mucho. No podía dejar su trabajo actual para estudiar. Si no trabajaba, no pagaba su alquiler y si no pagaba su alquiler, no podía vivir en esa casa.",
        "Así que Rafael trabajaba vendiendo naranjas en las playas de Valencia. A los turistas les gustaban mucho las naranjas. Tenían mucha fama y querían probarlas. A Rafael le gustaba venderlas, pero quería trabajar de cocinero.",
        "Un día, se encontró con un alemán turista en una playa de Valencia. Rafael estaba vendiendo naranjas a otros turistas y el alemán lo saludó con su acento característico:",
        "–¡Buenas tardes, señor! ¡Vende usted naranjas!",
        "–Hola, sí, vendo naranjas. ¿Está interesado?",
        "–¡Claro! ¡Son naranjas de Valencia? Póngame una bolsa pequeña, por favor. Mi mujer también quiere.",
        "Rafael metió la mano en su carro, cogió una bolsa y metió varias naranjas en la bolsa. Después, pesó la bolsa.",
        "– Son 4,50 €, señor.",
        "–Aquí tiene.",
        "–Espero que le gusten.",
        "–Muchas gracias.",
        "El alemán volvió donde su familia y allí abrió la bolsa. Su mujer sacó un cuchillo y peló una de las naranjas. Estaban muy ricas. Rafael se puso contento y se marchó a otra playa.",
        "Mientras caminaba hacia la segunda playa del día, observó a muchos turistas. Había turistas de todo tipo y de todas partes del mundo. La gente reía, comía y bebía. A Rafael le gustaba mucho ese ambiente porque era muy feliz. La gente estaba de vacaciones y era feliz.",
        "Él nunca tenía vacaciones. En otoño y en invierno no repartía naranjas porque no había tantos turistas, pero sí trabajaba en más cosas, aunque nunca de cocinero.",
        "Rafael entró en la segunda playa acompañado de su carro de naranjas y anduvo en la arena. Allí, volvió a vender naranjas. Cuando salió de la segunda playa, era de noche. Ya no había tanta gente, ni tantos turistas. Volvió a las calles de Valencia y alguien lo llamó:",
        "–¡Eh, usted! ¡Usted, el del carro de naranjas!",
        "Rafael reconoció la voz. Era el alemán. Se dio la vuelta y lo vio con su mujer.",
        "–Hola –dijo al alemán.",
        "–Hola, señor –respondió Rafael–, ¿qué tal las naranjas de antes?",
        "–¡Deliciosas! ¡A mi mujer también le han gustado!",
        "Rafael miró a su mujer pero ella no dijo nada. El alemán se percató del asunto.",
        "– ¡Oh! ¡Mi mujer no habla español, lo siento! ¡Sólo yo!",
        "–¿Sabe español por ser turista?",
        "–¡No! ¡No! Hace muchos años que sé español. ¡Tutéame, por favor!",
        "–Está bien.",
        "Rafael pensó que el alemán hablaba español muy bien. Tenía mucho acento, pero su gramática era correcta y era un hombre muy amable y cercano. Al final, el alemán le dijo su nombre:",
        "–Me llamo Derek, ¿y tú?",
        "–Mi nombre es Rafael.",
        "Ambos se estrecharon la mano.",
        "–Dime, Rafael, ¿trabajas siempre vendiendo naranjas?",
        "–Solo en primavera y en invierno. En otoño y en invierno no hay tantos turistas. En otoño y en invierno trabajo en otras cosas. ¿Y tú?",
        "–Yo soy empresario, tengo varios negocios en Alemania y también tengo varios negocios en España.",
        "Rafael se interesó por Derek. Era un empresario exitoso y tenía curiosidad.",
        "–¿Estás de vacaciones ahora mismo?",
        "–Sí, tengo varios negocios en España, pero ahora mismo estoy de vacaciones. No quiero mezclar el trabajo y las vacaciones.",
        "–Eso es bueno. El trabajo y las vacaciones tienen que estar separados.",
        "–¿Y tú, Rafael? ¿Tienes vacaciones?",
        "–No puedo tener vacaciones. Tengo que pagar mi piso de alquiler.",
        "Era finales de septiembre y el verano estaba acabando.",
        "–¿Qué vas a hacer después de vender naranjas aquí? –dijo Derek.",
        "–Voy a ir a mi casa a descansar. Es un trabajo que cansa mucho.",
        "Rafael tenía curiosidad por sus negocios.",
        "–¿Qué clase de negocios tienes, Derek?",
        "–¡Oh! ¡Restaurantes! No solo restaurantes con comida alemana. Tengo restaurantes de comida española, comida china y comida japonesa.",
        "–¡Eso es excelente!",
        "–¿Te gusta la cocina, Rafael?",
        "–¡Me encanta! Sé cocinar muchas cosas.",
        "Derek miró a su mujer y la habló en alemán. Rafael no entendió nada pero ambos lo miraron con cara de curiosidad. Derek le dijo:",
        "–Rafael, tengo una oferta para ti.",
        "–¿Una oferta?",
        "–Sí, el verano está acabando. Quiero que trabajes para mí. ¿Te interesa?",
        "–¿De cocinero?",
        "–Sí, en un restaurante de comida española.",
        "–¡Claro que quiero!",
        "–¡Excelente, Rafael! El lunes 12 a las 9 de la mañana aquí.",
        "Derek le dio una tarjeta con el nombre y la dirección del restaurante.",
        "–¡Gracias, Derek!",
        "Derek se despidió y se marchó junto con su mujer. Rafael estaba muy contento.",
        "Anexo del capítulo 1",
        "Resumen",
        "Rafael trabajaba vendiendo naranjas en Valencia. Él quería trabajar de cocinero, pero no tenía certificados ni estudios superiores. En otoño y en invierno trabajaba de otras cosas. Un día, un alemán llamado Derek le ofrece trabajo. Derek tiene restaurantes españoles en Valencia y quiere que Rafael sea cocinero.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "las naranjas = oranges",
        "el cocinero = cook",
        "el tiempo libre = free time",
        "el alquiler = rent",
        "mandaba = sent",
        "injusto = unfair",
        "playas = beaches",
        "fama = fame, reputation",
        "el/la turista = tourist",
        "característico = characteristic, peculiar to",
        "carro = cart, trolley",
        "pesó = weigh",
        "cuchillo = knife",
        "peló = peel",
        "percató = realise",
        "tútéame (tutear) = address informally (usted ---> tú)",
        "cercano = close",
        "estrecharse la mano = shake hands",
        "empresario = entrepreneur",
        "negocios = businesses",
        "curiosidad = curiosity",
        "tarjeta = card",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "1. La ciudad donde vive Rafael es:",
        "a. Barcelona",
        "b. Alicante",
        "c. Lugo",
        "d. Valencia",
        "2. Rafael tiene una casa:",
        "a. Grande",
        "b. Mediana",
        "c. Pequeña",
        "d. No tiene casa",
        "3. Rafael quiere ser:",
        "a. Vendedor de naranjas",
        "b. Cocinero",
        "c. Taxista",
        "d. Empresario",
        "4. Derek es:",
        "a. Cocinero",
        "b. Empresario",
        "c. Taxista",
        "d. No se sabe",
        "5. Derek es de:",
        "a. Alemania",
        "b. Suecia",
        "c. Inglaterra",
        "d. Dinamarca",
        "Soluciones capítulo 1",
        "1. d",
        "2. c",
        "3. b",
        "4. b",
        "5. a",
        "Capítulo 2 – El restaurante",
        "Rafael despertó el lunes siguiente contento por su nuevo trabajo. Ya no iba a vender naranjas en las playas de Valencia, ¡iba a trabajar de cocinero! No era un trabajo seguro, quizás era bueno o quizás era malo, pero Derek parecía buena persona.",
        "Rafael llamó a su padre, que vivía en Madrid:",
        "El teléfono sonó cuatro veces. Al final, su padre lo cogió:",
        "–Buenos días, hijo. ¡Qué pronto llamas hoy!",
        "–Hola, papá. Sí, quiero contarte algo.",
        "–¿Contarme algo? ¿Es importante?",
        "–Sí, para mí es importante.",
        "Rafael hablaba mientras bebía sorbos de café.",
        "–Dime, hijo. ¿De qué se trata?",
        "– Voy a trabajar de cocinero.",
        "–¿De cocinero? ¡Qué sorpresa!",
        "–Sí que lo es.",
        "Miró la hora y vio que era muy tarde.",
        "–Lo siento, papá. Cuelgo el teléfono. ¡Tengo que irme!",
        "– Suerte, hijo. Ya me contarás luego.",
        "Rafael colgó el teléfono y bebió el último sorbo de café. Cogió su chaqueta y antes de salir de casa, miró la cocina: había naranjas en el frutero. Sonrió. Cerró la puerta y se marchó. Bajó las escaleras del portal y salió a la calle. En la calle, hacía mucho sol pero buena temperatura.",
        "Él se acercó a la parada de taxis y esperó a alguno. No había ninguno en la parada. Era muy pronto y los taxis estaban siempre ocupados. Al final, vino un taxi y Rafael le hizo una seña. El taxista paró y Rafael entró.",
        "–Dígame dónde quiere ir, señor –dijo el taxista.",
        "–A la Calle de la Playa Blanca, número 15, por favor.",
        "–¡Marchando!",
        "El taxista arrancó el taxi. Rafael miraba por la ventana y el taxista lo miró por el retrovisor interior y vio que estaba muy feliz.",
        "–¿Un buen día, eh? –le dijo el taxista.",
        "–¡Muy bueno!",
        "–¿Una mujer?",
        "–¡No, no es eso!",
        "– Deje que adivine…",
        "El taxista se quedó pensativo varios segundos. En la calle, había todo tipo de gente y vehículos: camiones de suministro, autobuses de viajeros, coches de la gente, otros taxis.",
        "–Ya sé –dijo el taxista.",
        "Rafael le sonrió y le dijo:",
        "–Dígame.",
        "–Un nuevo trabajo.",
        "–¡Eso es!",
        "–¿Y de qué va a trabajar usted?",
        "–De cocinero. Hoy es mi primer día.",
        "El taxi llegó a la calle y se detuvo allí. Antes de pagar, el taxista le dijo algo más:",
        "–Escúcheme. Yo también fui cocinero.",
        "–¿Usted también?",
        "–Así es. Es un trabajo duro, pero es un trabajo bueno. Que tenga usted suerte.",
        "–Gracias. Muchas gracias.",
        "Rafael pagó al taxista 7,50 € y salió del taxi.",
        "En esa misma calle, estaba esperando Derek.",
        "–¡Rafael! ¡Aquí! ¡Estoy aquí!",
        "Rafael lo vio y anduvo hasta él.",
        "Ambos se estrecharon la mano.",
        "–Bienvenido al restaurante, Rafael. Vamos a empezar ahora mismo.",
        "Rafael miró la fachada del restaurante y le encantó. Era una fachada del color de la arena de la playa con toques rojos y elegantes. La entrada era muy grande y lujosa. Había un portero para dar la bienvenida a las nuevas visitas.",
        "Rafael y Derek fueron hasta la entrada. El portero les saludó:",
        "–Hola, jefe –dijo refiriéndose a Derek–, ¿quién es su acompañante?",
        "–Hola. Te presento a Rafael, es nuestro nuevo cocinero en prácticas.",
        "–Encantado –dijo el portero.",
        "–Encantado igualmente, y gracias.",
        "Rafael y Derek pasearon por todo el restaurante. Derek explicaba cosas del restaurante:",
        "– Como ves, es un restaurante muy grande. Es un restaurante que sirve comida española y comida alemana. Tiene 50 mesas y también una barra de bar para tomar algo. El diseño del restaurante es una idea mía.",
        "–Me gusta –dijo Rafael–, es un diseño muy elegante.",
        "–Ahora vamos a la cocina.",
        "En la cocina, había otros cuatro cocineros y un jefe de cocina. Todos estaban trabajando y preparando el desayuno.",
        "Derek dijo:",
        "–¡Atención, todos!",
        "Los cocineros se detuvieron. Ya no cocinaban.",
        "–Os presento a Rafael. Es el nuevo cocinero del restaurante. A partir de ahora es el nuevo cocinero en prácticas.",
        "Todos los demás cocineros saludaron a Rafael estrechando su mano.",
        "–Bien –dijo Derek–. Ahora hay que cocinar los desayunos del restaurante. ¡Comenzad!",
        "El jefe de cocina se presentó personalmente a Rafael.",
        "–Hola, Rafael. Me llamo José. Soy el jefe de cocina. Te voy a enseñar las diferentes cosas de este restaurante. Vas a aprender a cocinar, a servir y muchas cosas más. ¿Has cocinado antes?",
        "–Sí, me gusta mucho la cocina pero nunca he trabajado de cocinero.",
        "–No te preocupes. Si sabes cocinar, es bueno. Vas a encajar bien aquí.",
        "–Gracias, José.",
        "–De nada.",
        "Rafael cocinó todo el día. Al siguiente día, cocinó más aún. Aprendió mucho durante muchos días y los compañeros eran muy amables. Derek estaba muy contento y el negocio se expandió aún más.",
        "Rafael siempre llegaba muy cansado a casa, pero estaba feliz y contento.",
        "Anexo del capítulo 2",
        "Resumen",
        "Rafael va a trabajar al nuevo restaurante. Coge un taxi. Habla con el taxista y el taxista intenta adivinar por qué está contento. Le desea buena suerte. Derek le presenta el restaurante, al portero y a los cocineros. Derek contrata a Rafael como cocinero en prácticas.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "· contento por = happy about (something)",
        "· quizás = maybe",
        "· parecía = seemed",
        "· sonó = rang",
        "· pronto = early",
        "· los sorbos = sip",
        "· ¿De qué se trata? = What is it about?",
        "· ¡Tengo que irme! = I have to go!",
        "· ya me contarás luego = you’ll tell me later",
        "· el frutero = fruit bowl",
        "· le hizo una seña = he nodded to him",
        "· ¡Marchando! = Let’s go!",
        "· el retrovisor = rear mirror",
        "· deja que adivine = let me guess",
        "· el camión de suministro = (supply) lorry",
        "· los autobuses de viajeros = traveller buses",
        "· que tenga usted suerte = good luck",
        "· la fachada = façade",
        "· le encantó = he loved it",
        "· la arena = sand",
        "· elegantes = elegant",
        "· lujosa = luxurious",
        "· el portero = doorman, caretaker",
        "· refiriéndose = referring to",
        "· acompañante = companion",
        "· te presento a = I present you to, please meet",
        "· en prácticas = trainee",
        "· sirve = serves",
        "· tomar algo = take, drink",
        "· el diseño = design",
        "· el jefe = boss",
        "· a partir de ahora = from now on",
        "· te voy a enseñar = I’m going to teach you",
        "· vas a aprender = you’ll learn",
        "· encajar = fit in, belong",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "6. Al principio, Rafael habla con:",
        "a. Su padre",
        "b. Un taxista",
        "c. Derek",
        "d. Con nadie",
        "7. Para ir a su nuevo trabajo, Rafael viaja en:",
        "a. Autobús",
        "b. Taxi",
        "c. Metro",
        "d. Avión",
        "8. El taxista:",
        "a. Es muy hablador",
        "b. No habla mucho",
        "c. Es Derek",
        "d. Es su padre",
        "9. El restaurante sirve:",
        "a. Comida española",
        "b. Comida alemana",
        "c. Comida española y alemana",
        "d. Comida española y argentina",
        "10. El jefe de cocina se llama:",
        "a. David",
        "b. Álvaro",
        "c. José",
        "d. Alfonso",
        "Soluciones capítulo 2",
        "6. a",
        "7. b",
        "8. a",
        "9. c",
        "10. c",
        "Capítulo 3 – El dueño",
        "Habían pasado muchos años desde que Rafael trabajaba de cocinero en el restaurante de Derek. Todo había cambiado mucho desde entonces.",
        "Ahora Rafael vivía en una casa propia cerca de la playa de Valencia. Cuando se despertaba cada día, miraba la playa. En la playa había muchos turistas, como siempre.",
        "Un día, llamó a su padre por teléfono. Su padre vivía lejos y siempre hablaban por teléfono:",
        "–Hola, hijo. Qué alegría que me llames por teléfono.",
        "–Hola, papá. ¿Qué tal estás?",
        "– Me va bien. Me va bien. ¿Y a ti?",
        "–Todo bien, ningún problema. El restaurante sigue yendo bien.",
        "Rafael ahora era el segundo dueño del restaurante. Había trabajado durante muchos años como cocinero en el restaurante.",
        "–Dime hijo. ¿Quieres seguir gestionando el restaurante?",
        "–Sí, claro. Es el primer restaurante donde trabajé como cocinero. ¿Por qué lo dices?",
        "–Quizás hay ideas mejores.",
        "–¿Ideas mejores?",
        "–Siempre hay ideas mejores, hijo. No hay que acomodarse.",
        "–No estoy acomodado, papá.",
        "–Sí lo estás. Hace meses que lo estás.",
        "Rafael se puso pensativo. ¿Tenía razón o no? No lo sabía. Al principio, trabajó mucho en el restaurante como cocinero en prácticas. Después, lo contrataron indefinidamente. Años después, Derek dejó de gestionar el restaurante debido a problemas de salud. Derek estaba bien, pero ya estaba jubilado.",
        "–Puede que tenga una oferta para ti, hijo.",
        "–¿Una oferta? ¿Tú?",
        "–Sí. ¡Yo! ¡El hombre viejo todavía puede dar ideas!",
        "–No quería decir eso.",
        "Su padre se rio muy alto.",
        "– Era broma, hijo. Pero ahora quiero hablar en serio.",
        "–Dime.",
        "–Lo peor que puedes hacer ahora es acomodarte. Tienes que abandonar el restaurante.",
        "–¿Abandonar mi restaurante? ¿Por qué voy a abandonar mi restaurante?",
        "–No es tu restaurante, hijo.",
        "–Ya, pero Derek tiene el restaurante a mi nombre y…",
        "Rafael volvió a pensar lo que su padre estaba diciendo.",
        "–Creo que entiendo lo que quieres decir –le dijo a su padre.",
        "–Tienes que abrir un restaurante con tu nombre. Tengo algo preparado en Madrid. ¿Puedes coger un vuelo el sábado?",
        "–Creo que sí.",
        "–¡Excelente! Te recojo en el aeropuerto.",
        "Días después, el avión salió de Valencia hacia Madrid. El vuelo fue agradable y hacía buen día. En las ciudades del Mediterráneo hacía mucho sol. En Madrid también.",
        "Cuando Rafael llegó a Madrid, su padre estaba esperándolo a la salida del aeropuerto. Su padre le dio un gran abrazo. Llevaban sin verse aproximadamente 3 meses.",
        "–Me alegro de verte, hijo.",
        "–Yo también, papá. Bueno, ¿adónde vamos?",
        "– Sígueme.",
        "Rafael siguió a su padre hasta un taxi. Cuando Rafael estuvo dentro del taxi con su padre le dijo:",
        "–Esto es gracioso –le dijo a su padre.",
        "–¿El qué es gracioso, hijo?",
        "–La primera vez que fui a trabajar al restaurante de Valencia, fui en taxi. Un taxista muy amable me habló durante todo el camino. Yo estaba nervioso.",
        "–Y ahora mira, el restaurante es prácticamente tuyo.",
        "– Espero que Derek tenga buena salud. Hace meses que no sé nada de él.",
        "El padre sonrió a su hijo y le dijo:",
        "– Ya hemos llegado.",
        "Rafael salió del taxi y entonces lo entendió todo.",
        "–¡Alucinante!",
        "Su padre también salió del taxi. Derek estaba allí. Su antiguo jefe saludó a Rafael con el acento alemán tan característico.",
        "–¡Me alegro de verte, Rafael! ¡No envejeces!",
        "–Hola, Derek. Me alegro mucho de verte. Sí envejezco, ya tengo algunas canas.",
        "Todos se rieron. Pero la sorpresa más grande no era Derek. La sorpresa más grande era el edificio que tenían delante. Un edificio más elegante que el restaurante de Valencia. Tenía un nombre arriba pero Rafael no pudo verlo. No tenía las gafas puestas. Sacó las gafas de su mochila y se las puso. Ponía:",
        "«Restaurante Rafael».",
        "Rafael estuvo a punto de llorar.",
        "Su padre se acercó a él y le dijo:",
        "–Ha sido idea de Derek. Hace tiempo, me llamó por teléfono. Dijo que quería darte una recompensa. Dijo que eras un buen trabajador y que durante años siempre lo habías sido.",
        "Rafael le dijo a Derek:",
        "–No sé cómo agradecerte todo esto, Derek.",
        "–No te preocupes, sólo sé feliz. ¡Ah! Pero esto no es todo. ¡Entra al restaurante!",
        "Rafael entró al restaurante y pudo ver su logotipo en la entrada. El logotipo del restaurante era una naranja.",
        "Anexo del capítulo 3",
        "Resumen",
        "Rafael ahora es el dueño del restaurante de Valencia. Han pasado muchos años y Derek está enfermo. Su padre lo llama por teléfono para ir a Madrid. Cuando Rafael llega a Madrid, Derek y su padre están allí. Han abierto un restaurante con el nombre de Rafael y el logotipo de una naranja.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "· habían pasado muchos años = several years had passed",
        "· desde entonces = since then",
        "· me va bien = I do well",
        "· sigue yendo bien = it’s still going well",
        "· gestionando = managing",
        "· acomodarse = to get too comfortable",
        "· pensativo = thoughtful",
        "· contrataron = hired",
        "· indefinidamente = indefinitely",
        "· debido a problemas de salud = due to health problems",
        "· el jubilado = retired",
        "· la oferta = offer",
        "· el hombre viejo = old man",
        "· era broma = was kidding",
        "· en serio = seriously",
        "· abrir un restaurante = open a restaurant",
        "· coger un vuelo = take a flight",
        "· te recojo = I’ll pick you up",
        "· las ciudades = cities",
        "· esperándolo = waiting for him",
        "· el abrazo = hug",
        "· llevaban sin verse = without seeing each other",
        "· sígueme = follow me",
        "· gracioso = funny",
        "· durante todo el camino = for the whole walk",
        "· espero que = I hope",
        "· la salud = health",
        "· ya hemos llegado = we have arrived",
        "· ¡Alucinante! = Amazing!",
        "· envejecer = to age, grow old",
        "· las canas = grey hair",
        "· la sorpresa más grande = the biggest surprise",
        "· las gafas = glasses",
        "· estuvo a punto de = (he) nearly, was about to",
        "· la recompensa = reward",
        "· el logotipo = logo, trademark",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "11. ¿Rafael seguía siendo cocinero en prácticas?",
        "a. No",
        "b. Sí",
        "12. Rafael era:",
        "a. Dueño completo del restaurante",
        "b. Prácticamente el dueño del restaurante",
        "c. Cocinero jefe",
        "d. Cocinero normal",
        "13. Su padre le dice que:",
        "a. Abra otro restaurante",
        "b. Viaje a Madrid",
        "c. Tiene una oferta",
        "d. b) y c) son correctas",
        "14. Derek ya no trabaja en el restaurante de Valencia porque:",
        "a. No tiene dinero",
        "b. Está viejo",
        "c. Tiene problemas de salud",
        "d. No se sabe",
        "15. En Madrid:",
        "a. Su padre tiene un nuevo restaurante",
        "b. Han abierto un restaurante con el nombre de Rafael",
        "c. Han abierto un restaurante con el nombre de Derek",
        "d. Derek quiere que trabaje como cocinero en Madrid",
        "Soluciones capítulo 3",
        "11. a",
        "12. b",
        "13. b",
        "14. c",
        "15. b"
      ],
      "paragraphsEN": [
        "Chapter 1 – Oranges",
        "This is a great story. A great story about how an orange seller became a great cook in Spain. What is the cook's name? His name was Rafael.",
        "Rafael lived in Valencia and was 45 years old. He had worked his whole life and had no higher education. He had no diplomas, but he did have one passion: being a cook. That's why Rafael read many books and practiced at home. When he had free time, Rafael cooked at home and tried new things.",
        "His apartment was small, even though he paid a lot of rent. The kitchen was more than enough for him. In the kitchen he could practice and learn every day. He usually sent his résumé to companies to work as a cook and learn more, but he couldn't without a higher education diploma.",
        "\"How unfair!\" Rafael always said.",
        "Rafael got angry about this. He didn't understand why he couldn't work as a cook if he knew how to cook. He didn't have any diplomas or certifications, but he knew a lot. He couldn't leave his current job to study. If he didn't work, he couldn't pay his rent, and if he didn't pay his rent, he couldn't live in that home.",
        "So Rafael worked selling oranges on the beaches of Valencia. Tourists loved the oranges. They were famous and tourists wanted to try them. Rafael liked selling them, but he wanted to work as a cook.",
        "One day, he met a German tourist on a beach in Valencia. Rafael was selling oranges to other tourists, and the German man greeted him with his characteristic accent:",
        "—Good afternoon, sir! You sell oranges!",
        "—Hello, yes, I sell oranges. Are you interested?",
        "—Of course! Are these Valencia oranges? Give me a small bag, please. My wife wants some too.",
        "Rafael reached into his cart, took out a bag, and put several oranges in it. Then he weighed the bag.",
        "—That's 4.50 €, sir.",
        "—Here you go.",
        "—I hope you enjoy them.",
        "—Thank you very much.",
        "The German went back to his family and there he opened the bag. His wife took out a knife and peeled one of the oranges. They were very tasty. Rafael was pleased and headed off to another beach.",
        "While he walked toward the second beach of the day, he watched many tourists. There were tourists of all kinds and from all over the world. People were laughing, eating, and drinking. Rafael loved that atmosphere because it was so happy. The people were on vacation and were happy.",
        "He never had vacation. In fall and winter he didn't sell oranges because there weren't as many tourists, but he did work doing other things, though never as a cook.",
        "Rafael entered the second beach with his orange cart and walked across the sand. There, he sold oranges again. When he left the second beach, it was night. There weren't as many people anymore, or as many tourists. He went back to the streets of Valencia and someone called out to him:",
        "—Hey, you! You, the one with the orange cart!",
        "Rafael recognized the voice. It was the German. He turned around and saw him with his wife.",
        "—Hello —said the German.",
        "—Hello, sir —Rafael answered—, how were the oranges from earlier?",
        "—Delicious! My wife loved them too!",
        "Rafael looked at his wife, but she didn't say anything. The German noticed.",
        "—Oh! My wife doesn't speak Spanish, sorry! Only I do!",
        "—Do you know Spanish from being a tourist?",
        "—No! No! I've known Spanish for many years. Use 'tú' with me, please!",
        "—All right.",
        "Rafael thought the German spoke Spanish very well. He had a strong accent, but his grammar was correct, and he was a very friendly, easygoing man. Eventually, the German told him his name:",
        "—My name is Derek, and yours?",
        "—My name is Rafael.",
        "They shook hands.",
        "—Tell me, Rafael, do you always work selling oranges?",
        "—Only in spring and summer. In fall and winter there aren't as many tourists. In fall and winter I work doing other things. And you?",
        "—I'm a businessman. I have several businesses in Germany and I also have several businesses in Spain.",
        "Rafael became interested in Derek. He was a successful businessman, and he was curious.",
        "—Are you on vacation right now?",
        "—Yes, I have several businesses in Spain, but right now I'm on vacation. I don't want to mix work and vacation.",
        "—That's good. Work and vacation should be kept separate.",
        "—And you, Rafael? Do you get vacation?",
        "—I can't take vacation. I have to pay the rent on my apartment.",
        "It was the end of September and summer was ending.",
        "—What are you going to do after selling oranges here? —Derek said.",
        "—I'm going to go home to rest. It's a job that tires you out a lot.",
        "Rafael was curious about his businesses.",
        "—What kind of businesses do you have, Derek?",
        "—Oh! Restaurants! Not just restaurants with German food. I have Spanish food restaurants, Chinese food, and Japanese food.",
        "—That's excellent!",
        "—Do you like cooking, Rafael?",
        "—I love it! I know how to cook a lot of things.",
        "Derek looked at his wife and spoke to her in German. Rafael didn't understand anything, but they both looked at him curiously. Derek said:",
        "—Rafael, I have an offer for you.",
        "—An offer?",
        "—Yes, summer is ending. I want you to work for me. Are you interested?",
        "—As a cook?",
        "—Yes, at a Spanish-food restaurant.",
        "—Of course I want to!",
        "—Excellent, Rafael! Monday the 12th at 9 in the morning, here.",
        "Derek handed him a card with the name and address of the restaurant.",
        "—Thank you, Derek!",
        "Derek said goodbye and left along with his wife. Rafael was very happy.",
        "Chapter 1 appendix",
        "Summary",
        "Rafael worked selling oranges in Valencia. He wanted to work as a cook, but he didn't have diplomas or higher education. In fall and winter he worked at other things. One day, a German named Derek offers him a job. Derek has Spanish restaurants in Valencia and wants Rafael to be a cook.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "las naranjas = oranges",
        "el cocinero = cook",
        "el tiempo libre = free time",
        "el alquiler = rent",
        "mandaba = sent",
        "injusto = unfair",
        "playas = beaches",
        "fama = fame, reputation",
        "el/la turista = tourist",
        "característico = characteristic, peculiar to",
        "carro = cart, trolley",
        "pesó = weigh",
        "cuchillo = knife",
        "peló = peel",
        "percató = realise",
        "tútéame (tutear) = address informally (usted ---> tú)",
        "cercano = close",
        "estrecharse la mano = shake hands",
        "empresario = entrepreneur",
        "negocios = businesses",
        "curiosidad = curiosity",
        "tarjeta = card",
        "Multiple-choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "1. The city where Rafael lives is:",
        "a. Barcelona",
        "b. Alicante",
        "c. Lugo",
        "d. Valencia",
        "2. Rafael has a house that is:",
        "a. Big",
        "b. Medium",
        "c. Small",
        "d. He doesn't have a house",
        "3. Rafael wants to be a:",
        "a. Orange seller",
        "b. Cook",
        "c. Taxi driver",
        "d. Businessman",
        "4. Derek is a:",
        "a. Cook",
        "b. Businessman",
        "c. Taxi driver",
        "d. Unknown",
        "5. Derek is from:",
        "a. Germany",
        "b. Sweden",
        "c. England",
        "d. Denmark",
        "Chapter 1 solutions",
        "1. d",
        "2. c",
        "3. b",
        "4. b",
        "5. a",
        "Chapter 2 – The Restaurant",
        "Rafael woke up the following Monday happy about his new job. He wasn't going to sell oranges on the beaches of Valencia anymore—he was going to work as a cook! It wasn't a secure job; maybe it would be good, maybe it would be bad, but Derek seemed like a good person.",
        "Rafael called his father, who lived in Madrid:",
        "The phone rang four times. Finally, his father picked up:",
        "—Good morning, son. You're calling early today!",
        "—Hi, Dad. Yeah, I want to tell you something.",
        "—Tell me something? Is it important?",
        "—Yes, to me it's important.",
        "Rafael spoke while sipping his coffee.",
        "—Tell me, son. What's it about?",
        "—I'm going to work as a cook.",
        "—As a cook? What a surprise!",
        "—It really is.",
        "He looked at the time and saw it was very late.",
        "—Sorry, Dad. I'm hanging up. I have to go!",
        "—Good luck, son. You can tell me more later.",
        "Rafael hung up the phone and drank the last sip of his coffee. He grabbed his jacket and, before leaving the house, looked at the kitchen: there were oranges in the fruit bowl. He smiled. He closed the door and left. He went down the stairs of the entryway and out onto the street. On the street, it was very sunny but the temperature was nice.",
        "He went to the taxi stand and waited for one. There weren't any at the stand. It was very early and the taxis were always busy. Finally, a taxi came and Rafael flagged it down. The taxi driver stopped and Rafael got in.",
        "—Tell me where you'd like to go, sir —said the taxi driver.",
        "—To Calle de la Playa Blanca, number 15, please.",
        "—Off we go!",
        "The taxi driver started the taxi. Rafael looked out the window and the taxi driver looked at him in the rearview mirror and saw that he was very happy.",
        "—A good day, eh? —the taxi driver said.",
        "—A very good one!",
        "—A woman?",
        "—No, it's not that!",
        "—Let me guess…",
        "The taxi driver remained thoughtful for several seconds. On the street, there were all kinds of people and vehicles: supply trucks, passenger buses, people's cars, other taxis.",
        "—I've got it —said the taxi driver.",
        "Rafael smiled at him and said:",
        "—Tell me.",
        "—A new job.",
        "—That's it!",
        "—And what are you going to be working as?",
        "—As a cook. Today is my first day.",
        "The taxi arrived at the street and stopped there. Before paying, the taxi driver said one more thing:",
        "—Listen to me. I was also a cook.",
        "—You were too?",
        "—That's right. It's hard work, but it's good work. Good luck to you.",
        "—Thank you. Thank you very much.",
        "Rafael paid the taxi driver 7.50 € and got out of the taxi.",
        "On that same street, Derek was waiting.",
        "—Rafael! Over here! I'm here!",
        "Rafael saw him and walked over.",
        "They both shook hands.",
        "—Welcome to the restaurant, Rafael. We're going to start right now.",
        "Rafael looked at the front of the restaurant and loved it. It was a façade the color of beach sand with elegant red accents. The entrance was very large and luxurious. There was a doorman to welcome new visitors.",
        "Rafael and Derek went up to the entrance. The doorman greeted them:",
        "—Hello, boss —he said, addressing Derek—, who's your companion?",
        "—Hello. Let me introduce you to Rafael, he's our new trainee cook.",
        "—Pleased to meet you —said the doorman.",
        "—Likewise, and thank you.",
        "Rafael and Derek walked through the entire restaurant. Derek explained things about the restaurant:",
        "—As you can see, it's a very large restaurant. It's a restaurant that serves Spanish food and German food. It has 50 tables and also a bar counter where you can have a drink. The design of the restaurant is my idea.",
        "—I like it —said Rafael—, it's a very elegant design.",
        "—Now let's go to the kitchen.",
        "In the kitchen there were four other cooks and a head chef. They were all working and preparing breakfast.",
        "Derek said:",
        "—Attention, everyone!",
        "The cooks stopped. They were no longer cooking.",
        "—I'd like to introduce you to Rafael. He's the new cook at the restaurant. From now on he's the new trainee cook.",
        "All the other cooks greeted Rafael by shaking his hand.",
        "—Good —said Derek—. Now we have to cook the restaurant's breakfasts. Get started!",
        "The head chef introduced himself personally to Rafael.",
        "—Hi, Rafael. My name is José. I'm the head chef. I'm going to teach you the different things about this restaurant. You're going to learn to cook, to serve, and many more things. Have you cooked before?",
        "—Yes, I really like cooking, but I've never worked as a cook.",
        "—Don't worry. If you know how to cook, that's good. You're going to fit in well here.",
        "—Thanks, José.",
        "—You're welcome.",
        "Rafael cooked all day. The next day, he cooked even more. He learned a lot over many days, and his coworkers were very kind. Derek was very pleased, and the business grew even more.",
        "Rafael always came home very tired, but he was happy and content.",
        "Chapter 2 Appendix",
        "Summary",
        "Rafael goes to work at the new restaurant. He takes a taxi. He talks with the taxi driver, and the driver tries to guess why he's happy. He wishes him good luck. Derek shows him around the restaurant and introduces him to the doorman and the cooks. Derek hires Rafael as a trainee cook.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "· contento por = happy about (something)",
        "· quizás = maybe",
        "· parecía = seemed",
        "· sonó = rang",
        "· pronto = early",
        "· los sorbos = sip",
        "· ¿De qué se trata? = What is it about?",
        "· ¡Tengo que irme! = I have to go!",
        "· ya me contarás luego = you’ll tell me later",
        "· el frutero = fruit bowl",
        "· le hizo una seña = he nodded to him",
        "· ¡Marchando! = Let’s go!",
        "· el retrovisor = rear mirror",
        "· deja que adivine = let me guess",
        "· el camión de suministro = (supply) lorry",
        "· los autobuses de viajeros = traveller buses",
        "· que tenga usted suerte = good luck",
        "· la fachada = façade",
        "· le encantó = he loved it",
        "· la arena = sand",
        "· elegantes = elegant",
        "· lujosa = luxurious",
        "· el portero = doorman, caretaker",
        "· refiriéndose = referring to",
        "· acompañante = companion",
        "· te presento a = I present you to, please meet",
        "· en prácticas = trainee",
        "· sirve = serves",
        "· tomar algo = take, drink",
        "· el diseño = design",
        "· el jefe = boss",
        "· a partir de ahora = from now on",
        "· te voy a enseñar = I’m going to teach you",
        "· vas a aprender = you’ll learn",
        "· encajar = fit in, belong",
        "Multiple-choice questions",
        "Select one answer for each question",
        "6. At first, Rafael talks with:",
        "a. His father",
        "b. A taxi driver",
        "c. Derek",
        "d. Nobody",
        "7. To get to his new job, Rafael travels by:",
        "a. Bus",
        "b. Taxi",
        "c. Subway",
        "d. Plane",
        "8. The taxi driver:",
        "a. Is very talkative",
        "b. Doesn't talk much",
        "c. Is Derek",
        "d. Is his father",
        "9. The restaurant serves:",
        "a. Spanish food",
        "b. German food",
        "c. Spanish and German food",
        "d. Spanish and Argentinian food",
        "10. The head chef's name is:",
        "a. David",
        "b. Álvaro",
        "c. José",
        "d. Alfonso",
        "Chapter 2 Answers",
        "6. a",
        "7. b",
        "8. a",
        "9. c",
        "10. c",
        "Chapter 3 – The owner",
        "Many years had passed since Rafael worked as a cook at Derek's restaurant. Everything had changed a lot since then.",
        "Now Rafael lived in his own house near the beach in Valencia. When he woke up each day, he looked at the beach. There were lots of tourists on the beach, as always.",
        "One day, he called his father on the phone. His father lived far away, and they always talked by phone:",
        "—Hi, son. I'm so glad you're calling me.",
        "—Hi, Dad. How are you?",
        "—I'm doing well. I'm doing well. And you?",
        "—All good, no problems. The restaurant is still doing well.",
        "Rafael was now the second owner of the restaurant. He had worked many years as a cook there.",
        "—Tell me, son. Do you want to keep running the restaurant?",
        "—Yes, of course. It's the first restaurant where I worked as a cook. Why do you ask?",
        "—Maybe there are better ideas.",
        "—Better ideas?",
        "—There are always better ideas, son. You can't get comfortable.",
        "—I'm not comfortable, Dad.",
        "—Yes, you are. You have been for months.",
        "Rafael became thoughtful. Was he right or not? He didn't know. At first, he had worked hard at the restaurant as a trainee cook. Later, they hired him permanently. Years after that, Derek stopped running the restaurant because of health problems. Derek was fine, but he was already retired.",
        "—I may have an offer for you, son.",
        "—An offer? You?",
        "—Yes. Me! The old man can still come up with ideas!",
        "—I didn't mean that.",
        "His father laughed loudly.",
        "—I was joking, son. But now I want to talk seriously.",
        "—Tell me.",
        "—The worst thing you can do right now is get comfortable. You have to leave the restaurant.",
        "—Leave my restaurant? Why would I leave my restaurant?",
        "—It's not your restaurant, son.",
        "—Okay, but Derek has the restaurant in my name and…",
        "Rafael thought again about what his father was saying.",
        "—I think I understand what you mean —he said to his father.",
        "—You have to open a restaurant with your name on it. I have something set up in Madrid. Can you catch a flight on Saturday?",
        "—I think so.",
        "—Excellent! I'll pick you up at the airport.",
        "Days later, the plane left Valencia for Madrid. The flight was pleasant and it was a nice day. It was very sunny in the Mediterranean cities. In Madrid too.",
        "When Rafael arrived in Madrid, his father was waiting for him at the airport exit. His father gave him a big hug. They hadn't seen each other for about 3 months.",
        "—Glad to see you, son.",
        "—Me too, Dad. Well, where are we going?",
        "—Follow me.",
        "Rafael followed his father to a taxi. When Rafael was inside the taxi with his father, he said:",
        "—This is funny —he said to his father.",
        "—What's funny, son?",
        "—The first time I went to work at the restaurant in Valencia, I took a taxi. A very friendly taxi driver talked to me the whole way. I was nervous.",
        "—And now look, the restaurant is practically yours.",
        "—I hope Derek is in good health. I haven't heard from him in months.",
        "His father smiled at his son and said:",
        "—We're here.",
        "Rafael got out of the taxi, and then he understood everything.",
        "—Amazing!",
        "His father got out of the taxi too. Derek was there. His former boss greeted Rafael with his characteristic German accent.",
        "—Glad to see you, Rafael! You're not getting any older!",
        "—Hi, Derek. I'm really glad to see you. Yes, I am getting older—I already have some gray hairs.",
        "Everyone laughed. But the biggest surprise wasn't Derek. The biggest surprise was the building in front of them. A more elegant building than the restaurant in Valencia. It had a name on top, but Rafael couldn't see it. He didn't have his glasses on. He took his glasses out of his backpack and put them on. It read:",
        "«Restaurante Rafael».",
        "Rafael was about to cry.",
        "His father came up to him and said:",
        "—It was Derek's idea. A while back, he called me on the phone. He said he wanted to give you a reward. He said you were a good worker and that you had always been one for years.",
        "Rafael said to Derek:",
        "—I don't know how to thank you for all this, Derek.",
        "—Don't worry, just be happy. Oh! But that's not all. Go inside the restaurant!",
        "Rafael went into the restaurant and could see its logo at the entrance. The restaurant's logo was an orange.",
        "Chapter 3 Appendix",
        "Summary",
        "Rafael is now the owner of the restaurant in Valencia. Many years have passed and Derek is ill. His father calls him on the phone to go to Madrid. When Rafael arrives in Madrid, Derek and his father are there. They've opened a restaurant with Rafael's name and an orange logo.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "· habían pasado muchos años = several years had passed",
        "· desde entonces = since then",
        "· me va bien = I do well",
        "· sigue yendo bien = it’s still going well",
        "· gestionando = managing",
        "· acomodarse = to get too comfortable",
        "· pensativo = thoughtful",
        "· contrataron = hired",
        "· indefinidamente = indefinitely",
        "· debido a problemas de salud = due to health problems",
        "· el jubilado = retired",
        "· la oferta = offer",
        "· el hombre viejo = old man",
        "· era broma = was kidding",
        "· en serio = seriously",
        "· abrir un restaurante = open a restaurant",
        "· coger un vuelo = take a flight",
        "· te recojo = I’ll pick you up",
        "· las ciudades = cities",
        "· esperándolo = waiting for him",
        "· el abrazo = hug",
        "· llevaban sin verse = without seeing each other",
        "· sígueme = follow me",
        "· gracioso = funny",
        "· durante todo el camino = for the whole walk",
        "· espero que = I hope",
        "· la salud = health",
        "· ya hemos llegado = we have arrived",
        "· ¡Alucinante! = Amazing!",
        "· envejecer = to age, grow old",
        "· las canas = grey hair",
        "· la sorpresa más grande = the biggest surprise",
        "· las gafas = glasses",
        "· estuvo a punto de = (he) nearly, was about to",
        "· la recompensa = reward",
        "· el logotipo = logo, trademark",
        "Multiple-choice questions",
        "Select one answer for each question",
        "11. Was Rafael still a trainee cook?",
        "a. No",
        "b. Yes",
        "12. Rafael was:",
        "a. Full owner of the restaurant",
        "b. Practically the owner of the restaurant",
        "c. Head chef",
        "d. Regular cook",
        "13. His father tells him to:",
        "a. Open another restaurant",
        "b. Travel to Madrid",
        "c. He has an offer",
        "d. b) and c) are correct",
        "14. Derek no longer works at the Valencia restaurant because:",
        "a. He has no money",
        "b. He's old",
        "c. He has health problems",
        "d. Unknown",
        "15. In Madrid:",
        "a. His father has a new restaurant",
        "b. They've opened a restaurant with Rafael's name",
        "c. They've opened a restaurant with Derek's name",
        "d. Derek wants him to work as a cook in Madrid",
        "Chapter 3 Answers",
        "11. a",
        "12. b",
        "13. b",
        "14. c",
        "15. b"
      ]
    },
    {
      "id": "ch8",
      "number": 8,
      "title": "3. Robot",
      "paragraphsES": [
        "Capítulo 1 – La activación",
        "Es el siglo XXI y los seres humanos tenemos mucha tecnología y muchos adelantos tecnológicos. Tenemos multitud de nuevos inventos y herramientas. Esta es la historia de un robot creado en el siglo XXI.",
        "En un laboratorio de Europa, muchos científicos trabajaban en un robot. El proyecto había empezado hacía 10 años y ya casi estaba listo. La científica más importante del proyecto se llamaba Clara. Clara había estudiado ingeniería robótica en una universidad de Inglaterra y con solo 30 años era la directora del proyecto.",
        "El proyecto era muy conocido en el mundo. Siempre se hablaba del proyecto “Robot”. Se llamaba así simplemente: Robot. Un día, Clara entró en el laboratorio.",
        "–Buenos días a todos –dijo.",
        "–Buenos días, Clara. ¿Qué tal estás hoy?",
        "–Bien, me duele un poco la cabeza. He estado toda la noche trabajando.",
        "Era el último día de la investigación. Ese día, iban a activar el robot. 10 años de trabajo para ese día. El robot tenía forma humana, su metal era blanco y era más delgado que una persona.",
        "–Bueno –dijo Clara-, ¿cómo va el robot?",
        "–El robot va muy bien, Clara –dijo el científico Anderson.",
        "–¿No hay ningún problema, Anderson? ¿Estás seguro?",
        "–Creo que no. Todo parece correcto.",
        "– Estupendo.",
        "Clara quería que todo saliese bien. Habían trabajado 10 años para ese proyecto y sus jefes querían que el robot fuese perfecto. Un robot con apariencia humana. El robot era un simulador de una persona, iba a hablar con una voz sintética y también tenía capacidad para aprender cosas nuevas.",
        "Clara dijo:",
        "-Voy un momento a la cafetería. En 4 horas activamos el robot.",
        "-Vale -respondió Anderson-, estaremos aquí trabajando.",
        "En la cafetería, pidió un café y un poco de sándwich. Varios empleados estaban hablando en diferentes mesas sobre el robot. Decían cosas como:",
        "-Hoy es el día de la activación.",
        "-Sí, tengo ganas de activar el robot. ¡Será un éxito!",
        "-¿Y qué pasa si algo sale mal?",
        "Clara escuchaba las conversaciones de sus empleados mientras comía. Ella sabía qué iba a pasar si fallaba: no tendrían más dinero para futuros proyectos. Esto era importante. El robot había tenido muchos años de investigación.",
        "Anderson se acercó a Clara en la cafetería y también pidió un sándwich y un café. El camarero de la empresa le dijo:",
        "–No queda sándwich. Tenemos unos bollos de crema muy ricos.",
        "–Está bien -dijo él-, pues entonces un bollo de crema y un café con leche.",
        "–Ahora mismo –dijo el camarero.",
        "Clara vio a Anderson comprar su café y su sándwich y él también la vio a ella. Se saludaron con la mano de lejos. Anderson se acercó a la mesa de Clara y la saludó:",
        "-¿Cogiendo fuerzas para la activación del robot?",
        "-Sí, hay que comer bien y necesito el café. No he dormido muy bien esta noche.",
        "-Yo tampoco he dormido bien.",
        "-¿Por el robot?",
        "-Sí -dijo Anderson mientras comía un trozo del bollo.",
        "Hablaron durante media hora antes de limpiar la mesa y volver al laboratorio. Allí, los demás científicos hacían pruebas de última hora para comprobar el robot. Clara seguía teniendo sueño, así que pidió otro café en la cafetería mientras comprobaban el robot. Ella era la directora, pero no hacía comprobaciones.",
        "Clara compró varios cafés para los científicos. Paseó por el laboratorio entregando cafés a los diferentes científicos que miraban pantallas. Las pantallas mostraban muchos datos: estado de la temperatura del metal, estado de las funciones de inteligencia artificial, datos complejos…",
        "Clara vio que Anderson también realizaba comprobaciones y habló con él:",
        "-¿Cómo va el robot? ¿Todo bien?",
        "–Está todo bien. Faltan solo dos horas para la activación.",
        "–Excelente.",
        "Uno de los científicos entró al laboratorio. El científico se quedó mirando al robot. El robot estaba dentro de una sala con cristales. Los cristales eran transparentes, así que se podía ver al robot que estaba dentro, quieto, con los ojos metálicos cerrados.",
        "Clara vio al científico y le dijo:",
        "-¿Qué ocurre?",
        "-La prensa ya está aquí. Quieren ver al robot.",
        "-¡Aún faltan dos horas para la activación!",
        "-Quieren un pequeño discurso antes de la activación.",
        "Clara resopló y dijo al científico:",
        "–Vale, está bien. Saldré a hablar con ellos.",
        "Anderson volvió a hacer diferentes comprobaciones mientras Clara salía del laboratorio. Cuando salió del laboratorio, vio a muchos periodistas con sus micrófonos.",
        "- Por aquí -les dijo Clara.",
        "Entraron a una sala muy grande con grandes ventanas. Había más periodistas fuera del edificio, pero solo dejaban entrar a unos pocos. Era un acontecimiento mundial, pero no podían entrar todos, no había sitio.",
        "Clara se puso en la mesa de delante para hablar:",
        "–Bienvenidos a todos. El futuro es ahora. En dos horas, vamos a activar el robot. 10 años de trabajo que seguramente van a ser muy beneficiosos para todos nosotros. El robot está listo y los datos son buenos. Es el primer robot que simula ser un humano completamente.",
        "De repente, sonó el móvil de Clara y apareció un mensaje:",
        "«Ha ocurrido un problema. Tienes que venir inmediatamente».",
        "Anexo del capítulo 1",
        "Resumen",
        "En el siglo XXI, se activa un robot. 10 años de trabajo han construido a un robot que simula ser un humano. Clara es la directora del proyecto y Anderson habla con ella. Ambos están preparando la activación del robot. La prensa viene y Clara va a una sala a hablar con ellos. De repente, Clara recibe un mensaje al móvil.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "· los seres humanos = human beings",
        "· la multitud = many, a multitude of",
        "· los inventos = inventions",
        "· las herramientas = tools",
        "· la científica = scientist",
        "· duele = hurts",
        "· la investigación = study, research",
        "· más delgado que = thinner than",
        "· estupendo = great",
        "· la apariencia = appearance",
        "· ¿Y qué pasa sí...? = And what happens if...?",
        "· los bollos = cupcake",
        "· ricos = tasty",
        "· cogiendo fuerzas = gathering strength",
        "· limpiar = clean",
        "· paseó = walked",
        "· complejos = complex",
        "· los cristales = crystals",
        "· aún = yet",
        "· resopló = snort, pant",
        "· las periodistas = journalists",
        "· por aquí = this way",
        "· el acontecimiento = event",
        "· van a ser = (they) are going to be / (they) will be",
        "· sonó = sounded, rang",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "1. La historia ocurre en:",
        "a. El siglo XIX",
        "b. El siglo XX",
        "c. El siglo XXI",
        "d. El siglo XXII",
        "2. Clara es:",
        "a. Una científica de la compañía",
        "b. La directora del proyecto",
        "c. La directora de la compañía",
        "d. Una periodista",
        "3. Anderson es:",
        "a. Un científico de la compañía",
        "b. El director del proyecto",
        "c. El director de la compañía",
        "d. Un amigo",
        "4. Para crear el robot, han trabajado:",
        "a. 1 año",
        "b. 2 años",
        "c. 5 años",
        "d. 10 años",
        "5. El mensaje al móvil de Clara dice que:",
        "a. Hay un problema",
        "b. Se ha activado el robot",
        "c. Se ha destruido el robot",
        "d. El robot ha desaparecido",
        "Soluciones capítulo 1",
        "1. c",
        "2. b",
        "3. a",
        "4. d",
        "5. a",
        "Capítulo 2 – El problema",
        "Clara volvió a mirar el móvil. El mensaje era claro: había pasado algo. ¿Qué era? ¿Algún problema con los datos? ¿Algún problema con Anderson? ¿Algún problema con el robot?",
        "Clara miró a los periodistas y no supo qué decir.",
        "Uno de los periodistas dijo:",
        "-¿Ocurre algo? ¿Ha pasado algo?",
        "Clara le miró y le dijo:",
        "-Ha pasado algo, tengo que irme. Lo siento mucho. Esperen aquí, ahora mismo vengo.",
        "Clara salió de la sala y corrió por el pasillo. Muchos científicos hablaban y gritaban. Oía ruidos por todas partes. Ella detuvo a un científico que gritaba a otro científico en el pasillo:",
        "-¡Silencio! ¡Silencio! -dijo ella",
        "El científico vio que era Clara, la directora. Entonces, los dos científicos callaron. Los científicos sabían que Clara era una persona muy amable y tranquila, pero también muy autoritaria.",
        "-¿Qué ocurre? -preguntó ella.",
        "–El robot… El robot…",
        "-¿No funciona?",
        "-Sí, si funciona… La cosa es que…",
        "Los científicos estaban muy nerviosos, así que Clara pasó de largo sin decir nada y caminó hacia el laboratorio. Anderson estaba en el laboratorio, pero el robot no estaba.",
        "-¡Anderson! ¿Dónde está el robot?",
        "-Clara, menos mal que te encuentro. Hemos llevado al robot a otra sala para la activación y…",
        "-¿Y?",
        "-¡Se ha activado solo!",
        "-¿No lo habéis activado vosotros?",
        "-¡No, Clara! ¡Te lo aseguro!",
        "-Eso es algo muy raro, Anderson.",
        "-Lo sé, y no sabemos por qué ha ocurrido. Tenía energía suficiente para la activación, pero no hemos dado la orden.",
        "-Quiero verlo.",
        "-Es peligroso.",
        "-No es peligroso. Yo lo sé. Son 10 años de trabajo.",
        "–Como quieras.",
        "Clara y Anderson salieron del laboratorio y fueron a la siguiente sala. Allí, todos los científicos estaban callados.",
        "-¿Por qué están tan callados? -dijo Clara.",
        "-Porque… Están esperando a que el robot diga algo -dijo Anderson.",
        "El robot estaba en medio de la sala, inmóvil. Estaba activado. Sus ojos se movían ligeramente y sus extremidades también.",
        "Los científicos dejaron pasar a Clara y ella se acercó al robot. El robot estaba dentro de unos cristales protectores.",
        "Clara dijo a Anderson:",
        "-Quiero que el robot salga de los cristales.",
        "-¿Ahora? Pero…",
        "-¡Ahora! ¡Ya!",
        "Anderson también sabía que Clara era bastante autoritaria aunque cuando estaba tranquila era más amable. Él dio la orden a un científico y una puerta se abrió entre los cristales. El robot salió y miró a Clara. Estuvieron así varios minutos.",
        "Clara preguntó a los científicos:",
        "-¿Ha dicho algo?",
        "Los científicos respondieron:",
        "-No.",
        "-No, no ha dicho nada.",
        "Clara intentó comunicarse con el robot y le dijo un simple:",
        "-Hola.",
        "El robot miró a Clara y sus ojos pestañearon brevemente.",
        "-Hola -dijo con su voz sintética.",
        "Clara se emocionó. Era la primera vez que el robot hablaba. La primera vez en 10 años que podía comunicarse con su creación.",
        "-Comenzad a tomar apuntes.",
        "Los científicos comenzaron a grabar toda la conversación entre Clara y el robot. El robot seguía mirando a Clara.",
        "-¿Tu nombre es Clara? -dijo el robot.",
        "-Sí, así es. ¿Cómo sabes mi nombre?",
        "-Tengo una base de datos enorme. Tú eres mi creadora.",
        "« Pregunta tonta », pensó Clara.",
        "Anderson se acercó a Clara y le dijo:",
        "-Habla con él. Dile más cosas. Tiene una base de datos muy grande, pero tiene que aprender cosas nuevas. Necesita hablar mucho para aprender. Hablando se aprende mucho y así aprende palabras nuevas.",
        "Clara asintió y le dijo a Anderson:",
        "-Tengo una idea mejor.",
        "Ella le dijo al robot:",
        "-Ven conmigo, robot.",
        "El robot obedeció. El robot tenía libre albedrío pero obedeció a su creadora, a su dueña.",
        "Anderson le dijo a Clara:",
        "-¿Qué haces?",
        "-Voy a ir a la sala de prensa. Están esperándome.",
        "-¿Ahora? ¡No está preparado?",
        "-Es la oportunidad perfecta.",
        "- Como quieras.",
        "Clara salió de la sala con el robot y caminaron juntos sin decir nada. Clara le dijo al robot:",
        "-Quédate aquí hasta que te llame.",
        "El robot no dijo nada pero se detuvo antes de la puerta de la sala donde estaban los periodistas. Clara entro en la sala y volvió a la mesa a hablar con ellos.",
        "El periodista que le había preguntado antes volvió a hablar con Clara. Le dijo:",
        "-¿Qué ha ocurrido exactamente?",
        "Clara no respondió al instante. Tosió y por fin, habló:",
        "- Señoras y señores, tengo el honor de presentar a nuestra creación. ¡Robot! ¡Adelante!",
        "El robot entró tranquilamente en la sala de periodistas. Se detuvo tres segundos y miró a los periodistas. Después, caminó a la mesa donde estaba Clara. Allí, se detuvo a su lado y siguió mirando a los periodistas.",
        "Los periodistas no sabían qué decir. Todos hablaban al unísono:",
        "-¿Es este el robot? ¿De verdad?",
        "-Pero… ¿La activación no era en dos horas?",
        "-¿Sabe hablar? ¿Qué sabe hacer?",
        "-¿Por qué esta sorpresa?",
        "Clara no sabía qué hacer. El robot estaba sentado a su lado. Los periodistas hablaban y gritaban. Todos querían respuestas. Esta situación era muy imprevista.",
        "-Robot, habla -dijo Clara al final.",
        "Todos los periodistas se callaron. El robot comenzó a hablar:",
        "-Soy el robot modelo T1010G con inteligencia artificial, libre decisión y activado por primera vez hoy, fecha…",
        "El robot siguió hablando y contando detalles técnicos. Clara le dijo:",
        "-Robot, di cómo te sientes.",
        "-Me siento bien.",
        "Los periodistas apuntaban muchas cosas en sus tabletas y ordenadores portátiles.",
        "De repente, los guardias de seguridad de la compañía entraron en la sala de periodistas.",
        "-Señora directora, tiene que venir con nosotros. El robot tiene que volver al laboratorio.",
        "Anexo del capítulo 2",
        "Resumen",
        "El robot se había activado antes de tiempo. Clara pasea por los pasillos. Los científicos están muy nerviosos. Clara es muy autoritaria cuando está nerviosa. Va al laboratorio y el robot no está. El robot está en otra sala. Le dice a Anderson que lleva al robot a la sala de periodistas. En la sala de periodistas, los guardias de la compañía le dicen que el robot tiene que volver al laboratorio.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "claro = clear",
        "no supo qué decir = didn't know what to say",
        "gritaban = were shouting",
        "por todas partes = everywhere",
        "autoritaria = authoritarian, bossy",
        "la cosa es que... = the thing is...",
        "pasó de largo = passed by",
        "menos mal que te encuentro = glad I found you",
        "¡Te lo aseguro! = I assure you",
        "suficiente = enough",
        "no hemos dado la orden = we didn't give the order",
        "inmóvil = still, motionless",
        "ligeramente = slightly",
        "las extremidades = extremities",
        "dio la orden = gave the order",
        "entre = between",
        "pestañearon brevemente = blink briefly",
        "emocionó = thrilled, excited",
        "la primera vez en 10 años = the first time in 10 years",
        "tomar apuntes = take notes",
        "la base de datos = database",
        "la pregunta tonta = stupid question",
        "libre albedrío = free will",
        "la dueña = owner",
        "como quieras = as you like",
        "hasta que te llame = until I call you",
        "al instante = instantly",
        "tosió = coughed",
        "señoras y señores = ladies and gentlemen",
        "tengo el honor de presentar = I have the honor of presenting",
        "unísono = unison",
        "di cómo te sientes = say how you feel",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "6. Clara era:",
        "a. Siempre era autoritaria",
        "b. Autoritaria, amable y tranquila",
        "c. Siempre amable",
        "d. Autoritaria y nerviosa",
        "7. El problema era que:",
        "a. Habían robado el robot",
        "b. El robot había desaparecido",
        "c. El robot no funcionaba",
        "d. El robot se había activado",
        "8. El robot estaba:",
        "a. En el laboratorio",
        "b. En la sala de los periodistas",
        "c. En otra sala",
        "d. No se sabe",
        "9. El robot quería:",
        "a. Salir del laboratorio",
        "b. Salir de la sala",
        "c. Ver el mundo",
        "d. No se sabe",
        "10. Clara lleva al robot a:",
        "a. El laboratorio",
        "b. La sala de periodistas",
        "c. Fuera del edificio",
        "d. Su casa",
        "Soluciones capítulo 2",
        "6. b",
        "7. d",
        "8. c",
        "9. d",
        "10. d",
        "Capítulo 3 – El juicio",
        "Una semana más tarde, Clara llevaba puesto un traje. Ese día, iba muy elegante y estaba en una sala de espera. En la sala de espera estaba sólo ella. Estaba muy tranquila pero no estaba de buen humor. En la sala de espera también había una televisión y varias revistas.",
        "Clara se levantó del sofá de aquella sala y cogió una revista. Leyó varias páginas pero no había nada interesante. Dejó la revista en la mesa de nuevo y cogió otra. Esa revista era más nueva, pero era igual de aburrida.",
        "También había un periódico en la mesa. El periódico era reciente, de hacía varios días. En el periódico aparecían fotos de ella y del robot en la sala de los periodistas. El titular del periódico decía:",
        "«¡El robot se ha activado antes de tiempo! Clara ha activado el robot sin permiso».",
        "Clara leyó el artículo por encima. El artículo decía cosas como:",
        "«Clara se enfrenta en un juicio a un delito».",
        "«La directora del centro de inteligencia artificial activó el robot el pasado jueves y lo sacó del laboratorio sin ningún tipo de seguridad».",
        "Clara volvió a dejar el periódico en la mesa, asqueada. Cuando lo hizo, su abogado apareció por la puerta. Era un hombre grande y rechoncho:",
        "– Es la hora, Clara. Ya puedes venir.",
        "Su abogado llamaba a Clara para un juicio. El juicio no era oficial, era más una especie de charla. Clara y su abogado entraron en la sala grande y ella pudo ver a varios jueces y a varios científicos de la compañía.",
        "–Siéntese Clara, por favor –le dijo uno de los jueces.",
        "Ella y el abogado se sentaron en la sala y el juez que había hablado dijo:",
        "–Vamos a analizar el acontecimiento desde el principio. Le voy a hacer varias preguntas, directora.",
        "–Bien –dijo ella tranquilamente.",
        "El juez sacó unos papeles y comenzó a leerlos. Llevaba puestas unas gafas para ver de cerca. Comenzó a leer varias cosas y comenzó a preguntar a Clara:",
        "–Aquí dice que usted, la directora del centro, Clara, activó al robot antes de tiempo y sin ningún permiso. ¿Es eso verdad?",
        "–¡No! Eso no es verdad. El robot se activó solo y sin ayuda. Yo no di ninguna orden.",
        "–Tengo fuentes que lo confirman – Contestó el juez.",
        "–Sus fuentes son erróneas.",
        "El juez levantó la vista de los papeles y miró a Clara. Ella seguía siendo autoritaria, pero estaba tranquila. El juez siguió hablando:",
        "–Más cosas. Usted dice que no es la responsable de activar al robot. Entiendo. ¿Es usted quien movió al robot del laboratorio a la segunda sala? Está terminantemente prohibido hacer eso.",
        "–Tampoco hice eso.",
        "Clara miró a los científicos de la sala y pudo ver a Anderson. Anderson miraba a Clara y le sonreía. Clara también sonrió y siguió hablando:",
        "–Yo estaba en una rueda de prensa cuando recibí un mensaje al móvil. El mensaje decía que el robot se había activado solo. Fui por un pasillo hasta el laboratorio y no estaba allí. En el laboratorio, los científicos me dijeron que estaba en otra sala.",
        "–Y entonces usted fue a esa sala.",
        "–Es correcto.",
        "–Bien.",
        "Clara pensaba que el juez no era muy exigente, pero tampoco era un juicio oficial. Él solo quería datos.",
        "–Tercera pregunta, directora.",
        "–Adelante.",
        "–¿Llevó usted al robot a la sala de prensa donde estaban los periodistas?",
        "Clara pensó que no tenía sentido mentir.",
        "–Sí, lo hice.",
        "–Sin tener en cuenta las medidas de seguridad.",
        "–Exacto. Era inofensivo.",
        "–¿Cómo sabe usted que es inofensivo?",
        "Clara miró a Anderson y Anderson le enseñó una tarjeta electrónica. Era la tarjeta del laboratorio del robot.",
        "La puerta de la sala del juicio se abrió y el robot apareció. Todo el mundo se calló y no dijeron absolutamente nada.",
        "El robot anduvo hasta la mesa de Clara y su abogado y se sentó junto a ella.",
        "– Permiso para hablar –dijo el robot.",
        "El juez miró a los demás durante varios segundos. No dijo nada en un minuto. Al final, dijo:",
        "–Adelante.",
        "El robot comenzó a hablar con su voz sintética:",
        "–Ustedes me llaman robot, pero tengo sentimientos. Clara, la directora, es mi creadora. No quiero que ella sufra ningún daño.",
        "El juez respondió:",
        "–No va a sufrir ningún daño. Solo son unas preguntas.",
        "–Unas preguntas que tienen como objetivo incriminar a Clara.",
        "El juez no dijo nada más. No sabía cómo hablar ante un robot. Clara sabía qué había ocurrido. Anderson había abierto el laboratorio sin permiso de los científicos y había llevado el robot hasta el juicio.",
        "«Bien hecho, Anderson», pensó ella.",
        "El juez dijo al final:",
        "–¿Qué es lo que quieres, robot?",
        "El robot miró a Clara y luego miró al juez:",
        "–Solo quiero vivir con Clara. Quiero irme a casa.",
        "Anexo del capítulo 3",
        "Resumen",
        "Clara está en una sala de espera. Lee varias revistas y su abogado le avisa para ir al juicio. El juicio no es oficial pero el juez le hace preguntas. Anderson está en la sala y le enseña una tarjeta electrónica. Había llevado el robot al juicio. El robot entra y dice que quiere vivir en casa de Clara.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "el juicio = trial",
        "el traje = suit",
        "elegante = elegant",
        "la sala de espera = waiting room",
        "las revistas = magazines",
        "el periódico = newspaper",
        "el titular = headline",
        "asqueada = disgusted",
        "el abogado = lawyer",
        "es la hora = it's time",
        "una especie de charla = a kind of talk",
        "desde el principio = from the beginning",
        "las gafas = glasses",
        "el permiso = permission",
        "las fuentes = source",
        "erróneas = wrong",
        "terminantemente prohibido = strictly forbidden",
        "la rueda de prensa = press conference",
        "exigente = tough",
        "tener en cuenta = bear in mind",
        "las medidas de seguridad = safety measures",
        "la tarjeta electrónica = electronic card",
        "permiso para hablar = permission to speak",
        "los sentimientos = feelings",
        "el daño = harm",
        "sufrir = suffer",
        "incriminar = incriminate",
        "quiero irme a casa = I want to go home",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "11. Clara vestía:",
        "a. Con un traje",
        "b. Con falda",
        "c. Con vestido",
        "d. Con pantalones vaqueros",
        "12. Clara leía",
        "a. Revistas",
        "b. Periódicos",
        "c. Revistas y periódicos",
        "d. Libros",
        "13. Clara entra a la sala con:",
        "a. Anderson",
        "b. Su abogado",
        "c. El robot",
        "d. Sola",
        "14. Anderson le enseña:",
        "a. Una tarjeta electrónica",
        "b. Una llave",
        "c. Un móvil",
        "d. Un libro",
        "15. ¿Qué había hecho Anderson?",
        "a. Abrir la sala del juicio",
        "b. Llevar al robot al juicio",
        "c. Abrir el laboratorio del robot",
        "d. b. y c. son correctas",
        "16. El robot dice que:",
        "a. Quiere vivir en el laboratorio",
        "b. Quiere vivir en un apartamento para él",
        "c. Quiere vivir en otro país",
        "d. Quiere vivir en casa de Clara",
        "Soluciones capítulo 3",
        "11. a",
        "12. c",
        "13. b",
        "14. a",
        "15. d",
        "16. d"
      ],
      "paragraphsEN": [
        "Chapter 1 – The Activation",
        "It's the 21st century, and we human beings have lots of technology and lots of technological advances. We have many new inventions and tools. This is the story of a robot created in the 21st century.",
        "In a laboratory in Europe, many scientists were working on a robot. The project had started 10 years ago and was almost ready. The most important scientist on the project was named Clara. Clara had studied robotic engineering at a university in England, and at only 30 years old she was the project director.",
        "The project was very well known around the world. People always talked about the \"Robot\" project. It was called simply that: Robot. One day, Clara walked into the lab.",
        "—Good morning, everyone —she said.",
        "—Good morning, Clara. How are you today?",
        "—Fine, my head hurts a little. I've been working all night.",
        "It was the last day of the research. That day, they were going to activate the robot. 10 years of work for that day. The robot was human-shaped, its metal was white, and it was slimmer than a person.",
        "—Well —said Clara—, how's the robot doing?",
        "—The robot is doing very well, Clara —said Anderson the scientist.",
        "—No problems, Anderson? Are you sure?",
        "—I don't think so. Everything seems right.",
        "—Great.",
        "Clara wanted everything to go well. They had worked 10 years on the project, and her bosses wanted the robot to be perfect. A robot with a human appearance. The robot was a person simulator—it would speak with a synthetic voice and could also learn new things.",
        "Clara said:",
        "—I'm going to the cafeteria for a moment. In 4 hours we activate the robot.",
        "—Okay —Anderson replied—, we'll be here working.",
        "In the cafeteria, she ordered a coffee and a bit of a sandwich. Several employees were sitting at different tables talking about the robot. They were saying things like:",
        "—Today is activation day.",
        "—Yes, I can't wait to activate the robot. It'll be a success!",
        "—And what if something goes wrong?",
        "Clara listened to her employees' conversations while she ate. She knew what would happen if it failed: they wouldn't have any more money for future projects. That was important. The robot had been years in research.",
        "Anderson came over to Clara in the cafeteria and also ordered a sandwich and coffee. The company's server said:",
        "—There aren't any sandwiches left. We have some really tasty cream buns.",
        "—That's fine —he said—, then a cream bun and a coffee with milk.",
        "—Right away —said the server.",
        "Clara saw Anderson buy his coffee and sandwich, and he saw her too. They waved hello from a distance. Anderson came over to Clara's table and greeted her:",
        "—Getting your strength up for the robot activation?",
        "—Yes, you have to eat well, and I need the coffee. I didn't sleep very well last night.",
        "—I didn't sleep well either.",
        "—Because of the robot?",
        "—Yes —said Anderson while eating a piece of the bun.",
        "They talked for half an hour before clearing the table and heading back to the lab. There, the other scientists were doing last-minute tests to check the robot. Clara was still sleepy, so she ordered another coffee from the cafeteria while they checked the robot. She was the director, but she didn't run the checks herself.",
        "Clara bought several coffees for the scientists. She walked through the lab handing out coffees to the various scientists staring at screens. The screens showed all kinds of data: the metal's temperature status, the status of the AI functions, complex data…",
        "Clara saw that Anderson was also running checks and she spoke with him:",
        "—How's the robot doing? All good?",
        "—Everything's fine. Only two hours until activation.",
        "—Excellent.",
        "One of the scientists came into the lab. The scientist stood there staring at the robot. The robot was inside a glass-walled room. The glass was transparent, so you could see the robot inside, still, with its metallic eyes closed.",
        "Clara saw the scientist and said:",
        "—What's going on?",
        "—The press is already here. They want to see the robot.",
        "—There are still two hours until activation!",
        "—They want a short speech before the activation.",
        "Clara huffed and said to the scientist:",
        "—Okay, fine. I'll go out and talk to them.",
        "Anderson went back to running different checks while Clara left the lab. When she left the lab, she saw lots of journalists with their microphones.",
        "—This way —Clara told them.",
        "They went into a very large room with big windows. There were more journalists outside the building, but they only let a few in. It was a global event, but they couldn't all come in—there wasn't room.",
        "Clara stood at the table in front to speak:",
        "—Welcome, everyone. The future is now. In two hours, we're going to activate the robot. 10 years of work that will surely be very beneficial for all of us. The robot is ready and the data is good. It's the first robot that fully simulates being a human.",
        "Suddenly, Clara's phone rang and a message appeared:",
        "«A problem has occurred. You have to come immediately».",
        "Chapter 1 Appendix",
        "Summary",
        "In the 21st century, a robot is activated. 10 years of work have built a robot that simulates being a human. Clara is the project director and Anderson talks with her. They are both getting ready for the robot's activation. The press arrives and Clara goes to a room to speak with them. Suddenly, Clara gets a message on her phone.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "· los seres humanos = human beings",
        "· la multitud = many, a multitude of",
        "· los inventos = inventions",
        "· las herramientas = tools",
        "· la científica = scientist",
        "· duele = hurts",
        "· la investigación = study, research",
        "· más delgado que = thinner than",
        "· estupendo = great",
        "· la apariencia = appearance",
        "· ¿Y qué pasa sí...? = And what happens if...?",
        "· los bollos = cupcake",
        "· ricos = tasty",
        "· cogiendo fuerzas = gathering strength",
        "· limpiar = clean",
        "· paseó = walked",
        "· complejos = complex",
        "· los cristales = crystals",
        "· aún = yet",
        "· resopló = snort, pant",
        "· las periodistas = journalists",
        "· por aquí = this way",
        "· el acontecimiento = event",
        "· van a ser = (they) are going to be / (they) will be",
        "· sonó = sounded, rang",
        "Multiple-choice questions",
        "Select one answer for each question",
        "1. The story takes place in:",
        "a. The 19th century",
        "b. The 20th century",
        "c. The 21st century",
        "d. The 22nd century",
        "2. Clara is:",
        "a. A scientist at the company",
        "b. The project director",
        "c. The company director",
        "d. A journalist",
        "3. Anderson is:",
        "a. A scientist at the company",
        "b. The project director",
        "c. The company director",
        "d. A friend",
        "4. To create the robot, they have worked:",
        "a. 1 year",
        "b. 2 years",
        "c. 5 years",
        "d. 10 years",
        "5. The message on Clara's phone says that:",
        "a. There is a problem",
        "b. The robot has been activated",
        "c. The robot has been destroyed",
        "d. The robot has disappeared",
        "Chapter 1 Answers",
        "1. c",
        "2. b",
        "3. a",
        "4. d",
        "5. a",
        "Chapter 2 – The problem",
        "Clara looked at her phone again. The message was clear: something had happened. What was it? Some problem with the data? Some problem with Anderson? Some problem with the robot?",
        "Clara looked at the journalists and didn't know what to say.",
        "One of the journalists said:",
        "—Is something wrong? Has something happened?",
        "Clara looked at him and said:",
        "—Something has happened, I have to go. I'm very sorry. Wait here, I'll be right back.",
        "Clara left the room and ran down the hallway. Many scientists were talking and shouting. She heard noises everywhere. She stopped a scientist who was shouting at another scientist in the hallway:",
        "—Quiet! Quiet! —she said.",
        "The scientist saw it was Clara, the director. Then the two scientists fell silent. The scientists knew that Clara was a very kind and calm person, but also very authoritative.",
        "—What's going on? —she asked.",
        "—The robot… The robot…",
        "—It doesn't work?",
        "—Yes, it does work… The thing is…",
        "The scientists were very nervous, so Clara walked past without saying anything and went toward the laboratory. Anderson was in the laboratory, but the robot was not.",
        "—Anderson! Where is the robot?",
        "—Clara, thank goodness I've found you. We took the robot to another room for activation and…",
        "—And?",
        "—It activated itself!",
        "—You didn't activate it?",
        "—No, Clara! I swear!",
        "—That's very strange, Anderson.",
        "—I know, and we don't know why it happened. It had enough energy for activation, but we didn't give the order.",
        "—I want to see it.",
        "—It's dangerous.",
        "—It's not dangerous. I know it. It's 10 years of work.",
        "—As you wish.",
        "Clara and Anderson left the laboratory and went to the next room. There, all the scientists were silent.",
        "—Why are they so quiet? —said Clara.",
        "—Because… They're waiting for the robot to say something —said Anderson.",
        "The robot was in the middle of the room, motionless. It was activated. Its eyes moved slightly and so did its limbs.",
        "The scientists let Clara through and she approached the robot. The robot was inside some protective glass.",
        "Clara said to Anderson:",
        "—I want the robot to come out of the glass.",
        "—Now? But…",
        "—Now! Right now!",
        "Anderson also knew that Clara was quite authoritative, although when she was calm she was kinder. He gave the order to a scientist and a door opened between the glass panels. The robot came out and looked at Clara. They stayed like that for several minutes.",
        "Clara asked the scientists:",
        "—Has it said anything?",
        "The scientists answered:",
        "—No.",
        "—No, it hasn't said anything.",
        "Clara tried to communicate with the robot and said a simple:",
        "—Hello.",
        "The robot looked at Clara and its eyes blinked briefly.",
        "—Hello —it said in its synthetic voice.",
        "Clara was thrilled. It was the first time the robot had spoken. The first time in 10 years that she could communicate with her creation.",
        "—Start taking notes.",
        "The scientists started recording the entire conversation between Clara and the robot. The robot kept looking at Clara.",
        "—Is your name Clara? —said the robot.",
        "—Yes, that's right. How do you know my name?",
        "—I have a huge database. You are my creator.",
        "\"Silly question,\" thought Clara.",
        "Anderson came over to Clara and said:",
        "—Talk to it. Tell it more things. It has a very large database, but it has to learn new things. It needs to talk a lot to learn. By talking you learn a lot, and that way it learns new words.",
        "Clara nodded and said to Anderson:",
        "—I have a better idea.",
        "She said to the robot:",
        "—Come with me, robot.",
        "The robot obeyed. The robot had free will but it obeyed its creator, its owner.",
        "Anderson said to Clara:",
        "—What are you doing?",
        "—I'm going to the press room. They're waiting for me.",
        "—Now? It isn't ready?",
        "—It's the perfect opportunity.",
        "—As you wish.",
        "Clara left the room with the robot and they walked together without saying anything. Clara said to the robot:",
        "—Stay here until I call you.",
        "The robot didn't say anything but stopped before the door of the room where the journalists were. Clara entered the room and returned to the table to talk to them.",
        "The journalist who had asked her earlier spoke with Clara again. He said:",
        "—What exactly happened?",
        "Clara didn't answer right away. She coughed and finally spoke:",
        "—Ladies and gentlemen, I have the honor of presenting our creation. Robot! Come in!",
        "The robot calmly entered the room of journalists. It stopped for three seconds and looked at the journalists. Then it walked to the table where Clara was. There, it stopped beside her and continued looking at the journalists.",
        "The journalists didn't know what to say. They all spoke at once:",
        "—Is this the robot? Really?",
        "—But… Wasn't the activation supposed to be in two hours?",
        "—Can it talk? What can it do?",
        "—Why this surprise?",
        "Clara didn't know what to do. The robot was sitting beside her. The journalists were talking and shouting. Everyone wanted answers. This situation was very unexpected.",
        "—Robot, speak —said Clara at last.",
        "All the journalists fell silent. The robot began to speak:",
        "—I am the robot model T1010G with artificial intelligence, free decision-making, and activated for the first time today, date…",
        "The robot kept talking and giving technical details. Clara said to it:",
        "—Robot, say how you feel.",
        "—I feel fine.",
        "The journalists were jotting down many things on their tablets and laptops.",
        "Suddenly, the company's security guards entered the journalists' room.",
        "—Madam Director, you have to come with us. The robot has to return to the laboratory.",
        "Chapter 2 Appendix",
        "Summary",
        "The robot had been activated ahead of schedule. Clara walks through the hallways. The scientists are very nervous. Clara is very authoritative when she is nervous. She goes to the laboratory and the robot isn't there. The robot is in another room. She tells Anderson she's taking the robot to the journalists' room. In the journalists' room, the company guards tell her the robot has to return to the laboratory.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "claro = clear",
        "no supo qué decir = didn't know what to say",
        "gritaban = were shouting",
        "por todas partes = everywhere",
        "autoritaria = authoritarian, bossy",
        "la cosa es que... = the thing is...",
        "pasó de largo = passed by",
        "menos mal que te encuentro = glad I found you",
        "¡Te lo aseguro! = I assure you",
        "suficiente = enough",
        "no hemos dado la orden = we didn't give the order",
        "inmóvil = still, motionless",
        "ligeramente = slightly",
        "las extremidades = extremities",
        "dio la orden = gave the order",
        "entre = between",
        "pestañearon brevemente = blink briefly",
        "emocionó = thrilled, excited",
        "la primera vez en 10 años = the first time in 10 years",
        "tomar apuntes = take notes",
        "la base de datos = database",
        "la pregunta tonta = stupid question",
        "libre albedrío = free will",
        "la dueña = owner",
        "como quieras = as you like",
        "hasta que te llame = until I call you",
        "al instante = instantly",
        "tosió = coughed",
        "señoras y señores = ladies and gentlemen",
        "tengo el honor de presentar = I have the honor of presenting",
        "unísono = unison",
        "di cómo te sientes = say how you feel",
        "Multiple choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "6. Clara was:",
        "a. Always authoritarian",
        "b. Authoritarian, kind and calm",
        "c. Always kind",
        "d. Authoritarian and nervous",
        "7. The problem was that:",
        "a. The robot had been stolen",
        "b. The robot had disappeared",
        "c. The robot didn't work",
        "d. The robot had been activated",
        "8. The robot was:",
        "a. In the laboratory",
        "b. In the journalists' room",
        "c. In another room",
        "d. Unknown",
        "9. The robot wanted to:",
        "a. Leave the laboratory",
        "b. Leave the room",
        "c. See the world",
        "d. Unknown",
        "10. Clara takes the robot to:",
        "a. The laboratory",
        "b. The journalists' room",
        "c. Outside the building",
        "d. Her house",
        "Chapter 2 Answers",
        "6. b",
        "7. d",
        "8. c",
        "9. d",
        "10. d",
        "Chapter 3 – The Trial",
        "A week later, Clara was wearing a suit. That day, she looked very elegant and was in a waiting room. She was alone in the waiting room. She was very calm but not in a good mood. In the waiting room there was also a television and several magazines.",
        "Clara got up from the sofa in that room and picked up a magazine. She read several pages but there was nothing interesting. She put the magazine back on the table and picked up another. That magazine was newer, but it was equally boring.",
        "There was also a newspaper on the table. The newspaper was recent, from several days ago. In the newspaper there were photos of her and the robot in the journalists' room. The newspaper's headline read:",
        "\"The robot has been activated ahead of schedule! Clara has activated the robot without permission.\"",
        "Clara skimmed the article. The article said things like:",
        "\"Clara faces a trial for a crime.\"",
        "\"The director of the artificial intelligence center activated the robot last Thursday and took it out of the laboratory without any kind of security.\"",
        "Clara put the newspaper back on the table, disgusted. When she did, her lawyer appeared at the door. He was a big, chubby man:",
        "—It's time, Clara. You can come in now.",
        "Her lawyer was calling Clara in for a hearing. The hearing wasn't official, it was more of a sort of talk. Clara and her lawyer entered the large room and she could see several judges and several scientists from the company.",
        "—Sit down, Clara, please —said one of the judges.",
        "She and the lawyer sat down in the room and the judge who had spoken said:",
        "—We are going to analyze the event from the beginning. I am going to ask you several questions, director.",
        "—Fine —she said calmly.",
        "The judge took out some papers and began to read them. He was wearing reading glasses. He started reading various things and began to question Clara:",
        "—It says here that you, the director of the center, Clara, activated the robot ahead of schedule and without any permission. Is that true?",
        "—No! That is not true. The robot activated itself, with no help. I gave no order.",
        "—I have sources that confirm it —answered the judge.",
        "—Your sources are mistaken.",
        "The judge looked up from the papers and looked at Clara. She was still authoritative, but she was calm. The judge kept talking:",
        "—More things. You say you are not responsible for activating the robot. I understand. Are you the one who moved the robot from the laboratory to the second room? That is strictly forbidden.",
        "—I didn't do that either.",
        "Clara looked at the scientists in the room and could see Anderson. Anderson was looking at Clara and smiling at her. Clara also smiled and kept talking:",
        "—I was in a press conference when I received a message on my cell phone. The message said the robot had activated itself. I went down a hallway to the laboratory and it wasn't there. In the laboratory, the scientists told me it was in another room.",
        "—And then you went to that room.",
        "—That's correct.",
        "—Fine.",
        "Clara thought the judge wasn't very demanding, but then again it wasn't an official hearing. He just wanted facts.",
        "—Third question, director.",
        "—Go ahead.",
        "—Did you take the robot to the press room where the journalists were?",
        "Clara thought there was no sense in lying.",
        "—Yes, I did.",
        "—Without considering the safety measures.",
        "—Exactly. It was harmless.",
        "—How do you know it's harmless?",
        "Clara looked at Anderson and Anderson showed her an electronic card. It was the card to the robot's laboratory.",
        "The door of the hearing room opened and the robot appeared. Everyone fell silent and said absolutely nothing.",
        "The robot walked to Clara and her lawyer's table and sat down next to her.",
        "—Permission to speak —said the robot.",
        "The judge looked at the others for several seconds. He didn't say anything for a minute. Finally, he said:",
        "—Go ahead.",
        "The robot began to speak in its synthetic voice:",
        "—You call me robot, but I have feelings. Clara, the director, is my creator. I don't want her to suffer any harm.",
        "The judge answered:",
        "—She isn't going to suffer any harm. These are just a few questions.",
        "—Questions whose purpose is to incriminate Clara.",
        "The judge said nothing more. He didn't know how to speak in front of a robot. Clara knew what had happened. Anderson had opened the laboratory without the scientists' permission and had brought the robot to the hearing.",
        "\"Well done, Anderson,\" she thought.",
        "The judge finally said:",
        "—What is it that you want, robot?",
        "The robot looked at Clara and then looked at the judge:",
        "—I only want to live with Clara. I want to go home.",
        "Chapter 3 Appendix",
        "Summary",
        "Clara is in a waiting room. She reads several magazines and her lawyer calls her in for the hearing. The hearing isn't official but the judge asks her questions. Anderson is in the room and shows her an electronic card. He had brought the robot to the hearing. The robot enters and says it wants to live at Clara's house.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "el juicio = trial",
        "el traje = suit",
        "elegante = elegant",
        "la sala de espera = waiting room",
        "las revistas = magazines",
        "el periódico = newspaper",
        "el titular = headline",
        "asqueada = disgusted",
        "el abogado = lawyer",
        "es la hora = it's time",
        "una especie de charla = a kind of talk",
        "desde el principio = from the beginning",
        "las gafas = glasses",
        "el permiso = permission",
        "las fuentes = source",
        "erróneas = wrong",
        "terminantemente prohibido = strictly forbidden",
        "la rueda de prensa = press conference",
        "exigente = tough",
        "tener en cuenta = bear in mind",
        "las medidas de seguridad = safety measures",
        "la tarjeta electrónica = electronic card",
        "permiso para hablar = permission to speak",
        "los sentimientos = feelings",
        "el daño = harm",
        "sufrir = suffer",
        "incriminar = incriminate",
        "quiero irme a casa = I want to go home",
        "Multiple choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "11. Clara was dressed:",
        "a. In a suit",
        "b. In a skirt",
        "c. In a dress",
        "d. In jeans",
        "12. Clara was reading",
        "a. Magazines",
        "b. Newspapers",
        "c. Magazines and newspapers",
        "d. Books",
        "13. Clara enters the room with:",
        "a. Anderson",
        "b. Her lawyer",
        "c. The robot",
        "d. Alone",
        "14. Anderson shows her:",
        "a. An electronic card",
        "b. A key",
        "c. A cell phone",
        "d. A book",
        "15. What had Anderson done?",
        "a. Opened the hearing room",
        "b. Brought the robot to the hearing",
        "c. Opened the robot's laboratory",
        "d. b. and c. are correct",
        "16. The robot says that:",
        "a. It wants to live in the laboratory",
        "b. It wants to live in an apartment of its own",
        "c. It wants to live in another country",
        "d. It wants to live at Clara's house",
        "Chapter 3 Answers",
        "11. a",
        "12. c",
        "13. b",
        "14. a",
        "15. d",
        "16. d"
      ]
    },
    {
      "id": "ch9",
      "number": 9,
      "title": "4. Historias de Guerra",
      "paragraphsES": [
        "Capítulo 1 – John",
        "El teniente Rodríguez era un médico del ejército. Él era un hombre de treinta años, muy fuerte y adiestrado en el combate. En el campo de batalla, existían medicinas para curar a los soldados. Las medicinas que tenía el teniente Rodríguez eran muy buenas. El teniente calmaba las heridas de los soldados en muy poco tiempo.",
        "Rodríguez luchaba en una guerra con el ejército de su país. Él curaba soldados heridos. A él le gustaba su trabajo. Cuando era joven, había estudiado medicina. Después, estalló la guerra. Cuando hubo guerra, Rodríguez se alistó en el ejército para ayudar a los soldados de su país.",
        "Cuando Rodríguez curaba a un soldado herido, siempre hacía lo mismo. Veía la herida del soldado y usaba su medicina para curarlo. El soldado se sentía mejor en muy poco tiempo, pero inicialmente el soldado se ponía nervioso e incómodo antes de la cura. Para que el soldado estuviese relajado y cómodo, Rodríguez hablaba con él. El médico le decía al soldado que le contase su vida.",
        "Un miércoles, en un campo de batalla había un soldado herido. El soldado herido sangraba de un brazo. Necesitaba un médico urgentemente, así que Rodríguez corrió hasta él. Había muchos disparos y explosiones.",
        "El soldado gritaba. Le dolía el brazo.",
        "El médico Rodríguez le dijo:",
        "–Ya estoy aquí. Ya estoy aquí. ¿Te duele el brazo?",
        "–Me duele mucho.",
        "–Vale. Enséñame tu brazo.",
        "El soldado enseñó el brazo al médico. El brazo tenía mucha sangre, pero no era una herida grave.",
        "–Vale, soldado. No es una herida grave. Voy a darte una medicina muy buena. En tres minutos te vas a sentir mejor.",
        "–¿Es una nueva medicina?",
        "–Sí, pero es muy incómoda cuando la tomas. Es una pastilla muy fuerte.",
        "El médico Rodríguez dejó su mochila en el suelo. El suelo no era tierra sólida, era barro. Había llovido mucho durante toda la semana y la tierra estaba húmeda. Rodríguez le dijo al soldado:",
        "–¿Cómo te llamas?",
        "–Mi nombre es John.",
        "–Vale, John. Enséñame tu otro brazo.",
        "John levantó su otro brazo. Ese brazo no estaba herido.",
        "–Vale, John. Ahora te voy a dar la medicina.",
        "El médico Rodríguez lo hizo y el soldado notó una sensación rara. El médico sabía que los soldados se mareaban con la medicina, así que le habló:",
        "–Dime, John. Cuéntame algo de tu vida.",
        "–Bueno, yo soy huérfano. Nunca he conocido a mis padres. Cuando cumplí 18 años trabajé de guardia de seguridad.",
        "–¿Dónde trabajaste de guardia de seguridad?",
        "–En mi ciudad había un gran centro comercial. Ese centro comercial era el más grande de la región. Había de todo: comida, cines, ropa, coches…",
        "–Cuéntame algo más.",
        "–¿Qué quieres que te cuente?",
        "– Lo que sea.",
        "Había pasado un minuto. La medicina estaba haciendo efecto. La medicina no curaba la herida del todo, pero sí una parte.",
        "– A ver… Una vez ocurrió algo mientras trabaja de guardia de seguridad.",
        "–¿Qué ocurrió?",
        "–Yo estaba vigilando el parking y escuché gritos.",
        "–¿Gritos de quién?",
        "–Gritos de una mujer. Yo no tenía que vigilar el parking, pero no podía quedarme quieto. Fui al parking a ver qué ocurría.",
        "–¿Y qué ocurría?",
        "–Había dos hombres robando a una mujer. La mujer era de mi edad.",
        "Rodríguez se imaginaba qué iba a decir a continuación. Había oído muchas historias de soldados. El soldado John siguió hablando:",
        "–Yo fui donde los hombres y les dije varias cosas.",
        "–¿Qué cosas?",
        "–Les dije que no hicieran daño a la mujer.",
        "–Pero no te hicieron caso. Te ignoraron.",
        "–Sí, así que luché contra ellos y gané la pelea.",
        "Rodríguez miró su reloj. La medicina estaba en el cuerpo del soldado y hacía efecto. Pero el soldado John se estaba mareando un poco. Por eso preguntaba a los soldados sobre su vida y le contaban historias. Así, los soldados se distraían y no sentían la medicina en su cuerpo ni se mareaban.",
        "–¿Y qué ocurrió con esa mujer? –dijo Rodríguez.",
        "–Cuando acabó la pelea, llamé a la policía. Después, los policías llevaron a la mujer a comisaría. Allí, le hicieron preguntas, le dieron una manta y un café.",
        "–¿Y después?",
        "–Lo curioso es lo que ocurrió después.",
        "John no dijo nada más. Se mareó unos segundos pero luego recordó aquella situación pasada y volvió a hablar.",
        "–Me despedí de la mujer. Pero poco después encontré algo en el bolsillo de mi chaqueta.",
        "–¿Un número de teléfono?",
        "–¿Cómo lo sabes?",
        "El médico y teniente Rodríguez sonrió al soldado John.",
        "–Conozco a tu mujer.",
        "El soldado John se sorprendió mucho.",
        "–¿Cómo es posible?",
        "–¿Trabaja en el ejército?",
        "–¡Sí! ¿La conoces?",
        "–La conozco.",
        "La herida del brazo del soldado John ya no sangraba tanto. Respiró profundamente y siguió hablando:",
        "–¿Has hablado con ella?",
        "–Sí, hace dos semanas. Antes de venir al campo de batalla.",
        "–¿Te contó la historia?",
        "–Sí, hablé con ella y me contó que había un soldado que amaba que se llamaba John. No me dijo tu apellido pero sé que eres tú. La historia es la misma.",
        "John se alegró mucho. Estaba escuchando noticias de su prometida.",
        "Rodríguez le dijo:",
        "–Es tu prometida, ¿verdad? Iba a casarse contigo.",
        "–Sí, quiero casarme con ella.",
        "–Tu brazo ya no sangra, pero es una herida importante. Tengo que llevarte al hospital.",
        "–Entendido.",
        "Rodríguez ayudó a John a andar. Ambos salieron del campo de batalla y entraron en el campamento de su ejército. Allí, Rodríguez llamó a una enfermera. La enfermera vino corriendo y Rodríguez le explicó todo. La enfermera le dijo:",
        "–Le voy a llevar al hospital militar de la calle 5. Necesita descansar.",
        "John se despidió de Rodríguez y Rodríguez volvió al campo de batalla. Había otros heridos que curar.",
        "Anexo del capítulo 1",
        "Resumen",
        "Rodríguez es un médico en la guerra. Tiene medicinas muy buenas. En el campo de batalla, conoce a un soldado llamado John. John está herido de un brazo y está sangrando. Rodríguez lo cura. John le cuenta su historia: ayudó a una mujer en un trabajo pasado y ahora es su prometida. Rodríguez le dice que conoce a su prometida y lo saca del campo de batalla para llevarlo a un hospital.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "el ejército = army",
        "fuerte = strong",
        "adiestrado = trained",
        "el campo de batalla = battlefield",
        "las medicinas = medication",
        "las heridas = injuries",
        "los soldados = soldiers",
        "la guerra = war",
        "estalló = broke out (a war)",
        "alistó, alistarse = enlist (army)",
        "se sentía mejor = (he) felt better",
        "incómodos = uncomfortable",
        "sangraba = was bleeding",
        "urgentemente = urgently",
        "los disparos = shots",
        "el brazo = arm",
        "te duele = it hurts",
        "te vas a sentir mejor = you'll feel better",
        "la pastilla = pill",
        "la mochila = bag",
        "el barro = mud",
        "húmeda = wet",
        "la sensación rara = strange feeling",
        "se mareaban = became dizzy",
        "el huérfano = orphan",
        "nunca he conocido a mis padres = I've never met my parents",
        "el centro comercial = mall",
        "lo que sea = anything, whatever",
        "a ver = let's see",
        "los gritos = screams",
        "quedarme quieto = stand still",
        "robando = stealing",
        "de mi edad = of my age",
        "la comisaría = police station",
        "el bolsillo = pocket",
        "el apellido = last name, family name",
        "la prometida = fiancée",
        "casarse = get married",
        "la enfermera = nurse",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "1. La historia ocurre en:",
        "a. Un hospital",
        "b. Un parking",
        "c. Un campo de batalla",
        "d. Un centro comercial",
        "2. ¿Qué hacía Rodríguez con los soldados heridos?",
        "a. Los curaba y hablaba con ellos",
        "b. Los curaba pero no hablaba con ellos",
        "c. Llamaba a enfermeras para hablar con ellos",
        "d. b. y c. son correctas",
        "3. John estaba herido de:",
        "a. Una pierna",
        "b. Un brazo",
        "c. El estómago",
        "d. La cabeza",
        "4. Conoció a su prometida en:",
        "a. Un hospital",
        "b. Un parking",
        "c. Un campo de batalla",
        "d. Un centro comercial",
        "5. ¿Por qué conoce Rodríguez a su prometida?",
        "a. Es su hermana",
        "b. Es una enfermera",
        "c. Habló con ella antes de ir al campo de batalla",
        "d. Ninguna es correcta",
        "Soluciones capítulo 1",
        "1. c",
        "2. a",
        "3. b",
        "4. b",
        "5. c",
        "Capítulo 2 – El hospital",
        "John estaba echado en una cama de hospital. Estaba tranquilo y se estaba curando. Comía mucho y las enfermeras eran muy amables. La cama de John era muy cómoda y, en su habitación, había una ventana muy grande. Desde la cama, se veía la entrada del hospital y un parque con mucho césped y muchos árboles.",
        "A John todavía le dolía el brazo. La medicina de Rodríguez era muy buena, pero no curaba del todo. El soldado seguía en el hospital porque tenía que curarse. Era su segundo día allí y no tuvo visitas.",
        "Un día, John se levantó de la cama. Estaba prohibido levantarse de la cama. Las enfermeras no querían que los heridos se levantasen de la cama. Los heridos de guerra podían empeorar sus heridas. Ellos tenían que quedarse en la cama. Miró por la ventana varios segundos. Él estaba débil, así que se apoyó en el cristal.",
        "Justo en ese momento, una enfermera entró en la habitación y vio a John levantado y mirando por la ventana.",
        "–¡Soldado! ¿Qué estás haciendo?",
        "John se dio la vuelta y respondió a la enfermera:",
        "–¡No estoy haciendo nada! ¡Solo me he levantado!",
        "–¡Está prohibido levantarse!",
        "–¡Estoy bien!",
        "–¡No! ¡No estás bien! ¡Vuelve a la cama!",
        "John puso mala cara a la enfermera.",
        "«Suficientes órdenes recibo », pensó.",
        "Al final, el soldado volvió a la cama y se tumbó tranquilamente de nuevo. La enfermera paseó por la habitación. Ella miró los aparatos y los datos. Llevaba un cuaderno en las manos y apuntaba cosas con el bolígrafo. John preguntó:",
        "–¿Está todo bien?",
        "–Sí, está todo bien. Los datos son buenos. Déjame ver la herida.",
        "La enfermera se refería a la herida del brazo. John levantó el brazo y enseñó su herida. La enfermera cogió el brazo de John, tenía una venda. La venda estaba seca, así que no sangraba. La enfermera apuntó más cosas en su cuaderno.",
        "–Tienes el brazo bien. En una semana podrás irte.",
        "–¡Una semana! ¡Es mucho tiempo! ¡Qué aburrimiento!",
        "–Eres muy quejica, John. Son órdenes de los médicos. No dispares al mensajero.",
        "John gruñó. No quería quedarse una semana más en el hospital. El hospital era aburrido y no sabía qué hacer. Solo miraba por la ventana y pensaba.",
        "La enfermera estuvo a punto de irse pero antes de cerrar la puerta, le dijo a John:",
        "–¡Ah! ¡Casi se me olvida! En una hora tienes visita.",
        "Sus amigos y su familia estaban muy lejos, por eso no tenía visitas. Pero él no entendía. ¿Quién era la visita? ¿Un soldado, un amigo, un familiar?",
        "–¿Quién es? –preguntó.",
        "–Es una sorpresa.",
        "La enfermera rió y cerró la puerta, saliendo de la habitación.",
        "Pasó una hora y alguien tocó a la puerta.",
        "– Pasa –dijo John.",
        "La puerta se abrió y Rodríguez entró a la habitación. John casi no lo reconocía sin su uniforme de médico ni el barro.",
        "–¡Rodríguez!",
        "–¿Qué tal, compañero?",
        "–Muy bien, pero me aburro mucho.",
        "Rodríguez dejó la chaqueta en un sillón de al lado y se sentó. Él sonrió a John:",
        "– Tengo buenas noticias. ¿Quieres oírlas?",
        "–¡Claro!",
        "–Sé dónde está tu prometida, pero también tengo malas noticias.",
        "–¿Le ha pasado algo a Beth?",
        "–No, está bien. Todo está bien, pero ella no sabe dónde estás.",
        "–¿Por qué no lo sabe?",
        "–¡No le ha llegado tu mensaje!",
        "John le había enviado un mensaje el día anterior. El mensaje era por correo electrónico. ¿Por qué no había llegado?",
        "–¿Ella es médico también? –preguntó Rodríguez.",
        "–Sí, ella es médico. Pero está en otro campo de batalla. Trabaja allí.",
        "–Curioso. Nunca le pregunté si era soldado o médico.",
        "–Pues es médico, como tú. ¿Por qué no le ha llegado el mensaje?",
        "– Ha habido problemas con las comunicaciones. Están intentando arreglarlas.",
        "–Entiendo. Espero que ella esté bien.",
        "–Seguro que sí.",
        "John y Rodríguez hablaron durante mucho tiempo. Hablaron de todo. Hablaron de los amigos, de la familia, de sus casas… En poco tiempo, se convirtieron en muy buenos amigos.",
        "Ya casi era de noche y Rodríguez tenía que irse.",
        "–Es de noche, John, tengo que irme. Mañana trabajo.",
        "–¿Vas a la guerra?",
        "–No, voy a trabajar cerca de este hospital, en otra sección.",
        "–Está bien.",
        "Antes de irse, Rodríguez se quedó pensando y llegó a una conclusión.",
        "–John, voy a hacer algo.",
        "–¿Qué vas a hacer?",
        "–Como no hay comunicaciones con Beth, tu prometida, voy a intentar hablar con ella.",
        "–Pero si no hay comunicaciones, no puedes.",
        "–Sí puedo. Voy a ir allí.",
        "–¡Pero tienes que trabajar!",
        "Rodríguez sabía que no podía irse. Tenía que trabajar, así que buscó una solución.",
        "–¡Ya sé! Trabajaré en el ejército, pero donde está Beth.",
        "–¿Para hablar con ella?",
        "–Sí.",
        "–Es una buena idea.",
        "Rodríguez tenía que conseguir hablar con Beth. Beth tenía que hablar con John. Estaban prometidos y seguro que querían hablar de muchas cosas.",
        "–Me voy ya, John –le dijo Rodríguez.",
        "–Gracias por todo, amigo.",
        "– Encontraré a Beth y le diré que estás bien.",
        "Anexo del capítulo 2",
        "Resumen",
        "El soldado John está en el hospital. Se aburre mucho. No sabe qué hacer. La enfermera entra en la habitación y le dice que vuelva a la cama. John se está curando bien y tiene una visita. La visita es Rodríguez. Hablan mucho y al final Rodríguez le dice que va a buscar a su prometida Beth. John no puede hablar con ella. Al final se hacen amigos.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "se estaba curando = (he) was healing",
        "del todo = completely",
        "prohibido = forbidden",
        "empeorar = get worse",
        "débil = weak",
        "se apoyó = (he) relied on",
        "justo en ese momento = right at that moment",
        "se dio la vuelta = he turned around",
        "recibo = receive (orders)",
        "se tumbó = lay down",
        "el cuaderno = notebook",
        "déjame ver = let me see",
        "se refería a = referred to",
        "la venda = bandage",
        "en una semana podrás irte = you can leave in one week",
        "quejica = moaner, whiner",
        "no dispares al mensajero = don't shoot the messenger",
        "gruñó = groan, moan",
        "estuvo a punto = nearly",
        "casi se me olvida = I almost forget",
        "la sorpresa = surprise",
        "tocó a la puerta = knocked",
        "pasa = come in",
        "reconocía = recognise",
        "tengo buenas noticias = I have good news",
        "no le ha llegado tu mensaje = the message has not gone through",
        "ha habido problemas = there have been problems",
        "se convirtieron = they became",
        "voy a intentar = I'll try",
        "conseguir = get, reach",
        "encontraré = I'll find",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "6. Este capítulo ocurre en:",
        "a. Un campo de batalla",
        "b. Una ciudad",
        "c. Un hospital",
        "d. Un parking",
        "7. La herida de John:",
        "a. No está curándose",
        "b. Está curándose",
        "c. Se ha curado completamente",
        "d. Está igual",
        "8. La enferma se llama:",
        "a. Beth",
        "b. Claudia",
        "c. Verónica",
        "d. Ninguna de las anteriores",
        "9. ¿Por qué la prometida de John no recibe su mensaje?",
        "a. No se sabe donde está",
        "b. Problemas de comunicaciones",
        "c. Problemas en la guerra",
        "d. Ninguna de las anteriores",
        "10. John tiene que trabajar pero al final decide:",
        "a. Ir a la guerra",
        "b. Ir al mismo campo de batalla",
        "c. Ir al campo de batalla de Beth",
        "d. No ir a la guerra",
        "Soluciones capítulo 2",
        "6. c",
        "7. b",
        "8. d",
        "9. b",
        "10. c",
        "Capítulo 3 – La búsqueda",
        "Aquella noche, Rodríguez durmió en un hotel cerca del hospital militar. Fuera del hospital llamó a un taxi y llegó al hotel. En el hotel, pidió una habitación a la recepcionista:",
        "–Buenas noches. Quisiera una habitación para esta noche, por favor, sin desayuno.",
        "–Muy bien, señor. ¿Dónde quiere la habitación?",
        "– Me es indiferente.",
        "– Muy bien, aquí tiene la llave de la habitación con el número. ¿Va a pagar usted con tarjeta?",
        "–Sí, aquí tiene.",
        "La recepcionista le cobró con la tarjeta de crédito y se la devolvió.",
        "–Muchas gracias, señor. Buenas noches.",
        "–Buenas noches a usted también.",
        "Rodríguez se levantó al día siguiente y cogió otro taxi hacia el aeropuerto. La guerra no había llegado a la ciudad pero el campo de batalla estaba cerca, el campo de batalla donde había conocido a John.",
        "Cogió un avión y viajó hasta la ciudad cerca del campo de batalla donde estaba Beth. Salió del avión y lo recibió un general. Rodríguez saludó al general.",
        "–Buenos días, general.",
        "El general le explicó las noticias del campo de batalla de aquella ciudad. Allí, la guerra era más intensa que en el campo de batalla donde conoció a John. Rodríguez estuvo hablando mucho tiempo con el general y se puso al día.",
        "Cuando Rodríguez terminó de hablar con el general, fue a la cafetería. Allí, había muchos soldados desayunando y algunos soldados heridos. Los soldados esperaban para ir a batalla. No había tensión. Los soldados bromeaban y se reían. Rodríguez vio una mesa con tres soldados y una silla vacía. Se sentó en la silla vacía:",
        "–Hola –dijo él a los soldados.",
        "–Hola, compañero –le dijeron los soldados.",
        "–Estoy buscando a una persona.",
        "–¿Un soldado?",
        "– Más o menos, es un médico militar.",
        "–¿Cómo se llama?",
        "–Se llama Beth.",
        "Los soldados intercambiaron miradas. Sus expresiones lo decían todo.",
        "– Lo sentimos, no conocemos a nadie que se llame así.",
        "– Qué pena.",
        "Rodríguez estuvo a punto de irse, pero los soldados le dijeron:",
        "–¡Oye! ¿Ya te vas?",
        "–Sí, tengo que buscar a Beth. Es importante.",
        "–¿Por qué es tan importante Beth? –dijo otro de los soldados.",
        "–Es la prometida de un amigo mío. Tengo que encontrarla.",
        "–¿Cómo se llama tu amigo?",
        "–Se llama John.",
        "Los soldados volvieron a intercambiar miradas.",
        "–¿John? ¿Pelirrojo, alto, herido de un brazo?",
        "–¡Sí! ¡Es él!",
        "–¡Sabemos quién es!",
        "Rodríguez se alegró mucho. Los soldados sabían quién era su nuevo amigo.",
        "–¿Le conocéis desde hace mucho tiempo?",
        "–Sí, en el pasado entrenamos juntos en la base. No sabemos el nombre de su prometida, pero ahora sabemos que se llama Beth.",
        "–Pero no sé dónde está. No sé dónde puedo encontrarla.",
        "Uno de los soldados se quedó pensando. Beth… Beth… El nombre le sonaba. Al final, le dijo a Rodríguez:",
        "–¿Cómo te llamas?",
        "–Rodríguez.",
        "–Creo que sé dónde puede estar Beth.",
        "–¿Cómo lo sabes?",
        "–Ahora me acuerdo de Beth. Ven conmigo.",
        "El soldado que conocía a Beth fue con Rodríguez hasta el general.",
        "–General, ¿podemos hablar con usted? –le dijo el soldado.",
        "–Adelante, hablen.",
        "–¿Conoce usted a una médico llamada Beth?",
        "–Sí, la conozco. Está en el campo de batalla ahora mismo.",
        "Rodríguez sabía que era difícil entrar en el campo de batalla, pero le preguntó al general:",
        "–¿Puedo entrar al campo de batalla, señor? Quisiera participar en la batalla.",
        "–Vamos a mandar a 300 soldados más dentro de una hora.",
        "–Yo también quiero ir.",
        "– Como quiera –dijo el general.",
        "Una hora después, Rodríguez y el soldado se pusieron sus uniformes. Rodríguez era médico, pero su nuevo compañero era soldado. Rodríguez aún no sabía su nombre, así que antes de ir al campo de batalla le preguntó:",
        "–¿Cómo te llamas, soldado?",
        "–Me llamo David.",
        "Rodríguez y David entraron en el campo de batalla. Había muchos disparos, soldados, heridos y gritos. Muchas explosiones, barro, tierra y edificios destruidos. Lucharon durante muchos minutos y llegaron a un edificio en ruinas.",
        "En el edifico en ruinas, había varios soldados heridos y una médico. ¡Seguro que era Beth! Rodríguez y David lucharon hasta entrar en el edificio en ruinas y Rodríguez habló con ella:",
        "–¿Eres Beth?",
        "–Sí, soy yo. Estoy ocupada. Estoy curando a varios soldados. ¿Que queréis?",
        "–Tengo un mensaje de tu prometido.",
        "–¿Mi prometido? ¿John? ¿Está bien?",
        "Rodríguez se quedó pensando varios segundos. Había muchos disparos y tenían que hablar muy alto. David protegía la entrada mientras los médicos hablaban.",
        "–John está herido en un hospital militar, pero está bien. Él te mandó un mensaje, pero aquí no hay comunicaciones.",
        "–Hace días que no tenemos comunicaciones. Han destruido la torre de radio. ¿Cuál es el mensaje?",
        "Rodríguez resumió el mensaje con una frase:",
        "–John quiere casarse contigo cuando acabe la guerra.",
        "Anexo del capítulo 3",
        "Resumen",
        "Rodríguez sale del hospital, coge un taxi y duerme en un hotel. Coge un avión y viaja al campo de batalla donde está Beth. Pregunta al general y a varios soldados. Rodríguez conoce a David, otro soldado. Entran en la batalla y encuentran a Beth. Rodríguez le dice a Beth que John quiere casarse con ella cuando acabe la guerra.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "la búsqueda = search",
        "la habitación = room",
        "me es indiferente = I don't mind",
        "¿Va a pagar usted con tarjeta? = Are you paying with a credit card?",
        "cobró = charged",
        "cerca = near",
        "saludó = saluted",
        "se puso al día = (he) brought himself up to speed",
        "la batalla = battle",
        "bromeaban = (they) were joking",
        "más o menos = more or less",
        "intercambiaron miradas = exchange looks",
        "las expresiones = expressions",
        "lo sentimos = we are sorry",
        "qué pena = what a pity",
        "tengo que encontrarla = I have to find her",
        "pelirrojo = red-haired, ginger",
        "sabemos = we know",
        "desde hace mucho tiempo = for a long time",
        "entrenamos = trained",
        "le sonaba = seemed familiar, rang a bell",
        "difícil = hard",
        "quisiera participar = I would like to participate",
        "como quiera (usted) = as you like",
        "los edificios destruidos = destroyed buildings",
        "en ruinas = in ruins",
        "hablar muy alto = speak very loudly",
        "mientras = while",
        "· cuando acabe la guerra = when the war finishes",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "11. ¿Dónde duerme Rodríguez?",
        "a. En el hospital militar",
        "b. En un hotel",
        "c. En un coche",
        "d. En avión",
        "12. ¿Cómo viaja Rodríguez al otro campo de batalla?",
        "a. En avión",
        "b. En coche",
        "c. En tren",
        "d. En taxi",
        "13. ¿Quién sabe dónde esta Beth?",
        "a. El soldado David",
        "b. El general",
        "c. Otro soldado",
        "d. Ninguna de las anteriores",
        "14. David y Rodríguez:",
        "a. Eran amigos del pasado",
        "b. Eran hermanos",
        "c. Eran médicos",
        "d. Ninguna de las anteriores",
        "15. ¿Dónde estaba Beth?",
        "a. En una torre de radio",
        "b. En un edificio",
        "c. En un edificio en ruinas",
        "d. En un avión",
        "Soluciones capítulo 3",
        "11. b",
        "12. a",
        "13. b",
        "14. d",
        "15. c",
        "This title is also available as an audiobook.",
        "For more information, please visit the Amazon store."
      ],
      "paragraphsEN": [
        "Chapter 1 – John",
        "Lieutenant Rodríguez was an army doctor. He was a thirty-year-old man, very strong and trained in combat. On the battlefield, there were medicines to heal the soldiers. The medicines Lieutenant Rodríguez had were very good. The lieutenant eased the soldiers' wounds in very little time.",
        "Rodríguez was fighting in a war with his country's army. He healed wounded soldiers. He liked his job. When he was young, he had studied medicine. Later, war broke out. When there was war, Rodríguez enlisted in the army to help his country's soldiers.",
        "When Rodríguez treated a wounded soldier, he always did the same thing. He looked at the soldier's wound and used his medicine to heal him. The soldier felt better in very little time, but initially the soldier would get nervous and uncomfortable before the treatment. So that the soldier would be relaxed and comfortable, Rodríguez talked with him. The doctor would ask the soldier to tell him about his life.",
        "One Wednesday, there was a wounded soldier on a battlefield. The wounded soldier was bleeding from an arm. He needed a doctor urgently, so Rodríguez ran to him. There was a lot of gunfire and explosions.",
        "The soldier was shouting. His arm hurt.",
        "The doctor, Rodríguez, said to him:",
        "—I'm here. I'm here. Does your arm hurt?",
        "—It hurts a lot.",
        "—Okay. Show me your arm.",
        "The soldier showed his arm to the doctor. The arm had a lot of blood, but it wasn't a serious wound.",
        "—Okay, soldier. It's not a serious wound. I'm going to give you a very good medicine. In three minutes you're going to feel better.",
        "—Is it a new medicine?",
        "—Yes, but it's very uncomfortable when you take it. It's a very strong pill.",
        "Doctor Rodríguez set his backpack down on the ground. The ground wasn't solid earth, it was mud. It had rained a lot all week and the ground was wet. Rodríguez said to the soldier:",
        "—What's your name?",
        "—My name is John.",
        "—Okay, John. Show me your other arm.",
        "John raised his other arm. That arm wasn't injured.",
        "—Okay, John. Now I'm going to give you the medicine.",
        "Doctor Rodríguez did so and the soldier felt a strange sensation. The doctor knew that soldiers got dizzy from the medicine, so he spoke to him:",
        "—Tell me, John. Tell me something about your life.",
        "—Well, I'm an orphan. I never knew my parents. When I turned 18, I worked as a security guard.",
        "—Where did you work as a security guard?",
        "—In my city there was a big shopping mall. That shopping mall was the biggest in the region. It had everything: food, movie theaters, clothes, cars…",
        "—Tell me something else.",
        "—What do you want me to tell you?",
        "—Anything.",
        "A minute had passed. The medicine was taking effect. The medicine didn't heal the wound completely, but it did heal part of it.",
        "—Let's see… Once something happened while I was working as a security guard.",
        "—What happened?",
        "—I was watching the parking lot and I heard screams.",
        "—Whose screams?",
        "—A woman's screams. I wasn't supposed to watch the parking lot, but I couldn't stand still. I went to the parking lot to see what was going on.",
        "—And what was going on?",
        "—There were two men robbing a woman. The woman was my age.",
        "Rodríguez was imagining what he was going to say next. He had heard many soldiers' stories. Soldier John kept talking:",
        "—I went over to the men and told them several things.",
        "—What things?",
        "—I told them not to hurt the woman.",
        "—But they didn't listen to you. They ignored you.",
        "—Yes, so I fought them and won the fight.",
        "Rodríguez looked at his watch. The medicine was in the soldier's body and was taking effect. But soldier John was getting a little dizzy. That's why he asked soldiers about their lives and they told him stories. That way, the soldiers got distracted and didn't feel the medicine in their bodies or get dizzy.",
        "—And what happened with that woman? —said Rodríguez.",
        "—When the fight ended, I called the police. Then the police took the woman to the station. There, they asked her questions, gave her a blanket and a coffee.",
        "—And then?",
        "—The curious thing is what happened afterward.",
        "John didn't say anything more. He got dizzy for a few seconds but then remembered that past situation and started talking again.",
        "—I said goodbye to the woman. But a little while later I found something in my jacket pocket.",
        "—A phone number?",
        "—How do you know?",
        "The doctor and lieutenant Rodríguez smiled at soldier John.",
        "—I know your wife.",
        "Soldier John was very surprised.",
        "—How is that possible?",
        "—Does she work in the army?",
        "—Yes! Do you know her?",
        "—I know her.",
        "The wound on soldier John's arm wasn't bleeding as much anymore. He breathed deeply and kept talking:",
        "—Have you spoken with her?",
        "—Yes, two weeks ago. Before coming to the battlefield.",
        "—Did she tell you the story?",
        "—Yes, I spoke with her and she told me there was a soldier she loved named John. She didn't tell me your last name, but I know it's you. The story is the same.",
        "John was very glad. He was hearing news about his fiancée.",
        "Rodríguez said to him:",
        "—She's your fiancée, right? She was going to marry you.",
        "—Yes, I want to marry her.",
        "—Your arm isn't bleeding anymore, but it's a serious wound. I have to take you to the hospital.",
        "—Understood.",
        "Rodríguez helped John walk. They both left the battlefield and went into their army's camp. There, Rodríguez called a nurse. The nurse came running and Rodríguez explained everything to her. The nurse said to him:",
        "—I'm going to take him to the military hospital on 5th Street. He needs to rest.",
        "John said goodbye to Rodríguez and Rodríguez went back to the battlefield. There were other wounded to treat.",
        "Chapter 1 Appendix",
        "Summary",
        "Rodríguez is a doctor in the war. He has very good medicines. On the battlefield, he meets a soldier named John. John is wounded in one arm and is bleeding. Rodríguez treats him. John tells him his story: he helped a woman at a past job and now she is his fiancée. Rodríguez tells him he knows his fiancée and takes him off the battlefield to bring him to a hospital.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "el ejército = army",
        "fuerte = strong",
        "adiestrado = trained",
        "el campo de batalla = battlefield",
        "las medicinas = medication",
        "las heridas = injuries",
        "los soldados = soldiers",
        "la guerra = war",
        "estalló = broke out (a war)",
        "alistó, alistarse = enlist (army)",
        "se sentía mejor = (he) felt better",
        "incómodos = uncomfortable",
        "sangraba = was bleeding",
        "urgentemente = urgently",
        "los disparos = shots",
        "el brazo = arm",
        "te duele = it hurts",
        "te vas a sentir mejor = you'll feel better",
        "la pastilla = pill",
        "la mochila = bag",
        "el barro = mud",
        "húmeda = wet",
        "la sensación rara = strange feeling",
        "se mareaban = became dizzy",
        "el huérfano = orphan",
        "nunca he conocido a mis padres = I've never met my parents",
        "el centro comercial = mall",
        "lo que sea = anything, whatever",
        "a ver = let's see",
        "los gritos = screams",
        "quedarme quieto = stand still",
        "robando = stealing",
        "de mi edad = of my age",
        "la comisaría = police station",
        "el bolsillo = pocket",
        "el apellido = last name, family name",
        "la prometida = fiancée",
        "casarse = get married",
        "la enfermera = nurse",
        "Multiple choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "1. The story takes place in:",
        "a. A hospital",
        "b. A parking lot",
        "c. A battlefield",
        "d. A mall",
        "2. What did Rodríguez do with the wounded soldiers?",
        "a. He treated them and talked with them",
        "b. He treated them but didn't talk with them",
        "c. He called nurses to talk with them",
        "d. b. and c. are correct",
        "3. John was wounded in:",
        "a. A leg",
        "b. An arm",
        "c. The stomach",
        "d. The head",
        "4. He met his fiancée at:",
        "a. A hospital",
        "b. A parking lot",
        "c. A battlefield",
        "d. A mall",
        "5. Why does Rodríguez know his fiancée?",
        "a. She is his sister",
        "b. She is a nurse",
        "c. He spoke with her before going to the battlefield",
        "d. None is correct",
        "Chapter 1 answers",
        "1. c",
        "2. a",
        "3. b",
        "4. b",
        "5. c",
        "Chapter 2 – The hospital",
        "John was lying in a hospital bed. He was calm and was healing up. He ate a lot and the nurses were very kind. John's bed was very comfortable and, in his room, there was a very large window. From the bed, you could see the hospital entrance and a park with lots of grass and many trees.",
        "John's arm still hurt. Rodríguez's medicine was very good, but it didn't fully heal him. The soldier was still in the hospital because he had to recover. It was his second day there and he had no visitors.",
        "One day, John got out of bed. Getting out of bed was forbidden. The nurses didn't want the wounded getting out of bed. The war wounded could make their injuries worse. They had to stay in bed. He looked out the window for several seconds. He was weak, so he leaned on the glass.",
        "Right at that moment, a nurse came into the room and saw John up and looking out the window.",
        "—Soldier! What are you doing?",
        "John turned around and answered the nurse:",
        "—I'm not doing anything! I just got up!",
        "—Getting up is forbidden!",
        "—I'm fine!",
        "—No! You're not fine! Get back in bed!",
        "John made a face at the nurse.",
        "\"I get enough orders already,\" he thought.",
        "In the end, the soldier went back to bed and lay down quietly again. The nurse walked around the room. She looked at the equipment and the readings. She carried a notebook in her hands and noted things down with the pen. John asked:",
        "—Is everything okay?",
        "—Yes, everything's fine. The readings are good. Let me see the wound.",
        "The nurse meant the wound on his arm. John raised his arm and showed her his wound. The nurse took John's arm; it had a bandage. The bandage was dry, so it wasn't bleeding. The nurse noted more things in her notebook.",
        "—Your arm is doing well. In a week you can leave.",
        "—A week! That's a long time! How boring!",
        "—You're such a whiner, John. Doctor's orders. Don't shoot the messenger.",
        "John grumbled. He didn't want to stay another week in the hospital. The hospital was boring and he didn't know what to do. He just looked out the window and thought.",
        "The nurse was about to leave, but before closing the door, she said to John:",
        "—Oh! I almost forgot! In an hour you have a visitor.",
        "His friends and family were very far away, which was why he had no visits. But he didn't understand. Who was the visitor? A soldier, a friend, a family member?",
        "—Who is it? —he asked.",
        "—It's a surprise.",
        "The nurse laughed and closed the door, leaving the room.",
        "An hour passed and someone knocked at the door.",
        "—Come in —said John.",
        "The door opened and Rodríguez came into the room. John almost didn't recognize him without his medic uniform or the mud.",
        "—Rodríguez!",
        "—How's it going, buddy?",
        "—Pretty well, but I'm really bored.",
        "Rodríguez left his jacket on an armchair next to him and sat down. He smiled at John:",
        "—I have good news. Do you want to hear it?",
        "—Of course!",
        "—I know where your fiancée is, but I also have bad news.",
        "—Has something happened to Beth?",
        "—No, she's fine. Everything's fine, but she doesn't know where you are.",
        "—Why doesn't she know?",
        "—Your message didn't reach her!",
        "John had sent her a message the day before. The message was by email. Why hadn't it arrived?",
        "—Is she a doctor too? —Rodríguez asked.",
        "—Yes, she's a doctor. But she's at another battlefield. She works there.",
        "—Interesting. I never asked her if she was a soldier or a doctor.",
        "—Well, she's a doctor, like you. Why hasn't the message reached her?",
        "—There have been problems with communications. They're trying to fix them.",
        "—I understand. I hope she's okay.",
        "—I'm sure she is.",
        "John and Rodríguez talked for a long time. They talked about everything. They talked about friends, family, their homes… In a short time, they became very good friends.",
        "It was almost nighttime and Rodríguez had to leave.",
        "—It's nighttime, John, I have to go. I work tomorrow.",
        "—Are you going to the war?",
        "—No, I'm going to work near this hospital, in another section.",
        "—Okay.",
        "Before leaving, Rodríguez stood there thinking and came to a conclusion.",
        "—John, I'm going to do something.",
        "—What are you going to do?",
        "—Since there's no communication with Beth, your fiancée, I'm going to try to talk to her.",
        "—But if there's no communication, you can't.",
        "—Yes I can. I'm going to go there.",
        "—But you have to work!",
        "Rodríguez knew he couldn't leave. He had to work, so he looked for a solution.",
        "—I know! I'll work in the army, but where Beth is.",
        "—To talk to her?",
        "—Yes.",
        "—That's a good idea.",
        "Rodríguez had to manage to talk to Beth. Beth had to talk to John. They were engaged and surely wanted to talk about many things.",
        "—I'm leaving now, John —Rodríguez said.",
        "—Thanks for everything, friend.",
        "—I'll find Beth and tell her you're okay.",
        "Chapter 2 Appendix",
        "Summary",
        "The soldier John is in the hospital. He's very bored. He doesn't know what to do. The nurse comes into the room and tells him to get back in bed. John is healing well and has a visitor. The visitor is Rodríguez. They talk a lot and in the end Rodríguez tells him he's going to look for his fiancée Beth. John can't talk to her. In the end they become friends.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "se estaba curando = (he) was healing",
        "del todo = completely",
        "prohibido = forbidden",
        "empeorar = get worse",
        "débil = weak",
        "se apoyó = (he) relied on",
        "justo en ese momento = right at that moment",
        "se dio la vuelta = he turned around",
        "recibo = receive (orders)",
        "se tumbó = lay down",
        "el cuaderno = notebook",
        "déjame ver = let me see",
        "se refería a = referred to",
        "la venda = bandage",
        "en una semana podrás irte = you can leave in one week",
        "quejica = moaner, whiner",
        "no dispares al mensajero = don't shoot the messenger",
        "gruñó = groan, moan",
        "estuvo a punto = nearly",
        "casi se me olvida = I almost forget",
        "la sorpresa = surprise",
        "tocó a la puerta = knocked",
        "pasa = come in",
        "reconocía = recognise",
        "tengo buenas noticias = I have good news",
        "no le ha llegado tu mensaje = the message has not gone through",
        "ha habido problemas = there have been problems",
        "se convirtieron = they became",
        "voy a intentar = I'll try",
        "conseguir = get, reach",
        "encontraré = I'll find",
        "Multiple choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "6. This chapter takes place in:",
        "a. A battlefield",
        "b. A city",
        "c. A hospital",
        "d. A parking lot",
        "7. John's wound:",
        "a. Is not healing",
        "b. Is healing",
        "c. Has fully healed",
        "d. Is the same",
        "8. The nurse's name is:",
        "a. Beth",
        "b. Claudia",
        "c. Verónica",
        "d. None of the above",
        "9. Why doesn't John's fiancée receive his message?",
        "a. It's not known where she is",
        "b. Communication problems",
        "c. Problems in the war",
        "d. None of the above",
        "10. John has to work but in the end decides:",
        "a. To go to the war",
        "b. To go to the same battlefield",
        "c. To go to Beth's battlefield",
        "d. Not to go to the war",
        "Chapter 2 answers",
        "6. c",
        "7. b",
        "8. d",
        "9. b",
        "10. c",
        "Chapter 3 – The search",
        "That night, Rodríguez slept at a hotel near the military hospital. Outside the hospital he hailed a taxi and got to the hotel. At the hotel, he asked the receptionist for a room:",
        "—Good evening. I'd like a room for tonight, please, no breakfast.",
        "—Very well, sir. Where would you like the room?",
        "—I don't mind.",
        "—Very well, here's the key to the room with the number. Are you paying with a card?",
        "—Yes, here you go.",
        "The receptionist charged the credit card and returned it to him.",
        "—Thank you very much, sir. Good night.",
        "—Good night to you too.",
        "Rodríguez got up the next day and took another taxi to the airport. The war hadn't reached the city, but the battlefield was nearby — the battlefield where he had met John.",
        "He took a plane and traveled to the city near the battlefield where Beth was. He got off the plane and a general received him. Rodríguez saluted the general.",
        "—Good morning, general.",
        "The general explained the news from the battlefield of that city. There, the war was more intense than at the battlefield where he had met John. Rodríguez spent a long time talking with the general and got up to speed.",
        "When Rodríguez finished talking with the general, he went to the cafeteria. There were many soldiers having breakfast and some wounded soldiers. The soldiers were waiting to go into battle. There was no tension. The soldiers were joking and laughing. Rodríguez saw a table with three soldiers and an empty chair. He sat down in the empty chair:",
        "—Hi —he said to the soldiers.",
        "—Hi, buddy —the soldiers said.",
        "—I'm looking for someone.",
        "—A soldier?",
        "—More or less, it's a military doctor.",
        "—What's their name?",
        "—Her name is Beth.",
        "The soldiers exchanged looks. Their expressions said it all.",
        "—Sorry, we don't know anyone by that name.",
        "—What a shame.",
        "Rodríguez was about to leave, but the soldiers said:",
        "—Hey! Leaving already?",
        "—Yes, I have to find Beth. It's important.",
        "—Why is Beth so important? —said another of the soldiers.",
        "—She's the fiancée of a friend of mine. I have to find her.",
        "—What's your friend's name?",
        "—His name is John.",
        "The soldiers exchanged looks again.",
        "—John? Red-haired, tall, wounded in one arm?",
        "—Yes! That's him!",
        "—We know who he is!",
        "Rodríguez was very glad. The soldiers knew who his new friend was.",
        "—Have you known him for a long time?",
        "—Yes, in the past we trained together at the base. We don't know his fiancée's name, but now we know she's called Beth.",
        "—But I don't know where she is. I don't know where I can find her.",
        "One of the soldiers sat thinking. Beth… Beth… The name rang a bell. In the end, he said to Rodríguez:",
        "—What's your name?",
        "—Rodríguez.",
        "—I think I know where Beth might be.",
        "—How do you know?",
        "—Now I remember Beth. Come with me.",
        "The soldier who knew Beth went with Rodríguez to the general.",
        "—General, can we speak with you? —the soldier said.",
        "—Go ahead, speak.",
        "—Do you know a doctor named Beth?",
        "—Yes, I know her. She's on the battlefield right now.",
        "Rodríguez knew it was difficult to enter the battlefield, but he asked the general:",
        "—Can I enter the battlefield, sir? I would like to take part in the battle.",
        "—We're going to send 300 more soldiers in an hour.",
        "—I want to go too.",
        "—As you wish —said the general.",
        "An hour later, Rodríguez and the soldier put on their uniforms. Rodríguez was a doctor, but his new companion was a soldier. Rodríguez still didn't know his name, so before going to the battlefield he asked him:",
        "—What's your name, soldier?",
        "—My name is David.",
        "Rodríguez and David entered the battlefield. There was a lot of gunfire, soldiers, wounded, and screams. Many explosions, mud, dirt, and destroyed buildings. They fought for many minutes and reached a ruined building.",
        "In the ruined building, there were several wounded soldiers and a doctor. It had to be Beth! Rodríguez and David fought their way into the ruined building and Rodríguez spoke with her:",
        "—Are you Beth?",
        "—Yes, that's me. I'm busy. I'm treating several soldiers. What do you want?",
        "—I have a message from your fiancé.",
        "—My fiancé? John? Is he okay?",
        "Rodríguez paused for several seconds. There was a lot of gunfire and they had to talk very loudly. David protected the entrance while the doctors talked.",
        "—John is wounded in a military hospital, but he's okay. He sent you a message, but there are no communications here.",
        "—We haven't had communications for days. They destroyed the radio tower. What's the message?",
        "Rodríguez summed up the message in one sentence:",
        "—John wants to marry you when the war is over.",
        "Chapter 3 Appendix",
        "Summary",
        "Rodríguez leaves the hospital, takes a taxi, and sleeps at a hotel. He takes a plane and travels to the battlefield where Beth is. He asks the general and several soldiers. Rodríguez meets David, another soldier. They enter the battle and find Beth. Rodríguez tells Beth that John wants to marry her when the war is over.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "la búsqueda = search",
        "la habitación = room",
        "me es indiferente = I don't mind",
        "¿Va a pagar usted con tarjeta? = Are you paying with a credit card?",
        "cobró = charged",
        "cerca = near",
        "saludó = saluted",
        "se puso al día = (he) brought himself up to speed",
        "la batalla = battle",
        "bromeaban = (they) were joking",
        "más o menos = more or less",
        "intercambiaron miradas = exchange looks",
        "las expresiones = expressions",
        "lo sentimos = we are sorry",
        "qué pena = what a pity",
        "tengo que encontrarla = I have to find her",
        "pelirrojo = red-haired, ginger",
        "sabemos = we know",
        "desde hace mucho tiempo = for a long time",
        "entrenamos = trained",
        "le sonaba = seemed familiar, rang a bell",
        "difícil = hard",
        "quisiera participar = I would like to participate",
        "como quiera (usted) = as you like",
        "los edificios destruidos = destroyed buildings",
        "en ruinas = in ruins",
        "hablar muy alto = speak very loudly",
        "mientras = while",
        "· cuando acabe la guerra = when the war finishes",
        "Multiple choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "11. Where does Rodríguez sleep?",
        "a. In the military hospital",
        "b. In a hotel",
        "c. In a car",
        "d. On a plane",
        "12. How does Rodríguez travel to the other battlefield?",
        "a. By plane",
        "b. By car",
        "c. By train",
        "d. By taxi",
        "13. Who knows where Beth is?",
        "a. The soldier David",
        "b. The general",
        "c. Another soldier",
        "d. None of the above",
        "14. David and Rodríguez:",
        "a. Were friends from the past",
        "b. Were brothers",
        "c. Were doctors",
        "d. None of the above",
        "15. Where was Beth?",
        "a. In a radio tower",
        "b. In a building",
        "c. In a ruined building",
        "d. On a plane",
        "Chapter 3 answers",
        "11. b",
        "12. a",
        "13. b",
        "14. d",
        "15. c",
        "This title is also available as an audiobook.",
        "For more information, please visit the Amazon store."
      ]
    },
    {
      "id": "ch10",
      "number": 10,
      "title": "5. Rock",
      "paragraphsES": [
        "Capítulo 1 – El camión",
        "Hola. Me presento. Me llamo Frank y estos son mis recuerdos. No sé cómo sabes dónde estaba este pequeño libro, pero aquí están escritos mis recuerdos.",
        "Yo soy un hombre viejo ya, he vivido mucho, pero tuve una juventud muy animada. En mi juventud, yo tenía una banda de rock, un grupo de música. Puedes leer mis recuerdos. Todo empezó así:",
        "Hace muchos años, yo vivía en Estados Unidos. Allí, trabajaba en un taller de reparación de camiones. Me gustaban mucho los camiones y por eso estudié mecánica durante dos años y después trabajé durante un año reparando camiones para aprender como becario.",
        "Cuando acabé mis estudios y mi trabajo de un año, recibí mi título. El título decía que yo había aprobado todas las asignaturas y que había trabajado un año eficientemente. Después de eso, mi jefe de las prácticas me dijo:",
        "–¡Frank!",
        "Mientras mi jefe me hablaba, yo estaba entrando a un autobús para irme a casa. Tenía que ir a mi casa con mis padres. Mi padre siempre traía un periódico a casa donde había ofertas de trabajo. En esas ofertas de trabajo, había cosas muy interesantes. Yo respondí a mi jefe:",
        "–¿Quieres algo, Harry?",
        "–Sí, espera, no te vayas todavía –me dijo.",
        "Harry parecía que quería decirme algo. Yo no sabía qué era. Yo ya había acabado mi trabajo. Pero él habló y me dijo:",
        "–Ven conmigo de nuevo al taller, tengo algo para ti.",
        "Yo sonreí y le dije:",
        "–¿Una sorpresa?",
        "–Algo parecido. Vamos a hablar un poco.",
        "El autobús pasó de largo y yo volví con Harry al taller. En el taller estaban mis compañeros de prácticas que me saludaron una vez más y yo entré en el despacho de Harry. Harry se sentó en su silla y yo me quedé de pie.",
        "–¿No te sientas, Frank?",
        "–No, estoy bien así.",
        "–Como quieras. No voy a tardar mucho. Solo quiero decirte una cosa.",
        "En ese momento, yo me preocupé. ¿Había hecho algo mal? ¿Había algún problema? Finalmente, Harry me dijo:",
        "–Quiero que sigas trabajando para mí.",
        "Entonces me alegré mucho porque eso significaba que iba a tener trabajo. Buscar trabajo en aquellos tiempos era difícil. Mejor tener un trabajo allí, me gustaba el taller de camiones. Harry vio que yo no decía nada, así que me dijo:",
        "–¿Y bien? ¿Qué dices? ¿Quieres seguir trabajando?",
        "–¡Claro que sí! –le dije–. ¡Sin ninguna duda!",
        "–Está bien, vas a trabajar como hasta ahora. Vas a reparar camiones, los vas a pintar, los vas a limpiar y vas a atender a los clientes.",
        "–Entendido. ¿Cuándo empiezo?",
        "–El lunes a las 8. Hoy es viernes, pero descansa. Pasa un buen fin de semana y nos vemos el lunes.",
        "Así que, ese lunes tenía trabajo. Fui corriendo a casa y les dije a mis padres que tenía trabajo. Mi padre había cogido el periódico para buscar trabajo conmigo.",
        "–¡Ya no necesitamos el periódico! –dijo riéndose–. ¿Y dónde vas a trabajar?",
        "–En el mismo sitio donde hice las prácticas. En el taller de camiones. Harry me ha contratado para seguir trabajando y estoy muy contento. Me gustan los camiones y me gusta trabajar allí.",
        "–Muy bien, hijo. ¿Cuándo empiezas?",
        "–Este lunes.",
        "–Perfecto, tu madre y yo estamos muy contentos.",
        "Mi madre me dio un beso. Después de eso, estuve todo el fin de semana con mis amigos y amigas. Salimos de fiesta y fuimos a conciertos. El lunes a las 8 de la mañana estuve en el taller de Harry.",
        "Harry vio que mi cara no era buena.",
        "–¡Vaya, muchacho! ¿Qué te ha pasado?",
        "–Un fin de semana muy movido. Eso es lo que me ha pasado.",
        "–¿Mucha fiesta?",
        "–Sí, eso eso.",
        "–Y cervezas.",
        "–Por supuesto.",
        "–¡Jajaja!",
        "Harry era mi jefe, pero también empezaba a ser un amigo mío. Era un jefe muy cercano, estricto con su negocio, pero muy cercano. Yo hablaba con él como con mis amigos. Hablábamos de todo mientras trabajábamos y me pagaba bien. También me enseñaba muchas cosas sobre los camiones. Mi trabajo era estimulante.",
        "En fin, ¿qué más puedo decir? Tenía un trabajo y tenía amigos. Mis padres me ayudaban en casa con mis cosas y yo era feliz. Pero a partir de trabajar en aquel taller, mi vida cambió. ¿Quieres saber por qué? Lo explico.",
        "Un día normal en el taller, vino un camión rojo y negro. El camión era de una banda de música. El cantante habló con Harry, pero yo escuché la conversación:",
        "–¡Hey! ¡Buenos días!",
        "–Hola, chicos. ¿En qué os puedo ayudar?",
        "–Necesitamos un ayudante para nuestra gira. Tocamos por todo Estados Unidos, de norte a sur, puede que también en Canadá. Nuestro camión está viejo y no podemos comprar otro nuevo para llevar las cosas de la banda. ¿Aquí es posible contratar a alguien temporalmente para que revise el camión de vez en cuando en la gira? Podemos pagar bien.",
        "Yo escuché que Harry le contestó:",
        "–Lo siento, pero aquí solo reparamos camiones, los pintamos, y los limpiamos. No ofrecemos ese tipo de servicios.",
        "El cantante de la banda dijo:",
        "– Es una pena.",
        "El cantante casi se fue, pero yo le dije:",
        "–¡Harry! ¡Iré yo!",
        "–¿Estás seguro?",
        "–Sí, además estas semanas no va a haber mucho trabajo en el taller.",
        "Harry se quedó pensando un momento, hasta que al final dijo:",
        "–Bueno, si eso es lo que quieres...",
        "–Sí, gracias, Harry.",
        "Harry preguntó al cantante:",
        "–¿Cuánto dura la gira?",
        "–Un mes y medio. En mayo se acaba.",
        "–Perfecto. Podemos hacer el contrato ya. Sígueme.",
        "Ambos hicieron el contrato y yo firmé. La aventura comenzaba en ese momento. Fui a casa de mis padres y me despedí de ellos. Pasé un último fin de semana con mis amigos bebiendo varias cervezas y después, el camión me estaba esperando en la autopista que salía de la ciudad.",
        "Anexo del capítulo 1",
        "Resumen",
        "La historia son los recuerdos de Frank. Él vivía en Estados Unidos y estudió mecánica. Cuando acabó las prácticas, Harry, su jefe, lo contrató. Trabajaba en un taller de camiones y un día, llegó una banda de música con un camión. Necesitaban un ayudante para su gira. Frank fue con ellos.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "camión = truck",
        "me presento = allow me to introduce myself",
        "los recuerdos = memories",
        "la juventud = youth",
        "el taller = garage",
        "la reparación = repair",
        "el becario = intern",
        "el título = degree",
        "aprobado = passed",
        "las asignaturas = subjects",
        "las prácticas = internship",
        "la sorpresa = surprise",
        "pasó de largo = passed by",
        "una vez más = once again",
        "de pie = standing",
        "pintar = paint",
        "limpiar = clean",
        "atender a los clientes = serve customers",
        "la fiesta = party",
        "el muchacho = boy",
        "movido = busy, bustling",
        "cercano = close",
        "me pagaba bien = he paid me well",
        "estimulante = stimulating",
        "la gira = tour",
        "norte a sur = north to south",
        "de vez en cuando = from time to time",
        "es una pena = it's a shame",
        "iré yo = I'll go",
        "· la autopista = highway",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "1. Frank vivía en:",
        "a. Estados Unidos",
        "b. Canadá",
        "c. México",
        "d. Reino Unido",
        "2. ¿Dónde fue el primer trabajo de Frank?",
        "a. En una banda de música",
        "b. En un taller de camiones",
        "c. En un taller de coches",
        "d. Cantando en un camión",
        "3. ¿Qué hacía Frank en ese trabajo?",
        "a. Reparaba camiones y pintaba coches",
        "b. Reparaba coches y pintaba camiones",
        "c. Reparaba coches, pintaba coches y limpiaba coches",
        "d. Reparaba camiones, pintaba camiones y limpiaba camiones",
        "4. ¿Cómo era el jefe de Frank?",
        "a. Muy estricto y poco hablador",
        "b. Muy estricto y nada hablador",
        "c. Estricto y hablador",
        "d. Ninguna de las anteriores",
        "5. El camión que llegó al taller era:",
        "a. Un camión de Harry",
        "b. Un camión de una banda",
        "c. Un camión del padre de Frank",
        "d. Un camión de Frank",
        "Soluciones capítulo 1",
        "1. a",
        "2. b",
        "3. d",
        "4. c",
        "5. b",
        "Capítulo 2 – El primer concierto",
        "El camión estaba esperando en la autopista. La autopista estaba lejos de mi casa, así que tuve que ir en autobús. Allí estaban todos los miembros de la banda esperando. El camión estaba detenido, listo para arrancar.",
        "El cantante salió del camión y comenzó a hablarme:",
        "–¡Frank! ¡Me alegro de verte!",
        "–Hola.",
        "–¡Ja! ¡Es cierto! ¡No sabes mi nombre! ¡Me llamo Connor!",
        "– Encantado de verte de nuevo, Connor.",
        "–Ven, voy a presentarte a mi banda.",
        "Connor me presentó al resto de su banda:",
        "–Mira, estos son Alicia, Ethan y Billy.",
        "Todos los miembros de la banda me saludaron.",
        "–Hola, Frank. ¡Esto va a ser genial! –dijo Alicia.",
        "–Sí, yo también lo creo –respondí.",
        "Connor nos dijo:",
        "–¡Venga! ¡Vamos dentro! ¡Comenzamos nuestro viaje!",
        "Alicia, Ethan y Billy se sentaron delante del camión, pero Connor y yo nos sentamos detrás del camión. Era como una pequeña habitación. Había un pequeño sofá, guitarras y bajos. La batería de la banda estaba guardada en otro sitio.",
        "–¿No sabes mucho de nosotros, verdad Frank? –me dijo Connor.",
        "–La verdad es que no. Solo sé que sois un grupo de rock.",
        "–¿Has escuchado alguna vez algún disco nuestro?",
        "–No, no he escuchado ningún disco, pero una vez os vi en un concierto.",
        "–¿Nos viste en un concierto?",
        "–Pero hace ya mucho tiempo, no me acuerdo de nada. Yo solía ir a conciertos con mis amigos.",
        "Eso era verdad. Yo conocía a la banda, pero muy poco. Les había visto tocar en un concierto con mis amigos hacía muchos meses, puede que años. Ahora, la banda iba a empezar su gira por todo el país. Eso era bueno, significaba que habían crecido como banda y que habían vendido más discos. Me interesaba mucho, porque me gustaba el rock, así que le pregunté a Connor:",
        "–Oye. Cuéntame. La gira es por muchas ciudades de Estados Unidos, ¿verdad?",
        "–Sí, hace poco nos visitó un hombre en un concierto.",
        "–¿Quién era ese hombre?",
        "–Era un representante de una discográfica. Preparó una gira por varias ciudades de Estados Unidos para nosotros. Decía que quería contratarnos. Él se lleva una comisión y nosotros hacemos conciertos por todo el país.",
        "–¿Todo eso en menos de dos meses?",
        "–Sí, es poco tiempo. Pero no pasa nada. No son muchas ciudades.",
        "–Es emocionante.",
        "–Sí, Frank. Aunque nuestro camión está viejo y hace ruidos raros. Por eso estás aquí.",
        "Yo me reí porque me hizo gracia su manera de hablar. Era un hombre muy alegre y muy animado. También era muy gracioso.",
        "Connor siguió hablando:",
        "–Espero que el camión aguante.",
        "–Yo también, no quiero trabajar demasiado.",
        "Connor se rió.",
        "–Bueno, eso es cierto. Te vamos a pagar igualmente.",
        "Alicia escuchó el comentario desde la parte frontal del camión y gritó:",
        "–¡Connor! ¡Hemos contratado a un vago!",
        "Connor le respondió:",
        "–¡Qué va! ¡Es igual que nosotros!",
        "El viaje de aquel día fue muy divertido. Me reí mucho y congenié con los miembros de la banda. Era gente muy divertida. Yo me quedé dormido durante un par de horas y se hizo de noche. Cuando me desperté, Alicia me estaba mirando:",
        "–¡Buenos días, Frank! O mejor dicho… ¡Buenas noches!",
        "–¿Qué hora es?",
        "–Las 9 de la noche. ¡Perfecto para un concierto de rock! Connor te está esperando fuera.",
        "Me desperté y salí del camión.",
        "–Vamos, despierta, Frank. Échale un vistazo al camión. Comprueba la gasolina y las ruedas. De momento, eso es suficiente.",
        "Durante 30 minutos, comprobé todo el camión. Todo parecía estar perfectamente. Fui dentro del local donde iba a ser el concierto. Allí, había una sala especial para las bandas que se preparaban antes de tocar. Allí estaban todos los miembros.",
        "Connor era el cantante y estaba haciendo ejercicios de voz.",
        "Alicia era la guitarrista y estaba afinando las cuerdas de su guitarra.",
        "Billy era el bajista y estaba cambiando las cuerdas de su bajo.",
        "Ethan era el batería y estaba haciendo ejercicios con la muñeca.",
        "Connor me vio y me habló:",
        "–¿El camión está bien, Frank? Vamos a tocar dentro de poco tiempo.",
        "–Sí, está todo perfecto.",
        "–¡Muy bien! Puedes vernos tocar si quieres.",
        "– Lo haré.",
        "Salí de la sala y pedí una cerveza en el local. Esperé varios minutos con más gente. Había muchísima gente en el local. Connor, Alicia, Ethan y Billy salieron al escenario y tocaron su música rockera durante 1 hora y media. En aquel momento, observé lo buenos que eran. Sí, eran muy buenos. Aún me acuerdo. Desde entonces, quise escuchar más.",
        "Cuando acabó el concierto, los miembros de la banda salieron uno a uno del local. Los fans querían autógrafos y fotos. Yo esperaba en el camión. El primero en entrar fue Connor. Yo estaba sentado en el sofá mientras escuchaba música.",
        "–¿Qué te ha parecido, Frank?",
        "–¡Me ha encantado!",
        "–¿En serio?",
        "–¡Sí! ¡No miento!",
        "–¡Genial!",
        "Esta vez, conducía Ethan, el batería. Connor siguió hablando:",
        "– Vamos a tardar 12 horas en llegar a la siguiente sala.",
        "–Tenemos mucho tiempo todavía.",
        "–Sí. Necesitamos dormir un poco.",
        "El camión arrancó de nuevo y yo me dormí feliz. La vida de rockero parecía fascinante.",
        "Anexo del capítulo 2",
        "Resumen",
        "Frank comienza el viaje con la banda de rock. Dentro del camión, habla con Connor y se cuentan muchas cosas. Al llegar a la sala donde está el concierto, Frank mira el camión, está perfecto. Él se queda a ver el concierto y le gusta mucho. Al volver de la sala, el camión vuelve a arrancar y se dirigen hacia la siguiente sala.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "los miembros = members",
        "arrancar = start",
        "me alegro de verte = I'm glad to see you",
        "encantado = pleased, happy, glad",
        "al resto = the rest",
        "esto va a ser genial = this is going to be great",
        "el viaje = travel",
        "los bajos = bass guitars",
        "el grupo = band",
        "una vez = once",
        "no me acuerdo de nada = I don't remember anything",
        "solía ir a conciertos = I used to go to concerts",
        "puede = maybe",
        "crecido = grow",
        "la comisión = fee",
        "los ruidos = noises",
        "gracioso = funny",
        "aguantar = hold on, hang on",
        "¡Qué va! = No way!",
        "congeniar = get on",
        "se hizo de noche = night fell",
        "échale un vistazo = take a look at",
        "la gasolina = gasoline, petrol, gas",
        "todo parecía estar perfectamente = everything seemed to be perfect",
        "el cantante = singer",
        "la guitarrista = guitarist",
        "el bajista = bassist",
        "el batería = drummer",
        "la muñeca = wrist",
        "lo haré = I'll do it",
        "el escenario = stage",
        "desde entonces = since then",
        "no miento = I don't lie",
        "vamos a tardar = it will take",
        "fascinante = amazing",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "6. El cantante se llama:",
        "a. Ethan",
        "b. Alicia",
        "c. Connor",
        "d. Billy",
        "7. El batería se llama:",
        "a. Ethan",
        "b. Billy",
        "c. Connor",
        "d. Alicia",
        "8. ¿De qué género es la banda?",
        "a. Rap",
        "b. Rock",
        "c. Jazz",
        "d. Heavy metal",
        "9. ¿Frank conocía a la banda anteriormente?",
        "a. Verdadero",
        "b. Falso",
        "10. ¿Cuánto tiempo se duerme Frank?",
        "a. Media hora",
        "b. Una hora",
        "c. Dos horas",
        "d. Doce horas",
        "Soluciones capítulo 2",
        "6. c",
        "7. a",
        "8. b",
        "9. a",
        "10. c",
        "Capítulo 3 – El concierto inesperado",
        "Dormí durante muchas horas. La verdad es que no sé cuántas horas dormí. Sólo recuerdo que me desperté y no había nadie en el camión. ¿Dónde estaban todos? ¿Dónde estaba Alicia? ¿Dónde estaba Connor? No lo sabía. Solo sabía que ya era de día. Ya no era de noche.",
        "Me levanté del sofá donde había dormido. Había una nota pegada en la pared del camión. Era curioso, porque al principio yo no sabía dónde estaba. Era la primera noche que dormía en ese camión. El interior del camión parecía una habitación, no parecía un vehículo.",
        "Cogí la nota y la leí.",
        "«Hemos salido a desayunar algo. Estabas muy dormido y no te hemos despertado. Por favor, cuando te despiertes, revisa el camión otra vez. Es importante, tenemos otro concierto esta noche».",
        "Leí la nota y la dejé donde estaba. Miré por la ventana del camión y vi un parking con una zona de desayuno. No sé si la banda estaría desayunando allí, así que salí del camión y entré en la cafetería.",
        "–Buenos días –le dije al camarero.",
        "–Hola, ¿qué deseas?",
        "–Un café con leche, por favor, y con azúcar.",
        "–Ahora mismo.",
        "Mientras pedía el café, no vi a nadie sentado en las mesas. No estaban allí pero bebí mi café tranquilamente.",
        "Acabé mi café y salí de la cafetería. Cogí algo de comer del camión y esperé fuera. La banda llegó en pocos minutos. Connor estaba alegre, como siempre. Me saludó y me dio los buenos días:",
        "–¡Frank! ¡Buenos días, amigo! ¿Qué tal? ¡Has dormido un montón de horas!",
        "–¿Qué hay, Connor? Sí, acabo de tomarme un café a ver si despierto del todo.",
        "–Bueno, en marcha.",
        "La banda y yo entramos en el camión. Esta vez lo conducía Alicia. Estuvimos varias horas hablando, jugando a las cartas y bebiendo unos refrescos. De repente, el camión se detuvo y empezó a salir humo por la parte frontal.",
        "–¡Oh, no! –dijo Alicia.",
        "Connor se levantó del sofá y fue donde Alicia.",
        "–¿Qué ocurre, Alicia?",
        "–No lo sé, parece que hay un problema en el camión.",
        "Connor me habló:",
        "–Frank, ¿has revisado el camión?",
        "Y en ese preciso momento es cuando me acordé. No, no había revisado el camión. ¡La nota! ¡Se me había olvidado cuando fui a tomar el café!",
        "–Oh, no, Connor, lo siento mucho. No me he acordado.",
        "–No pasa nada, Frank. Pero tenemos que encontrar una solución.",
        "–¿Dónde estamos?",
        "–No lo sé, coge el mapa.",
        "Cogí un mapa que había en el camión y señalé dónde estábamos. Estábamos en medio de una ciudad, al lado de una plaza.",
        "Alicia dijo a Connor:",
        "–¿Qué hacemos ahora? ¡Tenemos que estar en el local dentro de una hora!",
        "–No podemos transportar todos los instrumentos al local en una hora. Tenemos que cancelar el concierto.",
        "Todos los miembros de la banda parecían tristes. Ethan, el batería, dijo:",
        "–Tenemos que cancelar el concierto, sí.",
        "– Tienes razón, Ethan –dijo Billy.",
        "Era mi culpa. Tenía que hacer algo.",
        "–¡Tengo una idea!",
        "En ese momento, tuve una idea muy buena. Connor preguntó:",
        "–¿Cuál?",
        "–¿Tenemos batería portátil?",
        "–Sí.",
        "–¿Podemos enchufar los instrumentos a la batería?",
        "–Sí.",
        "–¿Durante cuánto tiempo?",
        "–Aproximadamente durante 2 horas.",
        "–¡Es perfecto!",
        "–No lo entiendo.",
        "–Llama al representante de la discográfica y dile que vais a hacer el concierto aquí.",
        "Toda la banda me miró, extrañada, pero finalmente Connor llamó al representante y le explicó todo. Cuando colgó el teléfono, me sonrió:",
        "–Es una locura, pero puede que sea buena idea.",
        "Toda la banda salió del camión con los instrumentos y los pusieron en la calle. En la calle pasaba mucha gente y se quedaron mirando. Yo me puse delante de ellos",
        "Connor, con el micrófono en la mano, dijo:",
        "–¿Listos? Uno, dos, tres…",
        "Ethan empezó a tocar la batería, Billy comenzó a tocar el bajo y Alicia la guitarra. Pocos segundos después, Connor empezó a cantar.",
        "Pocos minutos después, casi 500 personas miraban el concierto. Muchas más personas que en cualquier local. Era increíble. La gente hacía muchas fotos, comentaban, se reían. También había periodistas grabando todo.",
        "El representante no llegó nunca al concierto, así que poco después decidimos cambiarlo. Yo empecé a trabajar como nuevo representante o manager de la banda. Un día, llamé a Harry y le agradecí el trabajo del taller, pero le dije que iba a cambiar de trabajo. Él me dijo:",
        "–Está bien, muchacho. Lo entiendo. ¿Quién no quiere ser una estrella del rock? Te deseo suerte.",
        "–Gracias, Harry. Hasta más ver. –le contesté.",
        "Esta es la historia de cómo me convertí en el manager de la banda. Hay más historias para contar, pero esta me gusta, sin ninguna duda. ¡Viva el rock!",
        "Anexo del capítulo 3",
        "Resumen",
        "Frank se despierta y no hay nadie. Lee una nota de Connor que le avisa de revisar el camión. Se toma un café y siguen el trayecto. Se olvida de revisar el camión y se rompe. Se detienen en medio de una ciudad, pero tocan en una plaza. Poco después, Frank se convierte en el representante o manager de la banda de rock.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "inesperado = unexpected",
        "la verdad es que = the truth is",
        "la nota = note",
        "pegada = stuck, glued",
        "revisar = examine, check",
        "donde estaba = where it was",
        "el azúcar = sugar",
        "tranquilamente = calmly",
        "alegre = happy",
        "un montón = a lot",
        "¿Qué hay? = What's up?",
        "en marcha = let's move",
        "esta vez = this time",
        "jugando a las cartas = playing cards",
        "de repente = suddenly",
        "el humo = smoke",
        "en ese preciso momento = at that very moment",
        "lo siento mucho = I'm so sorry",
        "señalé = pointed at",
        "tienes razón = y ou are right",
        "era mi culpa = it was my fault",
        "enchufar = plug in",
        "la locura = madness",
        "los periodistas = journalists",
        "grabando = recording",
        "la suerte = luck",
        "hasta más ver = see you",
        "la que más = the most",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "11. ¿Qué ve Frank al despertarse?",
        "a. Un café",
        "b. Una nota",
        "c. A Connor",
        "d. Una cafetería",
        "12. ¿Dónde están los miembros de la banda?",
        "a. En la cafetería",
        "b. En el camión",
        "c. En una plaza",
        "d. No se sabe",
        "13. ¿Dónde se rompe el camión?",
        "a. En medio de un bosque",
        "b. En medio de una playa",
        "c. En medio de una ciudad",
        "d. En medio de una autopista",
        "14. ¿Qué hacen cuando se rompe el camión?",
        "a. Cancelan el concierto",
        "b. Piden ayuda",
        "c. Cambian de representante",
        "d. Hacen el concierto en la calle",
        "15. ¿Cuál es el nuevo trabajo de Frank?",
        "a. Manager",
        "b. Camionero",
        "c. Bombero",
        "d. Ninguna de las anteriores",
        "Soluciones capítulo 3",
        "11. b",
        "12. d",
        "13. c",
        "14. d",
        "15. a"
      ],
      "paragraphsEN": [
        "Chapter 1 – The truck",
        "Hello. Let me introduce myself. My name is Frank and these are my memories. I don't know how you knew where this little book was, but my memories are written here.",
        "I'm an old man now, I've lived a lot, but I had a very lively youth. In my youth, I had a rock band, a music group. You can read my memories. It all started like this:",
        "Many years ago, I lived in the United States. There, I worked at a truck repair shop. I really liked trucks, and that's why I studied mechanics for two years and then worked for a year repairing trucks to learn as an intern.",
        "When I finished my studies and my year of work, I got my diploma. The diploma said I had passed all my subjects and had worked efficiently for a year. After that, my boss from the internship said to me:",
        "—Frank!",
        "While my boss was talking to me, I was getting on a bus to go home. I had to go home to my parents. My father always brought home a newspaper with job ads. In those job ads, there were very interesting things. I answered my boss:",
        "—Do you need something, Harry?",
        "—Yes, wait, don't leave yet —he told me.",
        "Harry seemed like he wanted to tell me something. I didn't know what it was. I had already finished my work. But he spoke and said to me:",
        "—Come back with me to the shop, I have something for you.",
        "I smiled and said to him:",
        "—A surprise?",
        "—Something like that. Let's talk for a bit.",
        "The bus passed by and I went back with Harry to the shop. At the shop were my fellow interns, who greeted me once again, and I went into Harry's office. Harry sat down in his chair and I stayed standing.",
        "—Aren't you going to sit, Frank?",
        "—No, I'm fine like this.",
        "—As you wish. I won't take long. I just want to tell you one thing.",
        "At that moment, I got worried. Had I done something wrong? Was there a problem? Finally, Harry said to me:",
        "—I want you to keep working for me.",
        "Then I was very happy because that meant I was going to have a job. Looking for work back then was hard. Better to have a job right there—I liked the truck shop. Harry saw that I wasn't saying anything, so he said to me:",
        "—Well? What do you say? Do you want to keep working?",
        "—Of course I do! —I told him—. Without a doubt!",
        "—All right, you'll work the same as before. You'll repair trucks, paint them, clean them, and serve the customers.",
        "—Got it. When do I start?",
        "—Monday at 8. Today is Friday, but rest. Have a good weekend and I'll see you on Monday.",
        "So, that Monday I had a job. I ran home and told my parents I had a job. My father had picked up the newspaper to look for work with me.",
        "—We don't need the newspaper anymore! —he said, laughing—. And where are you going to work?",
        "—In the same place where I did my internship. At the truck shop. Harry has hired me to keep working and I'm very happy. I like trucks and I like working there.",
        "—Very good, son. When do you start?",
        "—This Monday.",
        "—Perfect, your mother and I are very happy.",
        "My mother gave me a kiss. After that, I spent the whole weekend with my friends. We went out partying and went to concerts. On Monday at 8 in the morning I was at Harry's shop.",
        "Harry saw that I didn't look good.",
        "—Wow, kid! What happened to you?",
        "—A very busy weekend. That's what happened to me.",
        "—Lots of partying?",
        "—Yeah, that's it.",
        "—And beers.",
        "—Of course.",
        "—Hahaha!",
        "Harry was my boss, but he was also starting to be a friend of mine. He was a very approachable boss, strict about his business, but very close. I talked to him like with my friends. We talked about everything while we worked and he paid me well. He also taught me a lot about trucks. My job was stimulating.",
        "Anyway, what else can I say? I had a job and I had friends. My parents helped me at home with my stuff and I was happy. But from the time I started working at that shop, my life changed. Do you want to know why? I'll explain.",
        "A normal day at the shop, a red and black truck came in. The truck belonged to a music band. The singer was talking to Harry, but I listened to the conversation:",
        "—Hey! Good morning!",
        "—Hello, guys. How can I help you?",
        "—We need an assistant for our tour. We play all over the United States, from north to south, maybe also in Canada. Our truck is old and we can't buy a new one to carry the band's gear. Is it possible to hire someone here temporarily to check the truck from time to time during the tour? We can pay well.",
        "I heard Harry answer him:",
        "—Sorry, but here we only repair trucks, paint them, and clean them. We don't offer that kind of service.",
        "The band's singer said:",
        "—That's a shame.",
        "The singer almost left, but I said to him:",
        "—Harry! I'll go!",
        "—Are you sure?",
        "—Yes, besides, these weeks there isn't going to be much work at the shop.",
        "Harry stood thinking for a moment, until he finally said:",
        "—Well, if that's what you want…",
        "—Yes, thanks, Harry.",
        "Harry asked the singer:",
        "—How long is the tour?",
        "—A month and a half. It ends in May.",
        "—Perfect. We can do the contract now. Follow me.",
        "They both did the contract and I signed. The adventure was starting at that moment. I went to my parents' house and said goodbye to them. I spent one last weekend with my friends drinking several beers and then, the truck was waiting for me on the highway out of the city.",
        "Chapter 1 appendix",
        "Summary",
        "The story is Frank's memories. He lived in the United States and studied mechanics. When he finished his internship, Harry, his boss, hired him. He worked at a truck shop and one day, a music band arrived with a truck. They needed an assistant for their tour. Frank went with them.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "camión = truck",
        "me presento = allow me to introduce myself",
        "los recuerdos = memories",
        "la juventud = youth",
        "el taller = garage",
        "la reparación = repair",
        "el becario = intern",
        "el título = degree",
        "aprobado = passed",
        "las asignaturas = subjects",
        "las prácticas = internship",
        "la sorpresa = surprise",
        "pasó de largo = passed by",
        "una vez más = once again",
        "de pie = standing",
        "pintar = paint",
        "limpiar = clean",
        "atender a los clientes = serve customers",
        "la fiesta = party",
        "el muchacho = boy",
        "movido = busy, bustling",
        "cercano = close",
        "me pagaba bien = he paid me well",
        "estimulante = stimulating",
        "la gira = tour",
        "norte a sur = north to south",
        "de vez en cuando = from time to time",
        "es una pena = it's a shame",
        "iré yo = I'll go",
        "· la autopista = highway",
        "Multiple-choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "1. Frank lived in:",
        "a. The United States",
        "b. Canada",
        "c. Mexico",
        "d. The United Kingdom",
        "2. Where was Frank's first job?",
        "a. In a music band",
        "b. In a truck shop",
        "c. In a car shop",
        "d. Singing in a truck",
        "3. What did Frank do at that job?",
        "a. Repaired trucks and painted cars",
        "b. Repaired cars and painted trucks",
        "c. Repaired cars, painted cars, and cleaned cars",
        "d. Repaired trucks, painted trucks, and cleaned trucks",
        "4. What was Frank's boss like?",
        "a. Very strict and not very talkative",
        "b. Very strict and not talkative at all",
        "c. Strict and talkative",
        "d. None of the above",
        "5. The truck that arrived at the shop was:",
        "a. One of Harry's trucks",
        "b. A band's truck",
        "c. Frank's father's truck",
        "d. Frank's truck",
        "Chapter 1 answers",
        "1. a",
        "2. b",
        "3. d",
        "4. c",
        "5. b",
        "Chapter 2 – The first concert",
        "The truck was waiting on the highway. The highway was far from my house, so I had to take a bus. All the members of the band were waiting there. The truck was stopped, ready to start up.",
        "The singer got out of the truck and started talking to me:",
        "—Frank! Glad to see you!",
        "—Hello.",
        "—Ha! That's right! You don't know my name! My name is Connor!",
        "—Nice to see you again, Connor.",
        "—Come on, I'll introduce you to my band.",
        "Connor introduced me to the rest of his band:",
        "—Look, these are Alicia, Ethan, and Billy.",
        "All the members of the band greeted me.",
        "—Hi, Frank. This is going to be great! —said Alicia.",
        "—Yeah, I think so too —I answered.",
        "Connor told us:",
        "—Come on! Let's get inside! Our trip is starting!",
        "Alicia, Ethan, and Billy sat in the front of the truck, but Connor and I sat in the back of the truck. It was like a little room. There was a small sofa, guitars, and bass guitars. The band's drums were stored somewhere else.",
        "—You don't know much about us, do you, Frank? —Connor said to me.",
        "—Honestly, not really. I only know you're a rock group.",
        "—Have you ever listened to any of our records?",
        "—No, I haven't listened to any record, but once I saw you at a concert.",
        "—You saw us at a concert?",
        "—But it was a long time ago, I don't remember anything. I used to go to concerts with my friends.",
        "That was true. I knew the band, but very little. I had seen them play at a concert with my friends many months ago, maybe years. Now, the band was going to start their tour across the whole country. That was good, it meant they had grown as a band and had sold more records. I was very interested, because I liked rock, so I asked Connor:",
        "—Hey. Tell me. The tour goes through a lot of cities in the United States, right?",
        "—Yes, recently a man came to see us at a concert.",
        "—Who was that man?",
        "—He was a representative from a record label. He set up a tour through several cities in the United States for us. He said he wanted to sign us. He takes a commission and we play concerts all over the country.",
        "—All of that in less than two months?",
        "—Yeah, it's not much time. But it's fine. It's not a lot of cities.",
        "—That's exciting.",
        "—Yeah, Frank. Although our truck is old and it makes weird noises. That's why you're here.",
        "I laughed because the way he talked was funny to me. He was a very cheerful, lively guy. He was also very funny.",
        "Connor kept talking:",
        "—I hope the truck holds up.",
        "—Me too, I don't want to work too much.",
        "Connor laughed.",
        "—Well, that's true. We're going to pay you anyway.",
        "Alicia heard the comment from the front of the truck and shouted:",
        "—Connor! We hired a slacker!",
        "Connor answered her:",
        "—No way! He's just like us!",
        "The trip that day was a lot of fun. I laughed a lot and got along with the band members. They were really fun people. I fell asleep for a couple of hours and night fell. When I woke up, Alicia was looking at me:",
        "—Good morning, Frank! Or rather… Good evening!",
        "—What time is it?",
        "—9 p.m. Perfect for a rock concert! Connor is waiting for you outside.",
        "I woke up and got out of the truck.",
        "—Come on, wake up, Frank. Take a look at the truck. Check the gas and the tires. For now, that's enough.",
        "For 30 minutes, I checked the whole truck. Everything seemed to be perfect. I went inside the venue where the concert was going to be. There was a special room for the bands to get ready before playing. All the members were there.",
        "Connor was the singer and was doing voice exercises.",
        "Alicia was the guitarist and was tuning the strings of her guitar.",
        "Billy was the bassist and was changing the strings of his bass.",
        "Ethan was the drummer and was doing wrist exercises.",
        "Connor saw me and spoke to me:",
        "—Is the truck okay, Frank? We're going to play soon.",
        "—Yes, everything is perfect.",
        "—Great! You can watch us play if you want.",
        "—I will.",
        "I left the room and ordered a beer at the venue. I waited several minutes with more people. There were tons of people at the venue. Connor, Alicia, Ethan, and Billy went out on stage and played their rock music for an hour and a half. At that moment, I noticed how good they were. Yes, they were very good. I still remember. From then on, I wanted to hear more.",
        "When the concert ended, the band members left the venue one by one. The fans wanted autographs and photos. I was waiting in the truck. The first to come in was Connor. I was sitting on the sofa listening to music.",
        "—What did you think, Frank?",
        "—I loved it!",
        "—Really?",
        "—Yes! I'm not lying!",
        "—Awesome!",
        "This time, Ethan, the drummer, was driving. Connor kept talking:",
        "—It's going to take us 12 hours to get to the next venue.",
        "—We still have plenty of time.",
        "—Yeah. We need to sleep a little.",
        "The truck started up again and I fell asleep happy. The life of a rocker seemed fascinating.",
        "Chapter 2 appendix",
        "Summary",
        "Frank starts the trip with the rock band. Inside the truck, he talks with Connor and they share a lot. When they arrive at the venue where the concert is, Frank checks the truck, it's perfect. He stays to watch the concert and really likes it. After they leave the venue, the truck starts up again and they head to the next venue.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "los miembros = members",
        "arrancar = start",
        "me alegro de verte = I'm glad to see you",
        "encantado = pleased, happy, glad",
        "al resto = the rest",
        "esto va a ser genial = this is going to be great",
        "el viaje = travel",
        "los bajos = bass guitars",
        "el grupo = band",
        "una vez = once",
        "no me acuerdo de nada = I don't remember anything",
        "solía ir a conciertos = I used to go to concerts",
        "puede = maybe",
        "crecido = grow",
        "la comisión = fee",
        "los ruidos = noises",
        "gracioso = funny",
        "aguantar = hold on, hang on",
        "¡Qué va! = No way!",
        "congeniar = get on",
        "se hizo de noche = night fell",
        "échale un vistazo = take a look at",
        "la gasolina = gasoline, petrol, gas",
        "todo parecía estar perfectamente = everything seemed to be perfect",
        "el cantante = singer",
        "la guitarrista = guitarist",
        "el bajista = bassist",
        "el batería = drummer",
        "la muñeca = wrist",
        "lo haré = I'll do it",
        "el escenario = stage",
        "desde entonces = since then",
        "no miento = I don't lie",
        "vamos a tardar = it will take",
        "fascinante = amazing",
        "Multiple-choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "6. The singer's name is:",
        "a. Ethan",
        "b. Alicia",
        "c. Connor",
        "d. Billy",
        "7. The drummer's name is:",
        "a. Ethan",
        "b. Billy",
        "c. Connor",
        "d. Alicia",
        "8. What genre is the band?",
        "a. Rap",
        "b. Rock",
        "c. Jazz",
        "d. Heavy metal",
        "9. Did Frank know the band beforehand?",
        "a. True",
        "b. False",
        "10. How long does Frank sleep?",
        "a. Half an hour",
        "b. One hour",
        "c. Two hours",
        "d. Twelve hours",
        "Chapter 2 answers",
        "6. c",
        "7. a",
        "8. b",
        "9. a",
        "10. c",
        "Chapter 3 – The unexpected concert",
        "I slept for many hours. The truth is, I don't know how many hours I slept. I only remember waking up and there was nobody in the truck. Where was everyone? Where was Alicia? Where was Connor? I didn't know. I only knew it was already daytime. It wasn't night anymore.",
        "I got up from the sofa where I'd slept. There was a note stuck on the wall of the truck. It was strange, because at first I didn't know where I was. It was the first night I'd slept in that truck. The inside of the truck looked like a room, it didn't look like a vehicle.",
        "I grabbed the note and read it.",
        "«We've gone out to get some breakfast. You were sound asleep and we didn't wake you up. Please, when you wake up, check the truck again. It's important, we have another concert tonight.»",
        "I read the note and left it where it was. I looked out the truck window and saw a parking lot with a breakfast area. I didn't know if the band would be having breakfast there, so I got out of the truck and went into the café.",
        "—Good morning —I said to the waiter.",
        "—Hi, what would you like?",
        "—A coffee with milk, please, with sugar.",
        "—Right away.",
        "While I was ordering the coffee, I didn't see anyone sitting at the tables. They weren't there but I drank my coffee calmly.",
        "I finished my coffee and left the café. I grabbed something to eat from the truck and waited outside. The band arrived in a few minutes. Connor was cheerful, as always. He greeted me and said good morning:",
        "—Frank! Good morning, friend! How are you? You've slept a ton of hours!",
        "—What's up, Connor? Yeah, I just had a coffee to see if I wake up all the way.",
        "—Well, let's get going.",
        "The band and I got into the truck. This time Alicia was driving. We spent several hours talking, playing cards, and drinking some sodas. Suddenly, the truck stopped and smoke started coming out of the front.",
        "—Oh, no! —said Alicia.",
        "Connor got up from the sofa and went over to Alicia.",
        "—What's happening, Alicia?",
        "—I don't know, it looks like there's a problem with the truck.",
        "Connor spoke to me:",
        "—Frank, did you check the truck?",
        "And at that exact moment is when I remembered. No, I hadn't checked the truck. The note! I had forgotten about it when I went for coffee!",
        "—Oh, no, Connor, I'm so sorry. I didn't remember.",
        "—It's okay, Frank. But we have to find a solution.",
        "—Where are we?",
        "—I don't know, grab the map.",
        "I grabbed a map that was in the truck and pointed out where we were. We were in the middle of a city, next to a plaza.",
        "Alicia said to Connor:",
        "—What do we do now? We have to be at the venue in an hour!",
        "—We can't carry all the instruments to the venue in an hour. We have to cancel the concert.",
        "All the members of the band looked sad. Ethan, the drummer, said:",
        "—We have to cancel the concert, yes.",
        "—You're right, Ethan —said Billy.",
        "It was my fault. I had to do something.",
        "—I have an idea!",
        "At that moment, I had a really good idea. Connor asked:",
        "—What?",
        "—Do we have a portable battery?",
        "—Yes.",
        "—Can we plug the instruments into the battery?",
        "—Yes.",
        "—For how long?",
        "—About 2 hours.",
        "—It's perfect!",
        "—I don't get it.",
        "—Call the record label rep and tell him you're going to do the concert here.",
        "The whole band looked at me, surprised, but in the end Connor called the rep and explained everything. When he hung up the phone, he smiled at me:",
        "—It's crazy, but it might be a good idea.",
        "The whole band got out of the truck with the instruments and set them up in the street. A lot of people were walking by in the street and they stopped to look. I stood in front of them.",
        "Connor, with the microphone in his hand, said:",
        "—Ready? One, two, three…",
        "Ethan started playing the drums, Billy started playing the bass, and Alicia the guitar. A few seconds later, Connor started singing.",
        "A few minutes later, almost 500 people were watching the concert. A lot more people than at any venue. It was incredible. People were taking lots of photos, commenting, laughing. There were also journalists recording everything.",
        "The rep never showed up at the concert, so a little later we decided to change things. I started working as the band's new rep or manager. One day, I called Harry and thanked him for the job at the shop, but told him I was going to change jobs. He said to me:",
        "—That's all right, kid. I understand. Who doesn't want to be a rock star? I wish you luck.",
        "—Thanks, Harry. See you around. —I answered.",
        "This is the story of how I became the band's manager. There are more stories to tell, but I like this one, without a doubt. Long live rock!",
        "Chapter 3 appendix",
        "Summary",
        "Frank wakes up and no one is there. He reads a note from Connor warning him to check the truck. He has a coffee and they continue the trip. He forgets to check the truck and it breaks down. They stop in the middle of a city, but play in a plaza. A little later, Frank becomes the rep or manager of the rock band.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "inesperado = unexpected",
        "la verdad es que = the truth is",
        "la nota = note",
        "pegada = stuck, glued",
        "revisar = examine, check",
        "donde estaba = where it was",
        "el azúcar = sugar",
        "tranquilamente = calmly",
        "alegre = happy",
        "un montón = a lot",
        "¿Qué hay? = What's up?",
        "en marcha = let's move",
        "esta vez = this time",
        "jugando a las cartas = playing cards",
        "de repente = suddenly",
        "el humo = smoke",
        "en ese preciso momento = at that very moment",
        "lo siento mucho = I'm so sorry",
        "señalé = pointed at",
        "tienes razón = y ou are right",
        "era mi culpa = it was my fault",
        "enchufar = plug in",
        "la locura = madness",
        "los periodistas = journalists",
        "grabando = recording",
        "la suerte = luck",
        "hasta más ver = see you",
        "la que más = the most",
        "Multiple choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "11. What does Frank see when he wakes up?",
        "a. A coffee",
        "b. A note",
        "c. Connor",
        "d. A cafe",
        "12. Where are the band members?",
        "a. At the cafe",
        "b. In the truck",
        "c. In a plaza",
        "d. It's not known",
        "13. Where does the truck break down?",
        "a. In the middle of a forest",
        "b. In the middle of a beach",
        "c. In the middle of a city",
        "d. In the middle of a highway",
        "14. What do they do when the truck breaks down?",
        "a. They cancel the concert",
        "b. They ask for help",
        "c. They change managers",
        "d. They do the concert in the street",
        "15. What is Frank's new job?",
        "a. Manager",
        "b. Truck driver",
        "c. Firefighter",
        "d. None of the above",
        "Chapter 3 answers",
        "11. b",
        "12. d",
        "13. c",
        "14. d",
        "15. a"
      ]
    },
    {
      "id": "ch11",
      "number": 11,
      "title": "6. El Comerciante",
      "paragraphsES": [
        "Capítulo 1 – La mujer misteriosa",
        "Mi nombre es Valor. Soy un comerciante de tierras muy lejanas. Siempre comercio con diferentes productos en diferentes ciudades. Normalmente, viajo mucho. Viajo de ciudad en ciudad y de reino en reino. Mi trabajo es comerciar con diferentes cosas para ayudar a la gente. Yo cobro monedas de oro y a cambio, vendo productos útiles para las ciudades.",
        "Esta historia comienza en el camino de la primera ciudad. La primera ciudad que visito este año se llama Roca Gris. ¿Cómo es Roca Gris? Bueno, pues es una ciudad de tamaño pequeño. Se llama Roca Gris porque la ciudad tiene una colina muy grande al lado del mar donde hay muchas rocas grises.",
        "El camino de Roca Gris es muy famoso porque conecta la ruta del comerciante. ¿Qué es la ruta del comerciante? Como su nombre indica, es una ruta que conecta varias ciudades para los comerciantes como yo. Un rey de hace mucho tiempo construyó las carreteras para ayudar a las ciudades a comerciar.",
        "Estoy andando por el camino de Roca Gris y veo la ciudad a lo lejos. Veo la gran colina de rocas que da nombre a la ciudad. En el camino hay un viajero con un caballo y un cofre. Me acerco a preguntar quién es. Me gusta hablar con la gente. La mitad de mi trabajo es hablar con la gente, conocerla y saber qué quieren comprar.",
        "–Buenos días, viajero –le digo.",
        "–¡Hola! ¿Qué tal?",
        "–Muy bien. ¿Eres un comerciante?",
        "–No. Soy médico.",
        "–No lo sabía. He visto el cofre y he pensado que eran joyas o algún tipo de producto para vender en la ciudad.",
        "–No, no es nada para vender. Soy un médico de otra ciudad. Me han llamado a Roca Gris porque tienen un problema.",
        "–¿Cuál es ese problema?",
        "–La princesa está enferma.",
        "En mis viajes, mientras viajo con mi caballo, leo libros siempre que puedo. Leer es una de las cosas que más me gustan, tienen mucho conocimiento y por eso leo mucho. Aprendo mucho de la geografía de los reinos y de las costumbres de cada ciudad. No puedo comerciar con las ciudades sin conocer las costumbres de las diferentes ciudades y personas que viven en ellas.",
        "Hace poco, leí algo sobre la princesa de Roca Gris. La princesa es una mujer muy inteligente pero también muy enferma. Su padre, el rey, siempre intenta llamar a nuevos médicos para curar su enfermedad. Ninguno lo consigue y la princesa vuelve a estar enferma siempre.",
        "–¿Conoces a la princesa? –me dice el médico.",
        "–No la conozco personalmente, pero he leído sobre ella. La princesa es una mujer muy enferma, ¿verdad?",
        "–Sí, he recogido varias medicinas especiales para ella.",
        "–¿Son medicinas nuevas?",
        "–Son medicinas muy potentes y muy raras.",
        "–¿Quieres entrar en la ciudad?",
        "–Sí, vamos.",
        "Sigo al médico dentro de la ciudad. Nuestros caballos caminan detrás de nosotros. Llegamos a la plaza de comercio de Roca Gris. Allí, todas las personas comercian unas con otras. Hay mucho ruido y se oyen muchas cosas.",
        "El médico deja su caballo atado a un árbol y me dice:",
        "–Voy a entrar al castillo de la princesa. El rey me está esperando.",
        "–Que tengas suerte –le digo.",
        "–Gracias, comerciante.",
        "Yo también ato mi caballo al árbol y les dejo comida a los dos. Quiero explorar la ciudad, así que comienzo a caminar por ella. Entro por calles estrechas y otras plazas. En una de las calles, veo una taberna. Tengo sed, así que entro dentro de la taberna.",
        "Hay mucha gente dentro de la taberna comiendo, bebiendo y hablando. El camarero me ve y me pregunta.",
        "–¿Qué quieres, forastero?",
        "– Hidromiel, por favor.",
        "–¿Hidromiel!? ¡En seguida!",
        "Me quedo en la barra del bar esperando al camarero, que me sirve mi hidromiel. Mientras él llena mi jarra de hidromiel, veo a una mujer extraña hablando con varios hombres.",
        "Ya tengo mi jarra de hidromiel. Pago al camarero su precio: 3 monedas de cobre.",
        "Me siento en una mesa cercana de aquella mujer extraña. La mujer tiene un pelo muy raro y su piel está muy arrugada. Su voz también es muy extraña. Es una mujer muy misteriosa. Me siento solo en la mesa. No hay nadie más alrededor. Saco un pergamino de mi ropa y comienzo a escribir para disimular. Escucho la conversación de la mujer con varios hombres:",
        "–¿La princesa sigue enferma? –dice un hombre.",
        "–Sí… –responde la mujer extraña–, pero yo tengo la solución para curarla.",
        "–¿De verdad?",
        "–¡Claro que sí! ¿Por quién me tomas?",
        "–¿Y por qué no la curas?",
        "–Necesito un ingrediente más. Es muy difícil de encontrar.",
        "–¿Qué ingrediente?",
        "–Una rama naranja.",
        "Escucho la conversación de la mujer misteriosa. Necesita un ingrediente para curarla: una rama naranja. Bebo mi hidromiel y salgo de la taberna. Vuelvo a la plaza de la ciudad y voy donde mi caballo. En el caballo tengo muchos productos para comerciar. Busco en una bolsa y efectivamente, ahí estaba: una rama naranja.",
        "¿Sabía el médico que una rama naranja curaba a la princesa? ¿Por qué aquella mujer misteriosa sabía cómo curar a la princesa? La rama naranja es un ingrediente muy caro y muy difícil de encontrar. Cojo la rama naranja y vuelvo a la taberna para hablar con la mujer misteriosa.",
        "¡No! ¡No está! La mujer misteriosa ha desaparecido. Me acerco a la barra del bar y pregunto al camarero:",
        "–Disculpe.",
        "–¿Sí? –me pregunta el camarero",
        "–La mujer de aquella mesa, ¿dónde está?",
        "–Ha salido hace poco. Ya no está aquí.",
        "–¡Oh, no!",
        "–¿Por qué lo preguntas?",
        "No respondo al camarero y salgo rápidamente de la taberna. Miro a la calle, a la izquierda y a la derecha. No está. ¿Dónde está? ¡Tengo que encontrarla!",
        "Anexo del capítulo 1",
        "Resumen",
        "El comerciante Valor trabaja vendiendo productos. En el camino a Roca Gris, la ciudad, se encuentra con un médico. El médico quiere curar a la princesa enferma. Entran juntos a la ciudad, pero el comerciante entra en una taberna y el médico entra en el castillo. El comerciante escucha a una mujer decir que necesita una rama naranja para curar a la princesa. Él tiene una rama naranja, pero la mujer desaparece.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "el comerciante = trader",
        "el reino = kingdom",
        "a cambio = in exchange",
        "el camino = road",
        "la colina = hill",
        "la ruta = route",
        "como su nombre indica = as its name suggests",
        "el rey = king",
        "a lo lejos = far away",
        "el viajero = traveller",
        "el cofre = chest",
        "enferma = ill, sick",
        "el conocimiento = knowledge",
        "las costumbres = habits",
        "las medicinas = medicines, medication",
        "potentes = powerful",
        "la plaza = plaza, square",
        "atado = tied",
        "el castillo = castle",
        "calles estrechas = narrow streets",
        "el forastero = foreigner",
        "el hidromiel = mead",
        "en seguida = at once",
        "la jarra = mug, tankard",
        "el cobre = copper",
        "el pergamino = scroll",
        "disimular = disguise",
        "¿Por quién me tomas? = Who do you think I am?",
        "la rama = branch",
        "la bolsa= bag",
        "efectivamente = indeed",
        "caro = expensive",
        "difícil de encontrar = hard to find",
        "rápidamente = quickly",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "1. ¿Por qué la ciudad se llama Roca Gris?",
        "a. Por su castillo",
        "b. Por su colina",
        "c. Por su plaza",
        "d. Por la princesa",
        "2. ¿A quién quiere curar el médico?",
        "a. A la princesa",
        "b. Al camarero",
        "c. Al rey",
        "d. Al comerciante",
        "3. ¿Dónde va el comerciante?",
        "a. Al castillo",
        "b. A la colina",
        "c. A una taberna",
        "d. Ninguna de las anteriores",
        "4. ¿Dónde guarda el comerciante sus productos?",
        "a. En su ropa",
        "b. En el banco",
        "c. En su caballo",
        "d. Ninguna de las anteriores",
        "5. ¿Dónde está la mujer misteriosa?",
        "a. En el castillo",
        "b. En la plaza",
        "c. En la colina",
        "d. Ninguna de las anteriores",
        "Soluciones capítulo 1",
        "1. b",
        "2. a",
        "3. c",
        "4. c",
        "5. d",
        "Capítulo 2 – La biblioteca",
        "¿Dónde está la mujer misteriosa? Tengo una rama naranja y ella la necesita para curar a la princesa. Es muy urgente e importante. Mi objetivo no es curar a la princesa, es comerciar en esta ciudad, pero si curo a la princesa, la ayudaré y también ayudaré a la ciudad.",
        "Todavía estoy en la calle, mirando a ver si veo a la mujer misteriosa, pero no está allí. Pasa un hombre delante de mí y le pregunto:",
        "–Disculpa. ¿Has visto pasar a una mujer hace poco tiempo? Ha salido de esta taberna, estoy buscándola.",
        "–Lo siento, no he visto a ninguna mujer saliendo de la taberna.",
        "–Gracias, gracias.",
        "Tengo una idea. Vuelvo a la plaza y cojo la rama naranja de la bolsa de mi caballo. Mi caballo sigue comiendo y bebiendo agua. En la plaza, hay un tablón de anuncios. En ese tablón de anuncios aparecen muchas direcciones y un resumen de las tiendas de la ciudad.",
        "Leo todos los nombres de los trabajadores y tiendas de la ciudad. ¿Alguien me puede ayudar? Miro detenidamente el tablón y encuentro una persona que quizás me puede ayudar. Se llama Boris y es un bibliotecario de la biblioteca de la ciudad. Miro el mapa y veo que la biblioteca no está lejos.",
        "Ando hasta la biblioteca de la ciudad. Tiene una puerta muy grande y metálica, pero está vieja. La puerta hace un ruido muy fuerte cuando entro y allí hay un hombre sentado en una mesa. Es la mesa de bienvenida.",
        "–Bienvenido, forastero –me dice aquel hombre.",
        "–Hola, gracias. Estoy buscando a Boris.",
        "–¿Boris? ¿Ese viejo loco? ¡Ja! Seguro que está en la zona de textos antiguos. ¡Textos tan antiguos como él!",
        "No sé si el humor del hombre es así o es que odia a Boris de verdad, pero prefiero no preguntar.",
        "–Vale, gracias por la información.",
        "–De nada, forastero.",
        "Cuando acabo de hablar con él, el hombre baja la mirada y sigue escribiendo en sus pergaminos.",
        "Paseo por la biblioteca. No es una ciudad grande pero es una biblioteca enorme. He oído historias sobre la biblioteca pero nunca había estado en ella. Hay muchos libros en las baldas pero poca gente leyendo. ¡Hay que leer más!",
        "Busco por las mesas y encuentro a un anciano leyendo un libro muy grande y polvoriento. Cojo un libro de la balda que me parece interesante y me siento en su mesa. Al principio, Boris no me mira, pero luego me pregunta:",
        "–¿Quieres algo?",
        "– En realidad sí –le contesto.",
        "Boris cierra su libro enorme y se me queda mirando.",
        "–Espero que no vengas a burlarte de mí.",
        "– Yo no haría eso.",
        "–¿Entonces por qué hablas conmigo? Nadie quiere hablar nunca con el viejo Boris. Mis libros son mis mejores amigos.",
        "–Busco información.",
        "–¿Qué clase de información?",
        "– Información sobre una persona.",
        "–¿Esa persona es de esta ciudad?",
        "–Eso quiero averiguar.",
        "El anciano tiene una larga barba y ojos cansados. Seguro que había leído mucho en su vida, por eso era muy sabio. Me dice:",
        "–Dime cómo se llama.",
        "–No sé cómo se llama –respondo.",
        "–¡Menudo comienzo!",
        "–Pero sé cómo es.",
        "–Muy bien, describe a esa mujer.",
        "Intento recordar como es esa mujer antes de decirlo. No quiero que el anciano se confunda. Es muy importante que encuentre a esa mujer misteriosa y no a otra.",
        "–Pues bien… Tiene rasgos peculiares. Tiene el pelo muy largo y rizado, una piel muy arrugada y su voz es muy extraña. Parece que susurra siempre que habla",
        "–Hmmm…",
        "El anciano se queda pensando mientras se acaricia su larga barba.",
        "–Creo que ya sé quién es.",
        "–¿Lo sabes?",
        "– Ella suele ir a la taberna de la calle número tres de la plaza.",
        "–¡Allí la vi!",
        "El anciano Boris se levanta de la mesa y busca un libro en las baldas. Quiere buscar más información sobre esa mujer. Parece que no la conoce personalmente.",
        "Cuando se sienta, me dice:",
        "–¿En qué trabajas?",
        "–Soy comerciante.",
        "–Muy bien, comerciante. ¿Y tu nombre es…?",
        "–Valor.",
        "–Parece un nombre de guerrero, más que de un comerciante.",
        "–Lo sé, pero yo no he elegido mi nombre.",
        "El anciano busca en las páginas del libro durante varios minutos. Intenta encontrar algo. No sé lo que es, así que le pregunto:",
        "–¿Qué quieres saber?",
        "–Hay un listado de viajeros que pasan por esta ciudad. He visto a esa mujer varias veces últimamente por aquí. No veo muy bien, pero con tu descripción quizás puedo identificarla.",
        "–Está bien.",
        "–¡Oh!",
        "El anciano se sorprende mucho.",
        "–¿Qué ocurre? –le pregunto.",
        "–¿Es posible que sea ella? ¡Increíble!",
        "–¿Qué es increíble?",
        "–Creo que es Marian.",
        "–¿Quién es Marian?",
        "–Una hechicera bondadosa. Una mujer muy misteriosa y extraña, pero no ha hecho daño a nadie nunca.",
        "–¿Puedo ver el libro?",
        "El anciano me deja ver el libro. Veo las páginas amarillentas del libro y leo la descripción de la mujer.",
        "–¡Tiene que ser ella! –digo.",
        "–Cuando viene a esta ciudad, vende varias medicinas en la tienda de El Halcón Blanco. Puedes ir allí, seguro que tarde o temprano la encuentras.",
        "–Seguro que sí. Gracias, Boris.",
        "–Hasta otra, comerciante. ¡Lee mucho!",
        "Salgo de la biblioteca y pregunto a una mujer en la calle:",
        "–Disculpa, ¿dónde está la tienda de El Halcón Blanco?",
        "– Gira esta calle a la izquierda y sigue todo recto, está muy cerca.",
        "–Excelente, ¡gracias!",
        "–Pasa un buen día.",
        "Me dirijo a la tienda y veo por la ventana. Marian, la hechicera, está dentro.",
        "Anexo del capítulo 2",
        "Resumen",
        "Valor, el comerciante, no encuentra a la mujer misteriosa. Busca la biblioteca de la ciudad en el tablón de anuncios en la plaza. Allí, Boris, un anciano, busca en un libro. Valor describe a la mujer y Boris le dice que es Marian, una hechicera bondadosa. Ella está en una tienda vendiendo medicinas. El comerciante se dirige allí.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "la biblioteca = library",
        "urgente = urgent",
        "ayudaré = I'll help",
        "buscándola = looking for her",
        "el tablón de anuncios = notice board",
        "el resumen = summary",
        "los trabajadores = workers",
        "detenidamente = carefully",
        "el bibliotecario = librarian",
        "el viejo loco = crazy old man",
        "antiguos = old, ancient",
        "baja la mirada = looks down",
        "las baldas = shelves",
        "el anciano = old man",
        "polvoriento = dusty",
        "en realidad sí = actually yes",
        "burlarte = make fun of, mock",
        "yo no haría eso = I wouldn't do that",
        "¿Qué clase de…? = What kind of…?",
        "averiguar = find out, figure out",
        "la barba = beard",
        "cansados = tired",
        "el sabio = wise",
        "¡Menudo comienzo! = What a start!",
        "rizado = curly",
        "la piel = skin",
        "la voz = voice",
        "susurra = whispers",
        "ella suele ir = she normally goes",
        "el guerrero = warrior",
        "últimamente = recently",
        "la hechicera bondadosa = good-natured sorcerer",
        "el daño = harm, damage",
        "amarillentas = yellowish",
        "¡Tiene que ser ella! = It has to be her!",
        "tarde o temprano = sooner or later",
        "gira = turn",
        "todo recto = straight ahead",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "6. Cómo encuentra el comerciante la biblioteca?",
        "a. Preguntando",
        "b. Leyendo",
        "c. Ya lo sabía",
        "d. Mirando en el tablón de anuncios",
        "7. La biblioteca es:",
        "a. Nueva y grande",
        "b. Nueva y pequeña",
        "c. Vieja y grande",
        "d. Vieja y pequeña",
        "8. ¿Dónde está el bibliotecario?",
        "a. En la mesa de bienvenida",
        "b. En la zona de textos antiguos",
        "c. En la calle",
        "d. En la tienda El Halcón Blanco",
        "9. Boris le dice al comerciante…",
        "a. La mujer misteriosa es una hechicera bondadosa",
        "b. La mujer misteriosa es una hechicera malvada",
        "c. La mujer misteriosa es la alcaldesa",
        "d. Ninguna de las anteriores",
        "10. ¿Dónde está Marian?",
        "a. En la plaza",
        "b. En el castillo",
        "c. En una tienda",
        "d. En la taberna",
        "Soluciones capítulo 2",
        "6. d",
        "7. c",
        "8. b",
        "9. a",
        "10. c",
        "Capítulo 3 – La rama naranja",
        "Entro a la tienda y encuentro a la mujer misteriosa dentro. Está hablando con el tendero. Me acerco a ella y le hablo.",
        "–Hola.",
        "La mujer misteriosa me mira. Veo su cara de cerca. ¡Sí! Es ella, es la mujer que necesita la rama naranja como ingrediente para curar a la princesa. No es amable conmigo:",
        "–¿Qué quieres? –me dice con su voz extraña.",
        "Le digo:",
        "–¿Eres Marian?",
        "–¿Cómo sabes mi nombre?",
        "– Poca gente sabe tu nombre, ¿verdad? Pero eres Marian. Tu nombre está en la biblioteca. Los libros dicen que eres una hechicera.",
        "La mujer mira al tendero. El tendero está comprando varios ingredientes a Marian. Terminan su transacción y Marian me dice:",
        "–Sí, yo soy Marian. Repito, ¿qué es lo que quieres?",
        "–Tengo rama naranja.",
        "La cara de Marian cambia completamente. Se sorprende de que yo tenga rama naranja.",
        "–¿Rama naranja? ¡Quiero verlo!",
        "Enseño mi rama naranja a Marian y ella me dice:",
        "–¡Es increíble! ¿Dónde la has conseguido?",
        "–La verdad es que no lo sé. Yo comercio con muchos objetos entre ciudades. ¿Puedes curar a la princesa? Te oí hablando en la taberna. Necesitas esto, ¿verdad?",
        "–Puedo curar a la princesa. Solo necesito la rama naranja para completar la medicina.",
        "–Vamos a ello, entonces.",
        "Acompaño a Marian a su casa. Allí tiene una medicina preparada en un frasco abierto.",
        "–Dame tu rama naranja.",
        "Saco mi rama naranja de nuevo y se la doy. Ella la mezcla con otro ingrediente y lo echa a la medicina.",
        "–Esto ya está.",
        "– ¿Tan rápido?",
        "–Sí, tenemos que ir al castillo. ¡Rápido!",
        "Marian y yo vamos al puente del castillo, pero un guardia nos detiene y no nos deja pasar. Yo hablo con el guardia y le digo:",
        "–Por favor, déjanos pasar. Tenemos un ingrediente que puede salvar a la princesa y curar su enfermedad.",
        "–Ningún ingrediente es capaz de curar a la princesa. Está muy enferma.",
        "–Tenemos rama naranja. Seguro que has oído hablar de ella.",
        "El guardia se queda pensando. Sí había oído hablar de ese ingrediente. Después de eso, nos deja pasar.",
        "Entramos a la sala de la princesa. Hablamos con el rey. Él nos dice:",
        "–Bienvenidos a mi ciudad. Por favor, ¿podéis curar a mi hija? Cada día está peor. Está muy enferma.",
        "– Lo haremos –le respondo.",
        "Allí también está el médico, aquel hombre que me encontré en el camino hacia Roca Gris. Tiene su cofre al lado de la cama de la princesa. Él tiene muy mala cara y parece muy cansado.",
        "–Hola –le digo.",
        "–Ah… Hola… –me dice él.",
        "Casi no ve nada. Sus ojos están muy cerrados debido al sueño.",
        "–¿Te llamabas Valor, verdad?",
        "–Sí, eso es. ¿Cómo está la princesa?",
        "–No mejora. Hemos intentado de todo, pero no mejora. Sigue muy enferma.",
        "Yo sonrío al médico y le digo:",
        "–Tenemos una solución.",
        "–¿Cuál?",
        "–Tenemos medicina de rama naranja.",
        "–¿Rama naranja? ¡Eso es algo muy difícil de encontrar! Nunca he visto ninguna rama naranja. Solo lo he leído en los libros.",
        "–Marian, enseña la medicina, por favor.",
        "Marian se acerca al médico y a mí y enseña la medicina. Tiene un color naranja muy intenso y brillante.",
        "El médico coge el frasco y lo mira detenidamente:",
        "–Así que esto es rama naranja… Interesante.",
        "Marian coge la rama naranja y se acerca a la princesa. El rey le dice:",
        "–¿Eres una hechicera?",
        "–¿Quieres curar a tu hija o no?",
        "El rey mira a Marian con cara de odio, pero al final le dice:",
        "–Adelante.",
        "Echa parte del líquido del frasco en los labios de la princesa. Pasan varios minutos y la princesa comienza a balbucear y a decir cosas sin sentido. Pero cuando ya es medianoche, la princesa despierta de golpe y mira a toda la gente presente.",
        "Marian, la mujer misteriosa, mira a la princesa y dice:",
        "–Mi trabajo aquí ha terminado.",
        "El rey, sorprendido, le dice a Marian:",
        "–¿No quieres tu recompensa?",
        "–No quiero oro. Solo quiero que mi nombre desaparezca de los libros. No soy una hechicera, ni una bruja, ni nada parecido. Solo curo a los enfermos.",
        "–Entendido.",
        "–Adiós.",
        "El rey va a hablar con su hija. Ambos están felices de volver a la normalidad. Yo me acerco al médico y le digo:",
        "–¿Conoces a Marian?",
        "–Sí.",
        "–¿Quién es?",
        "–La conozco, pero es una historia muy larga que te contaré otro día...",
        "Días después, el rey y el médico se despiden de mí a la salida de la ciudad.",
        "–¿Dónde vas ahora? –me dice el rey.",
        "–A la siguiente ciudad del camino.",
        "– Puedo pagarte por tus servicios.",
        "–Solo necesito el dinero del precio de la rama naranja. Marian no me ha pagado.",
        "–No hay problema. ¿Cuántas piezas de oro cuesta?",
        "–10.000 monedas de oro.",
        "El rey se queda con la boca abierta. Mi labor como comerciante ha concluido.",
        "Anexo del capítulo 3",
        "Resumen",
        "Valor, el comerciante, habla con Marian dentro de la tienda. Le enseña su rama naranja y juntos preparan la medicina en su casa. Viajan al castillo y allí está el médico que había conocido el comerciante. Había intentado de todo pero la princesa seguía enferma. Marian le da la medicina de rama naranja a la princesa y se cura. Marian se va y el comerciante le pide al rey el precio de la medicina, que es muy cara.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "la tienda = shop",
        "el tendero = shopkeeper",
        "enseño = I show",
        "poca gente = few people",
        "yo comercio = I trade",
        "te oí hablando = I heard you talking (about...)",
        "el frasco = jar, bottle",
        "la mezcla = mixture",
        "¿Tan rápido? = That fast?",
        "el guardia = guard",
        "capaz = capable, able",
        "lo haremos = we'll do it",
        "intenso = intense",
        "brillante = shiny",
        "el odio = hate",
        "los labios = lips",
        "balbucear = babble",
        "de golpe = suddenly",
        "la recompensa = reward",
        "el oro = gold",
        "puedo pagarte = I can pay you",
        "con la boca abierta = with the mouth open (expression of surprise)",
        "la labor = task, misión",
        "ha concluido = has finished",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "11. ¿Qué hacía Marian en la tienda?",
        "a. Limpiar",
        "b. Comprar",
        "c. Vender",
        "d. No se sabe",
        "12. Marian compra a Valor la rama naranja",
        "a. Verdadero",
        "b. Falso",
        "13. Valor le da la rama naranja sin pedir dinero a cambio",
        "a. Verdadero",
        "b. Falso",
        "14. ¿Quién cura a la princesa?",
        "a. El rey",
        "b. El médico",
        "c. Valor",
        "d. Marian",
        "15. El médico conoce a Marian",
        "a. Verdadero",
        "b. Falso",
        "Soluciones capítulo 3",
        "11. c",
        "12. b",
        "13. a",
        "14. d",
        "15. a"
      ],
      "paragraphsEN": [
        "Chapter 1 – The mysterious woman",
        "My name is Valor. I'm a trader from very distant lands. I always trade in different products in different cities. Normally, I travel a lot. I travel from city to city and from kingdom to kingdom. My job is trading different things to help people. I charge gold coins and in exchange I sell useful products to the cities.",
        "This story begins on the road to the first city. The first city I'm visiting this year is called Roca Gris. What is Roca Gris like? Well, it's a small city. It's called Roca Gris because the city has a very large hill next to the sea where there are many gray rocks.",
        "The road to Roca Gris is very famous because it connects to the trader's route. What is the trader's route? As its name suggests, it's a route that connects various cities for traders like me. A king from long ago built the roads to help the cities trade.",
        "I'm walking along the road to Roca Gris and I see the city in the distance. I see the great hill of rocks that gives the city its name. On the road there's a traveler with a horse and a chest. I go over to ask who he is. I like talking to people. Half of my job is talking to people, getting to know them, and finding out what they want to buy.",
        "—Good morning, traveler —I say to him.",
        "—Hello! How are you?",
        "—Very well. Are you a trader?",
        "—No. I'm a doctor.",
        "—I didn't know that. I saw the chest and I thought it was jewelry or some kind of product to sell in the city.",
        "—No, it's nothing to sell. I'm a doctor from another city. They've called me to Roca Gris because they have a problem.",
        "—What is the problem?",
        "—The princess is ill.",
        "On my travels, while I ride with my horse, I read books whenever I can. Reading is one of the things I love most; they hold a lot of knowledge and that's why I read a lot. I learn a lot about the geography of the kingdoms and the customs of each city. I can't trade with cities without knowing the customs of the different cities and the people who live in them.",
        "Recently, I read something about the princess of Roca Gris. The princess is a very intelligent woman but also very ill. Her father, the king, is always trying to call in new doctors to cure her illness. None of them succeed and the princess always ends up ill again.",
        "—Do you know the princess? —the doctor asks me.",
        "—I don't know her personally, but I've read about her. The princess is a very ill woman, right?",
        "—Yes, I've gathered several special medicines for her.",
        "—Are they new medicines?",
        "—They're very powerful and very rare medicines.",
        "—Do you want to go into the city?",
        "—Yes, let's go.",
        "I follow the doctor into the city. Our horses walk behind us. We arrive at the trading plaza of Roca Gris. There, all the people trade with one another. There's a lot of noise and you can hear many things.",
        "The doctor leaves his horse tied to a tree and says to me:",
        "—I'm going into the princess's castle. The king is expecting me.",
        "—Good luck —I tell him.",
        "—Thank you, trader.",
        "I also tie my horse to the tree and leave food for them both. I want to explore the city, so I start walking through it. I go down narrow streets and other plazas. On one of the streets, I see a tavern. I'm thirsty, so I go inside the tavern.",
        "There are a lot of people inside the tavern eating, drinking, and talking. The bartender sees me and asks me:",
        "—What would you like, stranger?",
        "—Mead, please.",
        "—Mead!? Right away!",
        "I stay at the bar waiting for the bartender to serve me my mead. While he fills my mug with mead, I see a strange woman talking to several men.",
        "I have my mug of mead now. I pay the bartender his price: 3 copper coins.",
        "I sit at a table near that strange woman. The woman has very strange hair and her skin is very wrinkled. Her voice is also very strange. She is a very mysterious woman. I sit alone at the table. There's no one else around. I take out a scroll from my clothes and start writing to disguise what I'm doing. I listen to the woman's conversation with several men:",
        "—Is the princess still ill? —says a man.",
        "—Yes… —the strange woman answers—, but I have the solution to cure her.",
        "—Really?",
        "—Of course! Who do you think I am?",
        "—And why don't you cure her?",
        "—I need one more ingredient. It's very hard to find.",
        "—What ingredient?",
        "—An orange branch.",
        "I listen to the mysterious woman's conversation. She needs one ingredient to cure her: an orange branch. I drink my mead and leave the tavern. I go back to the city plaza and head over to my horse. On the horse I have many products to trade. I search through a bag and sure enough, there it was: an orange branch.",
        "Did the doctor know that an orange branch could cure the princess? Why did that mysterious woman know how to cure the princess? The orange branch is a very expensive ingredient and very hard to find. I take the orange branch and go back to the tavern to talk to the mysterious woman.",
        "No! She's not there! The mysterious woman has disappeared. I walk up to the bar and ask the bartender:",
        "—Excuse me.",
        "—Yes? —the bartender asks me",
        "—The woman at that table, where is she?",
        "—She left a little while ago. She's not here anymore.",
        "—Oh, no!",
        "—Why do you ask?",
        "I don't answer the bartender and I leave the tavern quickly. I look down the street, to the left and to the right. She's not there. Where is she? I have to find her!",
        "Chapter 1 appendix",
        "Summary",
        "The trader Valor works selling products. On the road to Roca Gris, the city, he meets a doctor. The doctor wants to cure the ill princess. They enter the city together, but the trader goes into a tavern and the doctor goes into the castle. The trader overhears a woman saying she needs an orange branch to cure the princess. He has an orange branch, but the woman disappears.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "el comerciante = trader",
        "el reino = kingdom",
        "a cambio = in exchange",
        "el camino = road",
        "la colina = hill",
        "la ruta = route",
        "como su nombre indica = as its name suggests",
        "el rey = king",
        "a lo lejos = far away",
        "el viajero = traveller",
        "el cofre = chest",
        "enferma = ill, sick",
        "el conocimiento = knowledge",
        "las costumbres = habits",
        "las medicinas = medicines, medication",
        "potentes = powerful",
        "la plaza = plaza, square",
        "atado = tied",
        "el castillo = castle",
        "calles estrechas = narrow streets",
        "el forastero = foreigner",
        "el hidromiel = mead",
        "en seguida = at once",
        "la jarra = mug, tankard",
        "el cobre = copper",
        "el pergamino = scroll",
        "disimular = disguise",
        "¿Por quién me tomas? = Who do you think I am?",
        "la rama = branch",
        "la bolsa= bag",
        "efectivamente = indeed",
        "caro = expensive",
        "difícil de encontrar = hard to find",
        "rápidamente = quickly",
        "Multiple choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "1. Why is the city called Roca Gris?",
        "a. Because of its castle",
        "b. Because of its hill",
        "c. Because of its plaza",
        "d. Because of the princess",
        "2. Who does the doctor want to cure?",
        "a. The princess",
        "b. The bartender",
        "c. The king",
        "d. The trader",
        "3. Where does the trader go?",
        "a. To the castle",
        "b. To the hill",
        "c. To a tavern",
        "d. None of the above",
        "4. Where does the trader keep his products?",
        "a. In his clothes",
        "b. In the bank",
        "c. On his horse",
        "d. None of the above",
        "5. Where is the mysterious woman?",
        "a. In the castle",
        "b. In the plaza",
        "c. On the hill",
        "d. None of the above",
        "Chapter 1 answers",
        "1. b",
        "2. a",
        "3. c",
        "4. c",
        "5. d",
        "Chapter 2 – The library",
        "Where is the mysterious woman? I have an orange branch and she needs it to cure the princess. It's very urgent and important. My goal isn't to cure the princess; it's to trade in this city, but if I cure the princess, I'll help her and I'll also help the city.",
        "I'm still in the street, looking to see if I can spot the mysterious woman, but she's not there. A man walks past me and I ask him:",
        "—Excuse me. Have you seen a woman pass by a little while ago? She came out of this tavern, I'm looking for her.",
        "—Sorry, I haven't seen any woman coming out of the tavern.",
        "—Thanks, thanks.",
        "I have an idea. I go back to the plaza and grab the orange branch from my horse's bag. My horse is still eating and drinking water. In the plaza, there's a notice board. On that notice board there are many addresses listed and a summary of the shops in the city.",
        "I read all the names of the workers and shops in the city. Can anyone help me? I look carefully at the board and find a person who might be able to help me. He's called Boris and he's a librarian at the city library. I look at the map and see that the library isn't far.",
        "I walk to the city library. It has a very large metal door, but it's old. The door makes a very loud noise when I go in, and there's a man sitting at a desk. It's the welcome desk.",
        "—Welcome, stranger —that man says to me.",
        "—Hello, thanks. I'm looking for Boris.",
        "—Boris? That crazy old man? Ha! He's sure to be in the ancient texts area. Texts as ancient as he is!",
        "I don't know if that's just the man's sense of humor or if he really hates Boris, but I prefer not to ask.",
        "—Okay, thanks for the info.",
        "—You're welcome, stranger.",
        "When I finish speaking with him, the man looks down and goes back to writing on his scrolls.",
        "I wander through the library. It's not a big city but it's a huge library. I've heard stories about the library but I'd never been inside. There are lots of books on the shelves but few people reading. People need to read more!",
        "I search the tables and find an old man reading a very large, dusty book. I grab a book from the shelf that looks interesting to me and sit at his table. At first, Boris doesn't look at me, but then he asks me:",
        "—Do you want something?",
        "—Actually, yes —I answer him.",
        "Boris closes his huge book and stares at me.",
        "—I hope you haven't come to make fun of me.",
        "—I wouldn't do that.",
        "—Then why are you talking to me? Nobody ever wants to talk to old Boris. My books are my best friends.",
        "—I'm looking for information.",
        "—What kind of information?",
        "—Information about a person.",
        "—Is that person from this city?",
        "—That's what I want to find out.",
        "The old man has a long beard and tired eyes. He must have read a lot in his life, that's why he was very wise. He says to me:",
        "—Tell me what her name is.",
        "—I don't know her name —I answer.",
        "—What a start!",
        "—But I know what she looks like.",
        "—Alright, describe that woman.",
        "I try to remember what that woman looks like before saying it. I don't want the old man to get confused. It's very important that I find that mysterious woman and not someone else.",
        "—Well… She has unusual features. She has very long, curly hair, very wrinkled skin, and her voice is very strange. It seems like she's always whispering when she talks.",
        "—Hmmm…",
        "The old man sits thinking while he strokes his long beard.",
        "—I think I already know who she is.",
        "—You do?",
        "—She usually goes to the tavern on street number three off the plaza.",
        "—That's where I saw her!",
        "Old Boris gets up from the table and searches for a book on the shelves. He wants to look up more information about that woman. It seems he doesn't know her personally.",
        "When he sits down, he asks me:",
        "—What's your line of work?",
        "—I'm a trader.",
        "—Very good, trader. And your name is…?",
        "—Valor.",
        "—That sounds more like a warrior's name than a trader's.",
        "—I know, but I didn't choose my name.",
        "The old man searches through the pages of the book for several minutes. He's trying to find something. I don't know what it is, so I ask him:",
        "—What are you looking for?",
        "—There's a list of travelers who pass through this city. I've seen that woman several times recently around here. I don't see very well, but with your description maybe I can identify her.",
        "—Alright.",
        "—Oh!",
        "The old man is very surprised.",
        "—What's going on? —I ask him.",
        "—Could it be her? Incredible!",
        "—What's incredible?",
        "—I think it's Marian.",
        "—Who is Marian?",
        "—A good-natured sorceress. A very mysterious and strange woman, but she has never harmed anyone.",
        "—Can I see the book?",
        "The old man lets me see the book. I see the yellowed pages of the book and read the description of the woman.",
        "—It has to be her! —I say.",
        "—When she comes to this city, she sells various medicines at the shop called El Halcón Blanco. You can go there, you're sure to find her sooner or later.",
        "—I'm sure I will. Thanks, Boris.",
        "—See you next time, trader. Read a lot!",
        "I leave the library and ask a woman in the street:",
        "—Excuse me, where is the El Halcón Blanco shop?",
        "—Turn left at this street and keep going straight, it's very close.",
        "—Excellent, thanks!",
        "—Have a good day.",
        "I head to the shop and look through the window. Marian, the sorceress, is inside.",
        "Chapter 2 appendix",
        "Summary",
        "Valor, the trader, doesn't find the mysterious woman. He looks for the city library on the notice board in the plaza. There, Boris, an old man, searches in a book. Valor describes the woman and Boris tells him she's Marian, a good-natured sorceress. She's at a shop selling medicines. The trader heads there.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "la biblioteca = library",
        "urgente = urgent",
        "ayudaré = I'll help",
        "buscándola = looking for her",
        "el tablón de anuncios = notice board",
        "el resumen = summary",
        "los trabajadores = workers",
        "detenidamente = carefully",
        "el bibliotecario = librarian",
        "el viejo loco = crazy old man",
        "antiguos = old, ancient",
        "baja la mirada = looks down",
        "las baldas = shelves",
        "el anciano = old man",
        "polvoriento = dusty",
        "en realidad sí = actually yes",
        "burlarte = make fun of, mock",
        "yo no haría eso = I wouldn't do that",
        "¿Qué clase de…? = What kind of…?",
        "averiguar = find out, figure out",
        "la barba = beard",
        "cansados = tired",
        "el sabio = wise",
        "¡Menudo comienzo! = What a start!",
        "rizado = curly",
        "la piel = skin",
        "la voz = voice",
        "susurra = whispers",
        "ella suele ir = she normally goes",
        "el guerrero = warrior",
        "últimamente = recently",
        "la hechicera bondadosa = good-natured sorcerer",
        "el daño = harm, damage",
        "amarillentas = yellowish",
        "¡Tiene que ser ella! = It has to be her!",
        "tarde o temprano = sooner or later",
        "gira = turn",
        "todo recto = straight ahead",
        "Multiple choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "6. How does the trader find the library?",
        "a. By asking",
        "b. By reading",
        "c. He already knew",
        "d. By looking at the notice board",
        "7. The library is:",
        "a. New and large",
        "b. New and small",
        "c. Old and large",
        "d. Old and small",
        "8. Where is the librarian?",
        "a. At the welcome desk",
        "b. In the ancient texts area",
        "c. In the street",
        "d. At the El Halcón Blanco shop",
        "9. Boris tells the trader…",
        "a. The mysterious woman is a good-natured sorceress",
        "b. The mysterious woman is an evil sorceress",
        "c. The mysterious woman is the mayor",
        "d. None of the above",
        "10. Where is Marian?",
        "a. In the plaza",
        "b. In the castle",
        "c. In a shop",
        "d. In the tavern",
        "Chapter 2 answers",
        "6. d",
        "7. c",
        "8. b",
        "9. a",
        "10. c",
        "Chapter 3 – The orange branch",
        "I go into the shop and find the mysterious woman inside. She's talking to the shopkeeper. I walk up to her and speak to her.",
        "—Hello.",
        "The mysterious woman looks at me. I see her face up close. Yes! It's her, the woman who needs the orange branch as an ingredient to cure the princess. She isn't friendly to me:",
        "—What do you want? —she says in her strange voice.",
        "I say to her:",
        "—Are you Marian?",
        "—How do you know my name?",
        "—Few people know your name, right? But you are Marian. Your name is in the library. The books say you're a sorceress.",
        "The woman looks at the shopkeeper. The shopkeeper is buying several ingredients from Marian. They finish their transaction and Marian says to me:",
        "—Yes, I'm Marian. I'll repeat: what is it you want?",
        "—I have orange branch.",
        "Marian's face changes completely. She's surprised that I have orange branch.",
        "—Orange branch? I want to see it!",
        "I show my orange branch to Marian and she says to me:",
        "—That's incredible! Where did you get it?",
        "—The truth is, I don't know. I trade many goods between cities. Can you cure the princess? I heard you talking in the tavern. You need this, right?",
        "—I can cure the princess. I just need the orange branch to finish the medicine.",
        "—Let's get to it, then.",
        "I go with Marian to her house. There she has a medicine prepared in an open jar.",
        "—Give me your orange branch.",
        "I take out my orange branch again and give it to her. She mixes it with another ingredient and pours it into the medicine.",
        "—That's done.",
        "—That fast?",
        "—Yes, we have to go to the castle. Quickly!",
        "Marian and I head to the castle bridge, but a guard stops us and won't let us through. I talk to the guard and say:",
        "—Please, let us through. We have an ingredient that can save the princess and cure her illness.",
        "—No ingredient can cure the princess. She's very ill.",
        "—We have orange branch. You must have heard of it.",
        "The guard stops to think. Yes, he had heard of that ingredient. After that, he lets us through.",
        "We enter the princess's chamber. We speak with the king. He says to us:",
        "—Welcome to my city. Please, can you cure my daughter? She gets worse every day. She's very ill.",
        "—We will —I reply.",
        "The doctor is there too, the man I met on the road to Roca Gris. He has his chest beside the princess's bed. He looks awful and seems very tired.",
        "—Hello —I say.",
        "—Ah... Hello... —he says.",
        "He can barely see anything. His eyes are nearly shut from lack of sleep.",
        "—Your name was Valor, wasn't it?",
        "—Yes, that's right. How is the princess?",
        "—She's not getting better. We've tried everything, but she's not getting better. She's still very ill.",
        "I smile at the doctor and say:",
        "—We have a solution.",
        "—What is it?",
        "—We have orange branch medicine.",
        "—Orange branch? That's very hard to find! I've never seen any orange branch. I've only read about it in books.",
        "—Marian, show him the medicine, please.",
        "Marian comes over to the doctor and me and shows the medicine. It has a very intense, bright orange color.",
        "The doctor takes the jar and looks at it closely:",
        "—So this is orange branch... Interesting.",
        "Marian takes the orange branch and steps over to the princess. The king says to her:",
        "—Are you a sorceress?",
        "—Do you want to cure your daughter or not?",
        "The king looks at Marian with a hateful expression, but in the end he tells her:",
        "—Go ahead.",
        "She pours part of the liquid from the jar onto the princess's lips. Several minutes pass and the princess starts to babble and say things that make no sense. But when midnight comes, the princess wakes up suddenly and looks at everyone present.",
        "Marian, the mysterious woman, looks at the princess and says:",
        "—My work here is done.",
        "The king, surprised, says to Marian:",
        "—Don't you want your reward?",
        "—I don't want gold. I just want my name to disappear from the books. I'm not a sorceress, or a witch, or anything like that. I just cure the sick.",
        "—Understood.",
        "—Goodbye.",
        "The king goes to talk with his daughter. They're both happy to be back to normal. I walk over to the doctor and say:",
        "—Do you know Marian?",
        "—Yes.",
        "—Who is she?",
        "—I know her, but it's a very long story I'll tell you another day...",
        "Days later, the king and the doctor say goodbye to me at the edge of the city.",
        "—Where are you going now? —the king asks me.",
        "—To the next city on the road.",
        "—I can pay you for your services.",
        "—I only need the cost of the orange branch. Marian didn't pay me.",
        "—No problem. How many pieces of gold does it cost?",
        "—10,000 gold coins.",
        "The king's jaw drops. My work as a trader is over.",
        "Appendix to Chapter 3",
        "Summary",
        "Valor, the trader, talks with Marian inside the shop. He shows her his orange branch and together they prepare the medicine at her house. They travel to the castle, where the doctor the trader had met is waiting. He had tried everything but the princess was still ill. Marian gives the orange branch medicine to the princess and she's cured. Marian leaves and the trader asks the king for the price of the medicine, which is very expensive.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "la tienda = shop",
        "el tendero = shopkeeper",
        "enseño = I show",
        "poca gente = few people",
        "yo comercio = I trade",
        "te oí hablando = I heard you talking (about...)",
        "el frasco = jar, bottle",
        "la mezcla = mixture",
        "¿Tan rápido? = That fast?",
        "el guardia = guard",
        "capaz = capable, able",
        "lo haremos = we'll do it",
        "intenso = intense",
        "brillante = shiny",
        "el odio = hate",
        "los labios = lips",
        "balbucear = babble",
        "de golpe = suddenly",
        "la recompensa = reward",
        "el oro = gold",
        "puedo pagarte = I can pay you",
        "con la boca abierta = with the mouth open (expression of surprise)",
        "la labor = task, misión",
        "ha concluido = has finished",
        "Multiple-choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "11. What was Marian doing in the shop?",
        "a. Cleaning",
        "b. Buying",
        "c. Selling",
        "d. Unknown",
        "12. Marian buys the orange branch from Valor",
        "a. True",
        "b. False",
        "13. Valor gives her the orange branch without asking for money in exchange",
        "a. True",
        "b. False",
        "14. Who cures the princess?",
        "a. The king",
        "b. The doctor",
        "c. Valor",
        "d. Marian",
        "15. The doctor knows Marian",
        "a. True",
        "b. False",
        "Chapter 3 answers",
        "11. c",
        "12. b",
        "13. a",
        "14. d",
        "15. a"
      ]
    },
    {
      "id": "ch12",
      "number": 12,
      "title": "7. Exploradores",
      "paragraphsES": [
        "Capítulo 1 – El planeta desierto",
        "Luna era una viajera. Una viajera que viajaba con un pequeño robot que hablaba. Hace varios días, habían llegado a un planeta desierto. Ella y el robot viajaban juntos siempre a diferentes planetas para explorar. ¿Por qué hacían eso? Había una guerra entre diferentes facciones y planetas y Luna había perdido su casa. Tenía una nave propia para viajar por el espacio, en busca de comida y cosas para vender al mejor postor.",
        "Su robot tenía también un nombre: Kai. Este era el primer día que iban al planeta desierto y Luna y Kai habían andando durante muchos kilómetros. Las ciudades estaban desiertas y los pueblos abandonados debido a la guerra. Era muy triste. Luna recordaba su casa, la casa que ya no tenía.",
        "Encontraron un pueblo abandonado. Allí, había una joyería muy grande pero cerrada. El dueño había abandonado la tienda hace mucho tiempo. Seguro que se había ido a la guerra.",
        "–¡Kai ¡Ayúdame! –dijo Luna al pequeño robot.",
        "El robot era muy pequeño pero andaba con unas piernas mecánicas muy rápidamente y sus pequeñas manos metálicas eran muy útiles y muy fuertes. Las apariencias engañan.",
        "–Sí, Luna –dijo el robot.",
        "–Ayúdame con la persiana de esta tienda. Está cerrada y no puedo abrirla.",
        "–¡Ahora mismo!",
        "El pequeño robot usó sus manos metálicas para abrir la persiana. Estaba cerrada con candado, pero se rompió y la persiana se subió. De esa manera, pudieron ver el interior de la tienda.",
        "–¡Oh! –dijo Luna.",
        "–¿Qué ocurre? ¡Bip bip! –preguntó Kai.",
        "–No hay muchas joyas. El dueño se ha llevado todo lo que había en esta tienda.",
        "–Es normal. Seguro que ha guardado las joyas en un banco o en otro almacén. No quería perder sus riquezas.",
        "– Tiene lógica. Yo habría hecho lo mismo.",
        "Entraron en la tienda y buscaron por diferentes habitaciones. Kai abría contenedores cerrados con llave y Luna exploraba por todas partes. Desde otra habitación, Luna preguntó:",
        "–¿Encuentras algo, Kai?",
        "–¡Nada! ¡Todos los contenedores están vacíos! ¡Pero hay varias joyas en las mesas!",
        "–¿Valiosas?",
        "–No mucho, pero valen algo de dinero.",
        "Luna y Kai recogieron las pocas joyas que estaban en las mesas y las guardaron en la mochila que llevaban con ellos. Cuando salieron de la tienda, algo pasó. Un hombre a pocos metros los apuntaba con una pistola.",
        "–¡Quietos! ¿Quiénes sois?",
        "Luna y Kai no dijeron nada.",
        "–¡Hablad! ¡O disparo!",
        "Kai dijo:",
        "–Las posibilidades de que él dispare la pistola son muy altas, Luna. Habla con él.",
        "Luna le hizo caso:",
        "–Mi nombre es Luna. Estoy viajando con mi robot Kai por este planeta y este pueblo intentando recuperar cosas que la gente ya no usa.",
        "–¿Estás robando?",
        "–No estoy robando. Este pueblo está abandonado.",
        "El desconocido bajó la pistola y la guardó en su mochila.",
        "– Era broma. Soy Jack. Soy un viajero como tú.",
        "Jack se acercó al pequeño robot.",
        "–¡Vaya! ¡Es un modelo muy avanzado!",
        "Kai respondió:",
        "–Claro que soy un modelo muy avanzado. ¡Y tú eres un modelo muy primitivo!",
        "Luna miró a Jack riéndose, y él acabo riéndose también.",
        "–Es un robot muy gracioso –dijo él.",
        "–No es lo peor que ha dicho jamás –dijo Luna.",
        "–Bueno, ¿tienes una nave por aquí cerca? ¿Cómo has llegado a este planeta?",
        "–Sí, tengo una nave aquí cerca. No vamos a estar aquí mucho tiempo más.",
        "Jack intentaba parecer amable.",
        "–Voy a ir a mi nave ahora mismo. Pilota tu nave conmigo y viajamos juntos. –dijo él.",
        "–¿Por qué vamos a viajar contigo? –preguntó Luna.",
        "–Conozco un lugar que tienes que ver. Hay una ciudad muy grande aquí cerca.",
        "–Vamos, tengo curiosidad.",
        "Luna y Kai le hicieron caso y todos cogieron la nave. Luna y Kai pilotaron su propia nave y Jack la suya. Eran naves muy parecidas y muy rápidas. También podían viajar por el espacio, no solo por el planeta. Jack conectó la radio de su nave para poder hablar con ellos y les dijo:",
        "–Seguidme.",
        "Durante 1 hora, volaron a través de desierto y más desierto.",
        "–Luna, Kai, mirad allí abajo.",
        "La ciudad grande que había dicho Jack estaba debajo de ellos.",
        "Luna no podía creerlo y le dijo por la radio:",
        "–Pero… Pero… ¡Yo pensaba que todo el planeta estaba abandonado!",
        "–Pues no es así.",
        "La ciudad era enorme, muy grande e iluminada con muchas luces. Ya era de noche y había mucha actividad en la ciudad. Luna y Kai pensaban que todo el planeta estaba abandonado, pero no era cierto. El pueblo de la joyería estaba abandonado, sí, pero no todos los pueblos ni todas las ciudades.",
        "Jack dijo:",
        "–Por aquí cerca no hay mucho más que ver. Podemos hablar con un amigo mío del puerto espacial de la ciudad. Él sabe mucho de muchos planetas y de riquezas. ¿Queréis hablar con él? Podemos ir juntos a explorar otro planeta. Por aquí cerca hay muchos abandonados.",
        "–Está bien.",
        "–¡Genial! Seguidme.",
        "Las dos naves aterrizaron en el puerto de la ciudad. Había un cartel muy grande con el nombre de la ciudad: se llamaba Beta.",
        "Luna, Kai y Jack salieron de las naves y volvieron a hablar cara a cara.",
        "Kai dijo:",
        "–Detecto mucha actividad en esta ciudad, ¡bip bip!",
        "–No imaginaba ninguna ciudad así en este planeta –dijo Luna.",
        "–No participan en la guerra. No quieren involucrarse – dijo Jack.",
        "Anduvieron varios pasos y Jack enseñó su identificación al guardia del puerto, que dijo:",
        "–Pueden ustedes pasar. Bienvenidos a Beta. Disfruten de su estancia.",
        "Anexo del capítulo 1",
        "Resumen",
        "Luna es una exploradora que viaja con su robot Kai. Exploran un planeta desierto. Hay una guerra entre planetas y las ciudades y los pueblos están abandonados. Exploran una joyería y se encuentran a otro explorador que se llama Jack. Jack dice que hay una ciudad que no está abandonada. Viajan allí y es cierto: hay mucha actividad y mucha gente en la ciudad.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "la viajera = traveller",
        "el desierto = desert",
        "la guerra = war",
        "la nave = ship, spaceship",
        "en busca de = in search for",
        "al mejor postor = to the strongest bidder, highest bidder",
        "debido a = due to",
        "la joyería = jewelry shop",
        "útiles = useful",
        "fuertes = strong",
        "las apariencias engañan = appearances are deceptive",
        "la(s) persiana(s) = blind(s)",
        "el candado = lock",
        "de esa manera = that way",
        "las riquezas = riches, wealth",
        "yo habría hecho lo mismo = I'd have done the same thing",
        "los contenedores = containers",
        "vacíos = empty",
        "valiosas = valuable",
        "los apuntaba = (he) was aiming at them",
        "la pistola = handgun",
        "¡Quietos! = F reeze!",
        "era broma = I was kidding",
        "gracioso = funny",
        "debajo = below",
        "puerto espacial = spaceport",
        "¡Genial! = Awesome!",
        "aterrizaron = landed",
        "el cartel = sign",
        "cara a cara = face to face",
        "involucrarse = take part",
        "disfruten de su estancia = enjoy the stay",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "1. Luna y Kai son:",
        "a. Ladrones",
        "b. Guerreros",
        "c. Exploradores",
        "d. Músicos",
        "2. En la joyería hay:",
        "a. Muchas joyas",
        "b. Pocas joyas",
        "c. Un hombre",
        "d. No hay nada",
        "3. ¿Quién es Jack?",
        "a. Un ladrón",
        "b. Un guerrero",
        "c. Un músico",
        "d. Un explorador",
        "4. La ciudad Beta...",
        "a. Está llena de gente",
        "b. Está abandonada",
        "c. Hay poca gente",
        "d. Es una leyenda.",
        "5. Jack quiere:",
        "a. Vivir en la ciudad Beta",
        "b. Hablar con un amigo",
        "c. Luchar en la guerra",
        "d. Volver a la joyería",
        "Soluciones capítulo 1",
        "1. c",
        "2. b",
        "3. d",
        "4. a",
        "5. b",
        "Capítulo 2 – El puerto espacial",
        "El puerto espacial era un lugar muy grande. Muchas naves aterrizaban y despegaban allí. Era la central de toda la ciudad. Mucha gente iba y venía. Mucha gente hablaba y comentaba todo tipo de asuntos. Había muchos guardias y mucho ruido.",
        "Pero en el puerto espacial también había más lugares para visitar. El puerto espacial ofrecía sitios donde comer en los numerosos restaurantes que había. También había muchos bares y lugares de entretenimiento como casinos. Los pilotos y los guardias de las diferentes naves iban a muchos sitios.",
        "Cuando pasaron por el guardia, Jack dijo:",
        "–¡Bienvenidos al puerto espacial de Beta! ¿Qué os parece?",
        "Kai, el robot, respondió:",
        "–¡No me gusta! ¡No me gusta! ¡Hay mucho humano!",
        "–Robot gracioso…",
        "– Según mis datos, sí, soy un robot gracioso.",
        "Jack puso cara de odio y siguió andando junto a Kai y a Luna. Luna preguntó a Jack:",
        "–¿Dónde vamos ahora?",
        "–Vamos donde está un amigo mío ahora mismo. Él sabe mucho sobre riquezas y tesoros en otros planetas.",
        "–¿Planetas en guerra?",
        "–No lo sé, ahora hablamos con él.",
        "Jack entró primero en un bar muy oscuro, iluminado con pocas luces. Había muchas mesas y la música estaba muy alta. Era un bar perfecto para hablar.",
        "Un hombre saludó a Jack cuando entró. Estaba sentado en una mesa, un poco borracho. Estaba bebiendo su tercera copa e hizo una seña a los tres para que se acercaran a él.",
        "Jack, Kai y Luna se sentaron cerca de él.",
        "–¡Vaya, vaya, vaya! ¡Jack! ¡Cuánto tiempo sin verte!",
        "–¿Qué hay, Arnold?",
        "–¿Quiénes son estos?",
        "–Exploradores –dijo Jack.",
        "–¡Vaya! ¡Más exploradores! Me gusta, me gusta. Me gustan los exploradores… ¡hic! Perdón, tengo hipo. Es el tiempo seco de este planeta.",
        "–Excusas, Arnold, te conozco. Es debido al alcohol.",
        "–¡Bueno, sí! Eso también… ¡Ja, ja, ja!",
        "Luna se estaba impacientando. Jack lo vio y le dijo a Luna:",
        "–No te preocupes, Luna. La charla no va a durar mucho.",
        "– Eso espero –dijo ella.",
        "El camarero del bar pasó cerca de la mesa donde estaban sentados los cuatro y dijo:",
        "–¿Qué desean, señores?",
        "–Cuatro vodkas para… –dijo Arnold.",
        "Pero Arnold miró a Kai y rectificó.",
        "– Mejor dicho… Tres vodkas.",
        "–¡Puedo beber si quiero, bip bip! –dijo Kai.",
        "–Ya, claro. Tres vodkas, por favor –dijo Arnold.",
        "El camarero se fue a la barra.",
        "–¡Un robot gracioso! –dijo Arnold.",
        "–Sí, no es la primera vez que escucho eso hoy –respondió Luna.",
        "–Bueno, ¿qué queréis? –dijo Arnold mirando a Jack.",
        "–Queremos una nueva aventura. Conoces muchos tesoros y muchos planetas donde podemos ir. Este planeta está desierto.",
        "–Este planeta no ha estado desierto siempre. Este planeta ha sido verde y fértil, pero la guerra lo destruyó todo.",
        "–Excepto la ciudad Beta.",
        "–La ciudad Beta está construida sobre un oasis. Es la ventaja.",
        "Luna se volvió a impacientar.",
        "Jack volvió a verlo.",
        "–Bueno, Arnold, amigo. Necesitamos algún otro planeta para viajar. Tenemos dos naves de clase C listas y preparadas. ¿Sabes de algún sitio? ¿Hay noticias nuevas?",
        "–Conozco un nuevo planeta donde hay muchos tesoros, pero poca gente se atreve a ir allí.",
        "–¿Cuál es el problema?",
        "–Es un puesto de avanzada militar.",
        "–¿Está activo?",
        "–Ese es el problema. No se sabe. A veces sí está activo, otras veces no hay nadie vigilando y otras veces hay muchas batallas.",
        "–¿Qué nos recomiendas entonces?",
        "–Ir hoy mismo.",
        "Jack, Luna y Kai se extrañaron.",
        "–¿Hoy mismo? ¿Ya? –dijeron los tres.",
        "–Sí –respondió Arnold.",
        "–¿Por qué tanta prisa?",
        "– Acabo de recibir noticias recientes sobre el puesto de avanzada. Me han dicho que está vacío. Lleva dos días vacío. Nadie lo sabe, pero en ese puesto de avanzada hay muchas cosas valiosas.",
        "–¿Como qué cosas?",
        "–Tecnología, vehículos, ropa… ¡De todo!",
        "El camarero se acercó a la mesa y sirvió los tres vodkas. Los cuatro callaron mientras el camarero servía las copas. Cuando se fue, siguieron hablando. Jack le dijo a Luna:",
        "–¿Te interesa, Luna?",
        "–¡Gracias por contar con mi opinión, humano! –gritó el robot.",
        "–¿Os interesa, Luna y Kai? –dijo Jack desquiciado.",
        "Luna se quedó pensando. Estaba algo cansada pero tenía que ganar dinero. Jack siguió hablando:",
        "–Somos exploradores, pero también rebeldes.",
        "–Lo sé. No me importa coger lo que hay allí.",
        "–¿Eso es un sí?",
        "–Sí, acepto.",
        "Arnold se puso muy contento y dijo:",
        "–¡Genial, entonces! ¡Ahora a beber! Tenemos mucha noche por delante.",
        "Luna dijo:",
        "–Yo me voy al hotel, voy a dormir varias horas. Nos vemos a las 4:00, Jack.",
        "–Entendido –dijo él.",
        "Arnold y Jack se quedaron hablando en la mesa sobre más negocios y Luna y Kai salieron del bar. En una calle cercana dentro del puerto espacial, había un hotel. Alquilaron una habitación y Luna se fue a dormir. Kai recargó la batería mientras estaba parado. El pequeño robot nunca dormía.",
        "Luna intentó dormir, pero no pudo. Algo extraño pasaba y no sabía qué era.",
        "Anexo del capítulo 2",
        "Resumen",
        "Luna, Kai y Jack entran en el puerto espacial y entran en un bar. En ese bar hablan con Arnold, un hombre de negocios. Él les dice que hay un sitio en otro planeta con tesoros y muchas cosas valiosas. Luna, Kai y Jack aceptan ir, pero tienen que ir ese mismo día. Luna se va a dormir pero no puede. Algo raro pasa.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "despegaban = take off",
        "los asuntos = matters",
        "el entretenimiento = entertainment",
        "según = according to",
        "el odio = hate",
        "los tesoros = treasures",
        "borracho = drunk",
        "¡Cuánto tiempo sin verte! = Long time no see!",
        "el hipo = hiccup",
        "impacientando = to get impatient",
        "no va a durar mucho = it won't take long",
        "el camarero = waiter",
        "rectificó = rectify",
        "fértil = fertile",
        "sobre = above",
        "puesto de avanzada = outpost",
        "vigilando = guarding",
        "las batallas = battles",
        "acabo de = I've just...",
        "las noticias = news",
        "desquiciado = exasperated",
        "los rebeldes = rebels",
        "a beber = let's drink",
        "nos vemos a = see you at… (Lit: we see each other at…)",
        "los negocios = businesses",
        "alquilaron = rent",
        "extraño = strange",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "6. ¿Dónde está el bar?",
        "a. En el puerto espacial",
        "b. Fuera del puerto espacial",
        "c. En otro planeta",
        "d. En el desierto",
        "7. ¿Quién es Arnold?",
        "a. Un amigo de Luna",
        "b. Un amigo de Kai",
        "c. Un amigo de Jack",
        "d. El camarero",
        "8. ¿Dónde hay más tesoros y cosas valiosas?",
        "a. En el puerto espacial",
        "b. En otro planeta",
        "c. Fuera del puerto espacial",
        "d. En la ciudad",
        "9. ¿Qué piden en el bar?",
        "a. Tres vodkas",
        "b. Cuatro vodkas",
        "c. Cinco vodkas",
        "d. No piden nada",
        "10. ¿Cuándo tienen que ir a buscar cosas valiosas y tesoros?",
        "a. En dos días",
        "b. Ese mismo día",
        "c. Al día siguiente",
        "d. En dos días",
        "Soluciones capítulo 2",
        "6. a",
        "7. c",
        "8. b",
        "9. a",
        "10. b",
        "Capítulo 3 – Tesoros y sorpresas",
        "Luna no pudo dormir esa noche así que habló con Kai. Kai era un pequeño robot, pero para Luna era un buen amigo. Siempre había ayudado a Luna y la había escuchado.",
        "–Kai, algo raro pasa aquí.",
        "–¿Qué te preocupa, Luna? ¡Bip bip!",
        "–No lo sé, pero es demasiado fácil. Jack quiere ir con nosotros al planeta donde está el puesto de avanzada y los tesoros. Arnold también.",
        "–No es nada raro. Seguramente quieran una comisión y será una comisión muy alta.",
        "–Es posible, pero hay algo más.",
        "–¿Cómo qué? ¡Bip bip!",
        "–No lo sé, pero nos tenemos que ir ya. Son casi las 4:00.",
        "Luna y Kai salieron de la habitación y fueron al puerto espacial. Allí se encontraron con Jack. Afortunadamente, no estaba borracho.",
        "–¡Luna! –saludó Jack.",
        "–Hola de nuevo, Jack. ¿Qué condiciones hay?",
        "–¿Condiciones? ¿A qué condiciones te refieres?",
        "–A una comisión. Seguro que Arnold quiere una parte de los tesoros. Él nos dijo dónde estaban. Ellos siempre quieren una comisión.",
        "–¡Ah! ¡Sí! Me ha dicho que cuando volvamos va a hablar con nosotros sobre la comisión. Vamos, tenemos nuestras naves preparadas.",
        "Luna miró a Kai y él pequeño robot le devolvió la mirada. Luna seguía pensando que algo raro pasaba.",
        "Jack llegó a su nave y miró alrededor.",
        "–Mi nave está preparada, Luna. Todo parece correcto. Mi nave ya tiene las coordenadas del planeta y del puesto de avanzada. La tuya también.",
        "–Vale. ¿Despegamos ya?",
        "–Sí, entra en tu nave.",
        "Luna y Kai entraron en su respectiva nave y activaron los motores. Jack también activó los motores de su nave. Eran naves casi idénticas. Comenzaron el despegue y comenzaron a salir del planeta.",
        "Mientras salían del planeta, Luna le dijo a Kai:",
        "–He salido muchas veces al espacio, Kai. Pero siempre me gustan estas vistas. Son preciosas.",
        "–Sí. ¡A mí también me gustan! ¡Bip bip!",
        "La nave de Jack estaba cerca de la nave de Luna. Él le habló por radio:",
        "–Podéis dormir un poco más. Activamos el salto y la nave llegará al planeta destino en dos horas. ¿Estáis listos?",
        "–Sí, adelante.",
        "Las dos naves viajaron a más velocidad a través del espacio. Con los motores no era suficiente. Necesitaban saltar para viajar mucho más rápido.",
        "Pasaron dos horas y las naves aparecieron en el planeta.",
        "Jack habló por radio otra vez:",
        "–Ya estamos. Vamos a aterrizar, el puesto de avanzada está aquí.",
        "Las dos naves aterrizaron y Jack, Luna y Kai salieron a la superficie. De momento, no había nadie en el puesto de avanzada. Jack hacía unas comprobaciones a su nave y Luna paseaba por el puesto de avanzada.",
        "Era un puesto de avanzada al aire libre, pero también había varios edificios cubiertos. Luna y Kai no entraron en los edificios, pero había un gran cofre cerca de uno de ellos.",
        "Luna lo vio y llamó a Jack:",
        "–¡Jack! ¡Mira!",
        "Jack corrió donde Luna y vio el cofre.",
        "–¡Vaya! ¡Es enorme! –dijo.",
        "–Seguramente tiene una combinación de seguridad.",
        "–Esta es mi combinación –dijo Jack.",
        "Jack sacó la pistola y disparó en el cofre. El cofre automáticamente se abrió haciendo mucho ruido.",
        "–¿Estás loco? ¡Ten cuidado!",
        "– Pero lo he abierto, ¿verdad?",
        "Luna refunfuñó pero quería ver lo que había dentro del cofre.",
        "Lo abrieron y vieron muchas cosas valiosas, muchos tesoros y muchos objetos que se podían vender a buen precio.",
        "–Es un buen tesoro –dijo ella.",
        "–Ha sido demasiado fácil –dijo Jack.",
        "–Eso pienso yo –respondió Luna.",
        "De repente, varios soldados aparecieron de los edificios y rodearon a los tres exploradores.",
        "–¡Alto! ¡No toquéis el cofre! –dijeron los soldados.",
        "–¡Traición! –gritó Jack.",
        "Luna estaba esperando algo como aquello. Había algo raro en esa misión, era todo muy fácil. Pero por fin lo entendió, era una trampa.",
        "–¡Es una trampa! ¡Nos has traicionado! –dijo Luna a Jack.",
        "–Yo no he traicionado a nadie. ¡No he sido yo! Oh no…",
        "–¿Qué?",
        "–Ha sido Arnold, seguro.",
        "Los soldados intentaron poner las esposas a Luna y a Jack, pero Kai se resistió. El pequeño robot corría mucho y los soldados no podían cogerlo.",
        "–¡Coged a ese robot! –gritaron los soldados.",
        "El robot pequeño estuvo corriendo alrededor de ellos muy deprisa y durante mucho tiempo. A Jack le dio tiempo a pelear con dos soldados y cuando Luna lo vio, hizo lo mismo. Poco a poco pelearon con los demás soldados. El robot estaba distrayendo a todos.",
        "También pelearon con los soldados que intentaron coger al robot. Al final, ellos esposaron a los soldados.",
        "–Muy buen trabajo, Kai –dijo Jack.",
        "–¡Vaya! ¡Bip bip! El humano me halaga.",
        "Por una vez, Jack sonrió al pequeño robot.",
        "–¿Qué hacemos ahora? –dijo Luna.",
        "–Vamos a por Arnold. Antes de eso, tengo una idea.",
        "Jack cogió el comunicador de uno de los soldados y busco el nombre de Arnold. Le envió un mensaje:",
        "«Exploradores detenidos. Misión cumplida ».",
        "–¿Qué has hecho con ese comunicador? –dijo Luna.",
        "–He enviado un mensaje falso para Arnold. Vamos.",
        "Las dos naves despegaron del puesto de avanzada y volvieron a la ciudad. Aterrizaron en el puerto espacial. Pocos minutos después, Jack, Luna y Kai se sentaron en la mesa del bar. Arnold seguía bebiendo y seguía borracho. Se quedó estupefacto.",
        "–Camarero –dijo Jack al camarero mientras miraba a Arnold–, cuatro vodkas aquí, por favor.",
        "Anexo del capítulo 3",
        "Resumen",
        "Luna no puede dormir. Piensa que algo pasa. Jack, Luna y Kai viajan al otro planeta. Es una misión muy fácil, pero es una trampa. Arnold traiciona a los exploradores. Pelean con los soldados y ganan. Vuelven al bar del puerto espacial para hablar con Arnold. La trampa no ha funcionado.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "¿Qué te preocupa? = What’s the matter?",
        "la comisión = fee",
        "afortunadamente = fortunately",
        "cuando volvamos = when we return",
        "le devolvió la mirada = looked back (at her)",
        "los motores = engines",
        "idénticas = identical",
        "las vistas = view",
        "el salto = jump",
        "la superficie = surface",
        "de momento = at the moment",
        "el aire libre = in the open",
        "cubiertos = overcast, covered",
        "el cofre = chest",
        "corrió = ran",
        "disparó = shot",
        "el ruido = noise",
        "¡Ten cuidado! = Be careful!",
        "refunfuñó = growled",
        "los soldados = soldiers",
        "rodearon = surrounded",
        "la traición = betrayal",
        "la trampa = trap",
        "las esposas = handcuffs",
        "alrededor = around",
        "pelear = fight",
        "distrayendo = distracting",
        "halagar = flatter",
        "por una vez = for once",
        "misión cumplida = mission accomplished",
        "estupefacto = astonished",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "11. ¿Cuánto tardan en ir al planeta?",
        "a. Una hora",
        "b. Dos horas",
        "c. Tres horas",
        "d. Cuatro horas",
        "12. ¿Qué ocurre al llegar al planeta?",
        "a. No existe el puesto de avanzada",
        "b. No hay nada valioso",
        "c. Ven un cofre",
        "d. Ven soldados",
        "13. Los exploradores pelean:",
        "a. Entre ellos",
        "b. Con Arnold",
        "c. Con el robot",
        "d. Con soldados",
        "14. ¿Quién gana la pelea?",
        "a. Los exploradores",
        "b. Kai y los exploradores",
        "c. Los soldados",
        "d. Arnold y los soldados",
        "15. ¿Quién es el traidor?",
        "a. Kai",
        "b. Arnold",
        "c. Luna",
        "d. Jack",
        "Soluciones capítulo 3",
        "11. b",
        "12. c",
        "13. d",
        "14. a",
        "15. b"
      ],
      "paragraphsEN": [
        "Chapter 1 – The desert planet",
        "Luna was a traveler. A traveler who journeyed with a small talking robot. Several days ago, they had arrived at a desert planet. She and the robot always traveled together to different planets to explore. Why did they do that? There was a war between different factions and planets, and Luna had lost her home. She had her own ship to travel through space, in search of food and things to sell to the highest bidder.",
        "Her robot also had a name: Kai. This was the first day they were on the desert planet, and Luna and Kai had walked for many kilometers. The cities were deserted and the towns abandoned because of the war. It was very sad. Luna remembered her home, the home she no longer had.",
        "They found an abandoned town. There was a very large jewelry shop, but it was closed. The owner had abandoned the shop a long time ago. He had surely gone off to the war.",
        "—Kai! Help me! —Luna said to the little robot.",
        "The robot was very small but it walked very quickly on mechanical legs, and its little metal hands were very useful and very strong. Appearances are deceiving.",
        "—Yes, Luna —said the robot.",
        "—Help me with the shutter on this shop. It's locked and I can't open it.",
        "—Right away!",
        "The little robot used its metal hands to open the shutter. It was padlocked, but it broke and the shutter went up. That way, they could see inside the shop.",
        "—Oh! —said Luna.",
        "—What's wrong? Beep beep! —asked Kai.",
        "—There aren't many jewels. The owner took everything that was in this shop.",
        "—That's normal. He must have stored the jewels in a bank or another warehouse. He didn't want to lose his riches.",
        "—That makes sense. I'd have done the same thing.",
        "They went into the shop and searched the different rooms. Kai opened locked containers and Luna explored everywhere. From another room, Luna asked:",
        "—Finding anything, Kai?",
        "—Nothing! All the containers are empty! But there are some jewels on the tables!",
        "—Valuable ones?",
        "—Not very, but they're worth some money.",
        "Luna and Kai gathered up the few jewels on the tables and put them in the backpack they carried. When they came out of the shop, something happened. A man a few meters away was aiming a gun at them.",
        "—Freeze! Who are you?",
        "Luna and Kai said nothing.",
        "—Speak! Or I'll shoot!",
        "Kai said:",
        "—The odds that he'll fire the gun are very high, Luna. Talk to him.",
        "Luna did as he said:",
        "—My name is Luna. I'm traveling with my robot Kai through this planet and this town, trying to recover things people no longer use.",
        "—Are you stealing?",
        "—I'm not stealing. This town is abandoned.",
        "The stranger lowered the gun and put it in his backpack.",
        "—I was kidding. I'm Jack. I'm a traveler like you.",
        "Jack walked over to the little robot.",
        "—Wow! It's a very advanced model!",
        "Kai answered:",
        "—Of course I'm a very advanced model. And you're a very primitive model!",
        "Luna looked at Jack laughing, and he ended up laughing too.",
        "—That's a very funny robot —he said.",
        "—That's not the worst thing he's ever said —said Luna.",
        "—So, do you have a ship nearby? How did you get to this planet?",
        "—Yes, I have a ship nearby. We're not going to be here much longer.",
        "Jack was trying to seem friendly.",
        "—I'm going to my ship right now. Fly your ship with me and we'll travel together —he said.",
        "—Why would we travel with you? —Luna asked.",
        "—I know a place you have to see. There's a very big city nearby.",
        "—All right, I'm curious.",
        "Luna and Kai went along and they all got to the ships. Luna and Kai flew their own ship and Jack flew his. They were very similar, very fast ships. They could also travel through space, not just over the planet. Jack turned on his ship's radio so he could talk to them and said:",
        "—Follow me.",
        "For an hour, they flew across desert and more desert.",
        "—Luna, Kai, look down there.",
        "The big city Jack had mentioned was beneath them.",
        "Luna couldn't believe it and said to him over the radio:",
        "—But... But... I thought the whole planet was abandoned!",
        "—Well, it isn't.",
        "The city was huge, very big, and lit up with many lights. It was already nighttime and there was a lot of activity in the city. Luna and Kai had thought the whole planet was abandoned, but that wasn't true. The town with the jewelry shop was abandoned, yes, but not every town or every city.",
        "Jack said:",
        "—There's not much else around here to see. We can talk to a friend of mine at the city's spaceport. He knows a lot about a lot of planets and riches. Want to talk to him? We can go explore another planet together. There are lots of abandoned ones around here.",
        "—All right.",
        "—Great! Follow me.",
        "The two ships landed at the city's port. There was a very big sign with the name of the city: it was called Beta.",
        "Luna, Kai, and Jack got out of the ships and talked face to face again.",
        "Kai said:",
        "—I detect a lot of activity in this city, beep beep!",
        "—I didn't imagine any city like this on this planet —said Luna.",
        "—They don't take part in the war. They don't want to get involved —said Jack.",
        "They walked a few steps and Jack showed his ID to the port guard, who said:",
        "—You may pass. Welcome to Beta. Enjoy your stay.",
        "Appendix to Chapter 1",
        "Summary",
        "Luna is an explorer who travels with her robot Kai. They explore a desert planet. There's a war between planets and the cities and towns are abandoned. They explore a jewelry shop and meet another explorer named Jack. Jack says there's a city that isn't abandoned. They travel there and it's true: there's a lot of activity and a lot of people in the city.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "la viajera = traveller",
        "el desierto = desert",
        "la guerra = war",
        "la nave = ship, spaceship",
        "en busca de = in search for",
        "al mejor postor = to the strongest bidder, highest bidder",
        "debido a = due to",
        "la joyería = jewelry shop",
        "útiles = useful",
        "fuertes = strong",
        "las apariencias engañan = appearances are deceptive",
        "la(s) persiana(s) = blind(s)",
        "el candado = lock",
        "de esa manera = that way",
        "las riquezas = riches, wealth",
        "yo habría hecho lo mismo = I'd have done the same thing",
        "los contenedores = containers",
        "vacíos = empty",
        "valiosas = valuable",
        "los apuntaba = (he) was aiming at them",
        "la pistola = handgun",
        "¡Quietos! = F reeze!",
        "era broma = I was kidding",
        "gracioso = funny",
        "debajo = below",
        "puerto espacial = spaceport",
        "¡Genial! = Awesome!",
        "aterrizaron = landed",
        "el cartel = sign",
        "cara a cara = face to face",
        "involucrarse = take part",
        "disfruten de su estancia = enjoy the stay",
        "Multiple-choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "1. Luna and Kai are:",
        "a. Thieves",
        "b. Warriors",
        "c. Explorers",
        "d. Musicians",
        "2. In the jewelry shop there are:",
        "a. Many jewels",
        "b. Few jewels",
        "c. A man",
        "d. Nothing",
        "3. Who is Jack?",
        "a. A thief",
        "b. A warrior",
        "c. A musician",
        "d. An explorer",
        "4. The city of Beta...",
        "a. Is full of people",
        "b. Is abandoned",
        "c. Has few people",
        "d. Is a legend.",
        "5. Jack wants to:",
        "a. Live in the city of Beta",
        "b. Talk to a friend",
        "c. Fight in the war",
        "d. Go back to the jewelry shop",
        "Chapter 1 answers",
        "1. c",
        "2. b",
        "3. d",
        "4. a",
        "5. b",
        "Chapter 2 – The spaceport",
        "The spaceport was a very large place. Many ships landed and took off there. It was the heart of the whole city. Lots of people came and went. Lots of people talked and discussed all kinds of matters. There were many guards and a lot of noise.",
        "But the spaceport also had other places to visit. The spaceport offered places to eat at the many restaurants there. There were also lots of bars and entertainment spots like casinos. The pilots and guards from the various ships went to all sorts of places.",
        "When they passed the guard, Jack said:",
        "—Welcome to the Beta spaceport! What do you think?",
        "Kai, the robot, replied:",
        "—I don't like it! I don't like it! Too many humans!",
        "—Funny robot...",
        "—According to my data, yes, I'm a funny robot.",
        "Jack made a hateful face and kept walking alongside Kai and Luna. Luna asked Jack:",
        "—Where are we going now?",
        "—We're going to where a friend of mine is right now. He knows a lot about riches and treasures on other planets.",
        "—Planets at war?",
        "—I don't know, we'll talk to him now.",
        "Jack went into a very dark bar first, lit by only a few lights. There were lots of tables and the music was very loud. It was a perfect bar for talking.",
        "A man greeted Jack when he came in. He was sitting at a table, a little drunk. He was drinking his third glass and he waved to the three of them to come over.",
        "Jack, Kai, and Luna sat down near him.",
        "—Well, well, well! Jack! It's been a while!",
        "—How's it going, Arnold?",
        "—Who are these two?",
        "—Explorers —said Jack.",
        "—Wow! More explorers! I like it, I like it. I like explorers... hic! Sorry, I have the hiccups. It's the dry weather on this planet.",
        "—Excuses, Arnold, I know you. It's because of the alcohol.",
        "—Well, yeah! That too... Ha, ha, ha!",
        "Luna was getting impatient. Jack noticed and said to her:",
        "—Don't worry, Luna. The chat isn't going to last long.",
        "—I hope so —she said.",
        "The bar's waiter passed near the table where the four were sitting and said:",
        "—What would you like, sirs?",
        "—Four vodkas for... —said Arnold.",
        "But Arnold looked at Kai and corrected himself.",
        "—Better said... Three vodkas.",
        "—I can drink if I want to, beep beep! —said Kai.",
        "—Sure, sure. Three vodkas, please —said Arnold.",
        "The waiter went off to the bar.",
        "—A funny robot! —said Arnold.",
        "—Yeah, that's not the first time I've heard that today —Luna answered.",
        "—So, what do you want? —said Arnold, looking at Jack.",
        "—We want a new adventure. You know about lots of treasures and lots of planets we could go to. This planet is deserted.",
        "—This planet wasn't always deserted. This planet used to be green and fertile, but the war destroyed everything.",
        "—Except the city of Beta.",
        "—The city of Beta is built on an oasis. That's the advantage.",
        "Luna got impatient again.",
        "Jack noticed again.",
        "—So, Arnold, friend. We need some other planet to travel to. We have two Class C ships ready and waiting. Do you know of anywhere? Any new leads?",
        "—I know of a new planet with lots of treasures, but few people dare to go there.",
        "—What's the problem?",
        "—It's a military outpost.",
        "—Is it active?",
        "—That's the problem. Nobody knows. Sometimes it's active, other times there's no one watching, and other times there are a lot of battles.",
        "—So what do you recommend?",
        "—Going today.",
        "Jack, Luna, and Kai were taken aback.",
        "—Today? Already? —the three said.",
        "—Yes —Arnold replied.",
        "—Why the rush?",
        "—I just got fresh news about the outpost. They told me it's empty. It's been empty for two days. Nobody knows, but at that outpost there are lots of valuable things.",
        "—Like what?",
        "—Technology, vehicles, clothes... Everything!",
        "The waiter came up to the table and served the three vodkas. The four went quiet while the waiter served the glasses. When he left, they kept talking. Jack said to Luna:",
        "—Interested, Luna?",
        "—Thanks for asking for my opinion, human! —yelled the robot.",
        "—Are you two interested, Luna and Kai? —said Jack, exasperated.",
        "Luna thought it over. She was a bit tired but she needed to earn money. Jack went on:",
        "—We're explorers, but also rebels.",
        "—I know. I don't mind taking what's there.",
        "—Is that a yes?",
        "—Yes, I accept.",
        "Arnold got very happy and said:",
        "—Great, then! Now let's drink! We've got a long night ahead.",
        "Luna said:",
        "—I'm going to the hotel, I'm going to sleep for a few hours. See you at 4:00, Jack.",
        "—Understood —he said.",
        "Arnold and Jack stayed at the table talking about more business and Luna and Kai left the bar. On a nearby street inside the spaceport, there was a hotel. They rented a room and Luna went to sleep. Kai recharged his battery while standing still. The little robot never slept.",
        "Luna tried to sleep, but she couldn't. Something strange was going on and she didn't know what it was.",
        "Chapter 2 Appendix",
        "Summary",
        "Luna, Kai and Jack enter the spaceport and go into a bar. In that bar they talk to Arnold, a businessman. He tells them there's a place on another planet with treasures and many valuable things. Luna, Kai and Jack agree to go, but they have to leave that very same day. Luna goes to sleep but can't. Something strange happens.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "despegaban = take off",
        "los asuntos = matters",
        "el entretenimiento = entertainment",
        "según = according to",
        "el odio = hate",
        "los tesoros = treasures",
        "borracho = drunk",
        "¡Cuánto tiempo sin verte! = Long time no see!",
        "el hipo = hiccup",
        "impacientando = to get impatient",
        "no va a durar mucho = it won't take long",
        "el camarero = waiter",
        "rectificó = rectify",
        "fértil = fertile",
        "sobre = above",
        "puesto de avanzada = outpost",
        "vigilando = guarding",
        "las batallas = battles",
        "acabo de = I've just...",
        "las noticias = news",
        "desquiciado = exasperated",
        "los rebeldes = rebels",
        "a beber = let's drink",
        "nos vemos a = see you at… (Lit: we see each other at…)",
        "los negocios = businesses",
        "alquilaron = rent",
        "extraño = strange",
        "Multiple-choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "6. Where is the bar?",
        "a. At the spaceport",
        "b. Outside the spaceport",
        "c. On another planet",
        "d. In the desert",
        "7. Who is Arnold?",
        "a. A friend of Luna's",
        "b. A friend of Kai's",
        "c. A friend of Jack's",
        "d. The waiter",
        "8. Where are there more treasures and valuables?",
        "a. At the spaceport",
        "b. On another planet",
        "c. Outside the spaceport",
        "d. In the city",
        "9. What do they order at the bar?",
        "a. Three vodkas",
        "b. Four vodkas",
        "c. Five vodkas",
        "d. They don't order anything",
        "10. When do they have to go look for the valuables and treasures?",
        "a. In two days",
        "b. That same day",
        "c. The next day",
        "d. In two days",
        "Chapter 2 Answers",
        "6. a",
        "7. c",
        "8. b",
        "9. a",
        "10. b",
        "Chapter 3 – Treasures and surprises",
        "Luna couldn't sleep that night, so she talked with Kai. Kai was a small robot, but to Luna he was a good friend. He had always helped Luna and listened to her.",
        "—Kai, something strange is going on here.",
        "—What's bothering you, Luna? Beep beep!",
        "—I don't know, but it's too easy. Jack wants to come with us to the planet where the outpost and the treasures are. So does Arnold.",
        "—That's not strange at all. They probably want a fee, and it'll be a very high fee.",
        "—It's possible, but there's something else.",
        "—Like what? Beep beep!",
        "—I don't know, but we have to leave now. It's almost 4:00.",
        "Luna and Kai left the room and went to the spaceport. There they met up with Jack. Fortunately, he wasn't drunk.",
        "—Luna! —Jack greeted her.",
        "—Hi again, Jack. What are the terms?",
        "—Terms? What terms do you mean?",
        "—A fee. I'm sure Arnold wants a cut of the treasures. He told us where they were. They always want a fee.",
        "—Ah! Yes! He told me that when we come back he's going to talk to us about the fee. Let's go, our ships are ready.",
        "Luna looked at Kai and the little robot looked back at her. Luna still thought something strange was going on.",
        "Jack reached his ship and looked around.",
        "—My ship is ready, Luna. Everything looks fine. My ship already has the coordinates of the planet and the outpost. Yours does too.",
        "—Okay. Shall we take off now?",
        "—Yes, get into your ship.",
        "Luna and Kai got into their ship and started the engines. Jack also started the engines on his ship. They were nearly identical ships. They began the takeoff and started to leave the planet.",
        "As they left the planet, Luna said to Kai:",
        "—I've gone into space many times, Kai. But I always like these views. They're beautiful.",
        "—Yes. I like them too! Beep beep!",
        "Jack's ship was close to Luna's ship. He spoke to her over the radio:",
        "—You can sleep a little more. We're activating the jump and the ship will reach the destination planet in two hours. Are you ready?",
        "—Yes, go ahead.",
        "The two ships traveled faster through space. The engines alone weren't enough. They needed to jump in order to travel much faster.",
        "Two hours passed and the ships appeared at the planet.",
        "Jack spoke over the radio again:",
        "—We're here. Let's land, the outpost is right here.",
        "The two ships landed and Jack, Luna and Kai stepped out onto the surface. For the moment, there was no one at the outpost. Jack was running some checks on his ship and Luna walked around the outpost.",
        "It was an open-air outpost, but there were also several covered buildings. Luna and Kai didn't go into the buildings, but there was a large chest near one of them.",
        "Luna saw it and called Jack:",
        "—Jack! Look!",
        "Jack ran over to Luna and saw the chest.",
        "—Wow! It's huge! —he said.",
        "—It probably has a security combination.",
        "—This is my combination —said Jack.",
        "Jack pulled out his gun and shot the chest. The chest automatically opened, making a lot of noise.",
        "—Are you crazy? Be careful!",
        "—But I opened it, didn't I?",
        "Luna grumbled, but she wanted to see what was inside the chest.",
        "They opened it and saw lots of valuables, lots of treasures, and lots of items that could be sold for a good price.",
        "—It's a good haul —she said.",
        "—That was too easy —said Jack.",
        "—That's what I think —Luna replied.",
        "Suddenly, several soldiers appeared from the buildings and surrounded the three explorers.",
        "—Halt! Don't touch the chest! —said the soldiers.",
        "—Betrayal! —shouted Jack.",
        "Luna had been expecting something like that. There was something strange about that mission, it was all too easy. But now she finally understood, it was a trap.",
        "—It's a trap! You've betrayed us! —Luna said to Jack.",
        "—I haven't betrayed anyone. It wasn't me! Oh no…",
        "—What?",
        "—It was Arnold, for sure.",
        "The soldiers tried to put handcuffs on Luna and Jack, but Kai resisted. The little robot ran very fast and the soldiers couldn't catch him.",
        "—Get that robot! —the soldiers shouted.",
        "The little robot kept running around them very fast and for a long time. Jack had time to fight two soldiers, and when Luna saw it, she did the same. Little by little they fought the rest of the soldiers. The robot was distracting all of them.",
        "They also fought the soldiers who tried to grab the robot. In the end, they handcuffed the soldiers.",
        "—Great work, Kai —said Jack.",
        "—Wow! Beep beep! The human is flattering me.",
        "For once, Jack smiled at the little robot.",
        "—What do we do now? —said Luna.",
        "—Let's go after Arnold. Before that, I have an idea.",
        "Jack took the communicator from one of the soldiers and searched for Arnold's name. He sent him a message:",
        "«Explorers detained. Mission accomplished.»",
        "—What did you do with that communicator? —said Luna.",
        "—I sent a fake message to Arnold. Let's go.",
        "The two ships took off from the outpost and returned to the city. They landed at the spaceport. A few minutes later, Jack, Luna and Kai sat down at the table in the bar. Arnold was still drinking and still drunk. He was stunned.",
        "—Waiter —said Jack to the waiter while looking at Arnold—, four vodkas here, please.",
        "Chapter 3 Appendix",
        "Summary",
        "Luna can't sleep. She thinks something is going on. Jack, Luna and Kai travel to the other planet. It's a very easy mission, but it's a trap. Arnold betrays the explorers. They fight the soldiers and win. They return to the bar at the spaceport to talk with Arnold. The trap didn't work.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "¿Qué te preocupa? = What’s the matter?",
        "la comisión = fee",
        "afortunadamente = fortunately",
        "cuando volvamos = when we return",
        "le devolvió la mirada = looked back (at her)",
        "los motores = engines",
        "idénticas = identical",
        "las vistas = view",
        "el salto = jump",
        "la superficie = surface",
        "de momento = at the moment",
        "el aire libre = in the open",
        "cubiertos = overcast, covered",
        "el cofre = chest",
        "corrió = ran",
        "disparó = shot",
        "el ruido = noise",
        "¡Ten cuidado! = Be careful!",
        "refunfuñó = growled",
        "los soldados = soldiers",
        "rodearon = surrounded",
        "la traición = betrayal",
        "la trampa = trap",
        "las esposas = handcuffs",
        "alrededor = around",
        "pelear = fight",
        "distrayendo = distracting",
        "halagar = flatter",
        "por una vez = for once",
        "misión cumplida = mission accomplished",
        "estupefacto = astonished",
        "Multiple-choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "11. How long does it take them to reach the planet?",
        "a. One hour",
        "b. Two hours",
        "c. Three hours",
        "d. Four hours",
        "12. What happens when they arrive at the planet?",
        "a. The outpost doesn't exist",
        "b. There's nothing valuable",
        "c. They see a chest",
        "d. They see soldiers",
        "13. The explorers fight:",
        "a. Each other",
        "b. Arnold",
        "c. The robot",
        "d. Soldiers",
        "14. Who wins the fight?",
        "a. The explorers",
        "b. Kai and the explorers",
        "c. The soldiers",
        "d. Arnold and the soldiers",
        "15. Who is the traitor?",
        "a. Kai",
        "b. Arnold",
        "c. Luna",
        "d. Jack",
        "Chapter 3 Answers",
        "11. b",
        "12. c",
        "13. d",
        "14. a",
        "15. b"
      ]
    },
    {
      "id": "ch13",
      "number": 13,
      "title": "8. La Costa",
      "paragraphsES": [
        "Capítulo 1 – El barco moderno",
        "Fernando era un hombre de edad avanzada. Tenía 67 años y estaba jubilado. Era verano y hacía buen día. El sol calentaba mucho y el cielo estaba azul. Fernando estaba disfrutando de su jubilación descansando y disfrutando todo lo que podía.",
        "Él vivía cerca de la playa pero hasta los 67 años había estado trabajando en el centro financiero de la ciudad. Era un empresario con mucho éxito pero ya no quería trabajar más. Estaba muy cansado de trabajar. Solo quería viajar, comer bien y divertirse.",
        "Por eso, había cogido su coche y había conducido media hora hasta la playa. Aparcó el coche cerca de un bar con vistas a la costa. Salió del coche y se acercó al bar. Era temprano y todavía no había demasiada gente, pero ya había gente comiendo y bebiendo en la terraza.",
        "Fernando se acercó a la barra del bar y el camarero lo vio.",
        "–Hola, amigo. ¿Qué quieres tomar?",
        "–Una cerveza fría, con hielo, por favor.",
        "–Ahora mismo.",
        "Mientras esperaba su cerveza fría, Fernando miraba el bar y la playa. En la playa había bastante gente bañándose. Muchas familias de vacaciones y jóvenes divirtiéndose. Un hombre estaba leyendo el periódico en la barra y miró a Fernando. Fernando se dio cuenta pero no le dijo nada.",
        "El camarero volvió a acercarse a Fernando y le dio su cerveza fría, con hielo.",
        "–¿Cuánto es? –dijo Fernando.",
        "–Son 3 €, por favor.",
        "–Toma 5 €, quédate con el cambio.",
        "– Muchísimas gracias.",
        "El camarero cogió todo el dinero y sirvió a otros clientes. El hombre que miraba a Fernando se acercó a él y le dijo:",
        "–Disculpe, señor. ¿Quiere el periódico? No lo voy a leer más.",
        "–No, gracias. No me apetece leer.",
        "El hombre saludó formalmente a Fernando.",
        "–Me llamo Adolfo. Encantando de conocerle.",
        "–Yo soy Fernando. ¿Quiere algo?",
        "–Nada en especial. Solo charlar un poco. ¿Suele venir aquí?",
        "–No, soy nuevo en esta zona.",
        "–¿Y qué hace aquí?",
        "–Estoy jubilado. Solo quiero descansar y ser feliz.",
        "Fernando bebió un trago de su cerveza. Estaba deliciosa. Después, preguntó a Adolfo:",
        "–¿Podemos tutearnos? No me gusta hablar de usted.",
        "–Claro, Fernando.",
        "–¿A qué te dedicas? –preguntó Fernando.",
        "–Alquilo barcos a los turistas que pasean por estas playas.",
        "–¡Así que por eso me hablas! –dijo Fernando con una sonrisa.",
        "–No exactamente. Me gusta conocer gente nueva y tratar bien a los turistas de la playa. Si después quieren alquilar un barco, son libres de hacerlo.",
        "Fernando se quedó pensando un momento.",
        "–Vale, hablemos de la oferta que tienes.",
        "– No era mi intención hablar de mis barcos tan pronto, pero si quieres, podemos hablar de ellos.",
        "–Sí, ¿por qué no? Igual es divertido.",
        "–Vale, vamos a sentarnos en esa mesa, Fernando.",
        "Ambos hombres se sentaron en una mesa del mar. La gente seguía jugando y bañándose en las playas y tomando el sol en la arena.",
        "–¿Qué quieres saber? –dijo Adolfo.",
        "–¿Qué tienes para ofrecer?",
        "–Buena pregunta… Tengo una nueva oferta especial.",
        "–¿Y qué tiene?",
        "Adolfo sacó su móvil y lo puso en la mesa. Abrió la galería de fotos y enseñó un barco muy grande y muy lujoso.",
        "–Este es el último barco que tengo para alquilar. Es una belleza. ¿Sabes navegar?",
        "–Sí.",
        "–Entonces, Fernando, este es tu barco. Con él, puedes viajar durante una semana. No es caro, pero tampoco es barato. Recuerda, es un barco de lujo. El precio está muy bien.",
        "Hablaron del precio durante varios minutos y al final llegaron a un acuerdo.",
        "– Tengo una última cosa que pedir antes de alquilar el barco –dijo Fernando.",
        "–¿Y qué es?",
        "–Quiero probarlo contigo. Estos barcos nuevos son muy modernos y a mí no me gusta la tecnología. Necesito saber cómo funcionan los mandos, las pantallas, la radio… Todo.",
        "–¡No hay problema! Ven conmigo, vamos ahora mismo.",
        "–¿Lo tienes aquí?",
        "–Está cerca, podemos ir andando.",
        "Fernando terminó su cerveza y ambos hombres se levantaron. Salieron del recinto del bar y anduvieron cerca del paseo de la playa. Llegaron al local de Adolfo y entraron en la oficina. Adolfo saludó a la secretaria y a sus trabajadores y siguieron hacia el pequeño puerto.",
        "Ahí estaba. El barco de Adolfo en el pequeño puerto. Un barco blanco, grande y muy moderno. Parecía que tenía alta tecnología.",
        "–Lo veo demasiado moderno para mí –dijo Fernando.",
        "–¡Qué va! –contestó Adolfo–. Es muy fácil navegar con él. Ven conmigo, te voy a enseñar.",
        "Fernando y Adolfo entraron en el barco y fueron donde estaban los mandos del barco. Adolfo fue explicando a Fernando poco a poco cómo se navegaba. Fernando aprendió muy rápido.",
        "–¿Ves? –dijo Adolfo–. No es tan difícil, ¿a que no?",
        "–La verdad es que no. Su manejo es bastante sencillo.",
        "–¿Quieres probarlo ahora?",
        "– Me gustaría, sí.",
        "El barco se encendió y los dos hombres comenzaron a navegar cerca de la playa. Fernando notaba el aire fresco en su cara. Era un buen día.",
        "Anexo del capítulo 1",
        "Resumen",
        "Fernando era un hombre jubilado. Quería divertirse y ver la playa, así que cogió su coche y viajó a la playa. Allí, vio un bar al aire libre. Pidió una cerveza y un hombre llamado Adolfo comenzó a hablarle. Alquilaba barcos y tenía uno muy grande y muy moderno. Los dos hombres fueron al barco y comenzaron a navegar.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "el jubilado = retired",
        "el cielo = sky",
        "todo lo que podía = all he could",
        "el empresario = businessman",
        "por eso = for this reason",
        "las vistas = views",
        "la costa = coast",
        "temprano = early",
        "la terraza = terrace",
        "la cerveza = beer",
        "el hielo = ice",
        "bañándose = taking a bath",
        "vacaciones = holidays",
        "quédate con el cambio = keep the change",
        "formalmente = formally",
        "¿A qué te dedicas? = What's your job? What do you do?",
        "no era mi intención = it wasn't my intention",
        "tomando el sol = sunbathing",
        "navegar = navigate, sail",
        "el precio = price",
        "llegaron a un acuerdo = they reached an agreement",
        "los mandos = control",
        "la secretaria = secretary",
        "te voy a enseñar = I'll teach you",
        "el manejo = driving, controls",
        "me gustaría = I'd like that",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "1. ¿En qué trabajaba Fernando?",
        "a. Empresario",
        "b. Taxista",
        "c. Camarero",
        "d. No trabajaba",
        "2. ¿Qué tiempo hacía?",
        "a. Nieve",
        "b. Lluvia",
        "c. Sol",
        "d. Tormenta",
        "3. ¿Cuánto pagó Fernando en total por la cerveza?",
        "a. 2 €",
        "b. 3 €",
        "c. 4 €",
        "d. 5 €",
        "4. ¿En qué trabajaba Adolfo?",
        "a. Vendía coches",
        "b. Alquilaba coches",
        "c. Vendía barcos",
        "d. Alquilaba barcos",
        "5. A Fernando le gustaba la tecnología.",
        "a. Verdadero",
        "b. Falso",
        "c. No se sabe",
        "Soluciones capítulo 1",
        "1. d",
        "2. c",
        "3. d",
        "4. c",
        "5. b",
        "Capítulo 2 – Un viaje improvisado",
        "Fernando y Adolfo viajaron en el barco. Fernando no estaba convencido al principio, pero después sí.",
        "–Me gusta mucho este barco. Es muy fácil de manejar y muy fácil de entender.",
        "–¿Entonces quieres alquilarlo para un viaje?",
        "–Estoy pensando en comprarlo.",
        "Adolfo estaba bebiendo un refresco y paró al instante.",
        "–¿Comprarlo?",
        "–Efectivamente. Me gusta mucho este barco.",
        "Adolfo no contestó durante varios segundos y Fernando al final, preguntó:",
        "–¿Qué pasa?",
        "–El barco solo es de alquiler. No está en venta.",
        "–Vaya… Es una pena.",
        "–Pero siempre puedes alquilarlo todo lo que quieras.",
        "–Es suficiente.",
        "Navegaron durante varias horas. Hablaron de sus vidas y de muchas otras cosas. La costa se veía a lo lejos, no querían ir más lejos.",
        "–Tengo una proposición que hacerte, Fernando.",
        "–¿Alguna aventura más?",
        "–Es posible. ¿Qué tal si navegamos más lejos por la costa? Nunca voy tan lejos. Quiero visitar los diferentes pueblos de la costa.",
        "–A mí me parece bien. Cuando quieras.",
        "–¡Vamos allá!",
        "El barco navegó muy rápido, pero seguían cerca de la costa. Pasaron cerca del primer pueblo.",
        "Fernando dijo:",
        "–Este pueblo… ¿Cuál es?",
        "–Es el pueblo más cercano que está en la costa. Hay un bar muy grande, igual que el pueblo donde nos hemos conocido.",
        "–¿También es un pueblo turístico? ¿Has estado aquí, Adolfo?",
        "–Sí, aquí también hago negocios para alquilar mis barcos. A la gente le gusta mucho navegar en barco y ver toda la costa, no solo bañarse en la playa. Vamos a navegar al siguiente.",
        "Vieron el segundo pueblo en la costa. Este pueblo era algo diferente al anterior.",
        "–¿Y este pueblo, Adolfo?",
        "–Este pueblo es un pueblo de pescadores. No es un pueblo turístico. Aquí hay muchos pescadores que se ganan la vida pescando. Generaciones enteras de familias que pescan, venden el pescado y ganan dinero así.",
        "–¿Aquí también alquilas barcos?",
        "–Aquí normalmente no. Yo alquilo barcos en los pueblos turísticos. Estos pescadores ya conocen toda la costa.",
        "–Tiene lógica.",
        "Navegaron un poco más y el pueblo de pescadores ya no se veía a lo lejos. Ahora sólo había costa. No había playas, solo rocas y árboles.",
        "–¿Dónde vamos ahora? –preguntó Fernando.",
        "–El tercer pueblo es un pueblo turístico, pero también es un centro de negocios. ¿Tú fuiste empresario?",
        "–Sí, yo hacía muchos negocios, pero ahora estoy jubilado. Lo único que quiero es viajar y descansar.",
        "–Bueno, no vamos a hacer muchos negocios en este pueblo. Pero necesitamos provisiones.",
        "–Ja, ja, ja. Entiendo. Supongo que puedo hacer ese negocio.",
        "El barco navegó hasta el puerto del tercer pueblo. Allí, ataron el barco y lo apagaron. Salieron para hablar con el dueño de una tienda. La tienda tenía todo tipo de objetos y utensilios.",
        "–Buenos días, George –dijo Adolfo.",
        "–¡Bueno, bueno! ¡Adolfo! ¿Qué tal estás, amigo? –dijo George con un acento extranjero.",
        "– Te presento a Fernando, mi nuevo amigo y cliente.",
        "– Un placer, Fernando. En fin, ¿qué queréis?",
        "–Queremos un poco de todo para el barco.",
        "Adolfo explicó a George que querían muchas provisiones: comida, agua, pequeñas herramientas para reparar cosas…",
        "George hizo cálculos y dijo el precio a Adolfo:",
        "–Son 25,30 €, por favor.",
        "–Aquí los tienes.",
        "–Muchas gracias.",
        "Antes de salir de la tienda, Adolfo preguntó a George:",
        "–Oye, George. Queremos viajar y navegar un poco más por la costa. Sabemos que aquí cerca hay muchos pueblos, pero no sabemos exactamente cuáles. Queremos una aventura nueva. ¿Conoces algún pueblo interesante?",
        "George se quedó pensando y dijo:",
        "–Ahora mismo no se me ocurre nada.",
        "– Piensa, George –dijo Adolfo.",
        "– Dame un momento.",
        "George sacó un libro que tenía en un armario y empezó a pasar páginas.",
        "Puso el dedo encima de una fotografía de un faro.",
        "–Esto es interesante –dijo George.",
        "–¿Qué es interesante? –respondieron Fernando y Adolfo a la vez.",
        "–Aquí hay un pueblo con un faro. Está a media hora de viaje desde aquí, pero es difícil llegar allí. Y hay algo extraño.",
        "–¿El qué?",
        "–Nadie ha venido a comprar nada desde hace dos años. Igual está abandonado.",
        "–Parece que es nuestra aventura, Fernando –dijo Adolfo.",
        "–Me parece bien.",
        "George cerró el libro y volvió a ponerlo donde estaba.",
        "– ¿Vais a ir al pueblo del faro?",
        "–Sí, esa es la idea –respondió Adolfo.",
        "–Buen viaje, entonces.",
        "–Gracias por todo, George. ¡Hasta más ver!",
        "Fernando y Adolfo volvieron al barco y dejaron todas las bolsas con las nuevas herramientas y los nuevos utensilios. Adolfo encendió el barco y el barco comenzó a hacer ruido.",
        "Fernando le preguntó a Adolfo:",
        "–Oye, Adolfo. ¿Qué crees que hay en el pueblo del faro?",
        "–No lo sé. Eso vamos a ver ahora.",
        "–Una aventura improvisada.",
        "–¡Exacto!",
        "Anexo del capítulo 2",
        "Resumen",
        "Fernando y Adolfo siguen navegando. Viajan por la costa, cerca de ella. Primero visitan otro pueblo turístico y hablan de sus vidas. Después visitan un pueblo de pescadores. Finalmente, compran provisiones en un pueblo de turistas y negocios. George, el tendero, les dice que hay un pueblo con un faro que pueden visitar. Fernando y Adolfo navegan a ese pueblo.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "improvisada = improvised",
        "convencido = convinced, be certain",
        "al instante = right away, instantly",
        "no está en venta = it's not for sale",
        "a lo lejos = in the distance, far away",
        "cuando quieras = whenever you want",
        "¡Vamos allá! = Let's go!",
        "el pueblo = village, town",
        "se ganan la vida = earn their living",
        "ya conocen = already know",
        "los árboles = trees",
        "las provisiones = supplies",
        "ataron = tied",
        "todo tipo de = all kinds of",
        "los objetos = objects",
        "los utensilios = tools",
        "te presento a = I introduce you to...",
        "un placer = a pleasure",
        "las herramientas = tools",
        "no se me ocurre nada = I can't think of anything",
        "dame un momento = give me a moment",
        "el armario = closet",
        "pasar páginas = turn pages",
        "el dedo = finger",
        "el faro = lighthouse",
        "donde estaba = where it was",
        "¡Hasta más ver! = See you!",
        "las bolsas = bags",
        "¿Qué crees? = What do you think?",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "6. ¿Se puede comprar el barco?",
        "a. Sí",
        "b. No",
        "c. Según las condiciones",
        "7. ¿Qué tipo de pueblo es el primer pueblo que visitan?",
        "a. De negocios",
        "b. Turístico",
        "c. De negocios y turístico",
        "d. De pescadores",
        "8. ¿Qué tipo de pueblo es el segundo pueblo que visitan?",
        "a. De negocios",
        "b. Turístico",
        "c. De negocios y turístico",
        "d. De pescadores",
        "9. ¿Qué tipo de pueblo es el tercer pueblo que visitan?",
        "a. De negocios",
        "b. Turístico",
        "c. De negocios y turístico",
        "d. De pescadores",
        "10. ¿Dónde van Fernando y Adolfo al final?",
        "a. Al pueblo de la playa",
        "b. Al pueblo de pescadores",
        "c. Al pueblo del faro",
        "d. Se quedan en el pueblo de la tienda",
        "Soluciones capítulo 2",
        "6. b",
        "7. b",
        "8. d",
        "9. c",
        "10. c",
        "Capítulo 3 – El faro",
        "Navegaban por el mar tranquilamente. Ya casi era de noche y los colores del cielo eran diferentes. El cielo seguía azul pero el sol ya no calentaba tanto. Fernando estaba sentado mirando el mar y Adolfo estaba leyendo varios libros. Fernando sentía curiosidad, por lo que se levantó y fue a hablar con Adolfo:",
        "–¿Qué estás leyendo? –dijo Fernando mientras se sentaba a su lado.",
        "–Estoy buscando información sobre el pueblo del faro. Hay varias cosas que no entiendo. Los libros hablan muy poco sobre este pueblo.",
        "–¿Y debido a qué?",
        "–No sé la razón, por eso estoy leyendo e intentando sacar toda la información que puedo de estos libros.",
        "Fernando cogió uno de los libros y se titulaba así:",
        "«Información sobre los pueblos de la costa, volumen 2».",
        "–¿Este libro qué dice? –preguntó Fernando.",
        "–Nada en especial. No mucho más de lo que nos ha dicho George –respondió Adolfo.",
        "–¿Qué datos hay?",
        "–Dice que era un pueblo pequeño, de unos 100 o 200 habitantes.",
        "–Vaya, sí que es pequeño.",
        "– En efecto.",
        "Fernando siguió mirando el libro y leyó algo interesante.",
        "–Mira, Adolfo, he encontrado algo interesante en el libro. Quizás no has leído esto, porque está escrito con letra muy pequeña.",
        "–¿Qué dice?",
        "–Dice que el pueblo está abandonado desde hace varios años.",
        "–¿Hace cuántos años exactamente?",
        "–Pues… 2 años.",
        "–Exactamente lo que ha dicho George. Nadie compra herramientas ni utensilios desde hace dos años.",
        "–Tenemos que averiguar por qué está abandonado, Adolfo.",
        "Adolfo cerró su libro y Fernando siguió leyendo más cosas del suyo:",
        "–Aquí también dice que es difícil acceder al pueblo. Hay muchas rocas y precipicios y es peligroso ir en barco. Esa es la razón por la que hay un faro.",
        "–No te preocupes, Fernando. Si se rompe el barco, la culpa será mía.",
        "–Ja, ja, ja, ja. Entonces de momento no lo alquilo.",
        "Fernando también cerró su libro y se lo dio a Adolfo. Guardaron los libros y navegaron durante media hora. Al final, vieron las rocas y los precipicios.",
        "–Bueno –dijo Adolfo–, esto va a ser interesante.",
        "–Ten cuidado, Adolfo.",
        "–No te preocupes, sé navegar muy bien.",
        "El barco chocaba contra rocas pequeñas y se movía mucho. El agua entraba en el barco. El barco se movía cada vez más.",
        "– ¡Agárrate, Fernando!",
        "El barco se movía violentamente, pero después de cinco minutos llegaron a un pequeño puerto.",
        "–Estoy viejo para esto –dijo Fernando.",
        "–¿No querías una aventura? ¡Y encima gratis!",
        "Fernando se rió mucho y Adolfo también.",
        "Ambos ataron el barco al puerto abandonado y salieron de él. Allí, las aguas estaban calmadas.",
        "Era un pueblo pequeño. Había muchas casas de madera, pero no había ninguna persona. También había un pequeño barco de madera con sus remos. Y el faro estaba en la colina. La colina era muy alta y muy grande, pero el faro no funcionaba. No tenía luz.",
        "–Vamos a hacer una cosa –dijo Adolfo–, vamos a explorar las casas. Igual encontramos algo útil. No hay más barcos, solo ese pequeño barco de madera.",
        "–Vale, vamos a explorar, tú primero.",
        "–¿Tienes miedo?",
        "–¡Qué va! Simplemente no quiero quedarme cojo.",
        "Adolfo sonrió y comenzó a andar. En el centro del pueblo, había una casa muy grande, también de madera. Era la casa más grande del pueblo, y también era mucho más grande que algunas casas del pueblo de pescadores. Adolfo abrió la puerta y entró dentro.",
        "–Parece la casa donde se reunía el pueblo –dijo Fernando.",
        "–Seguramente era eso.",
        "– Tiene que haber información de por qué el pueblo está abandonado.",
        "Fernando buscó pistas por las habitaciones. Leyó informes viejos, libros y marcas de cualquier tipo. Diez minutos después, Fernando y Adolfo hablaron. No habían encontrado nada.",
        "–Vamos al faro –dijo Adolfo.",
        "Subieron por la colina y allí estaba. El faro estaba viejo, pero no estaba destruido. Entraron dentro y desde allí arriba se veía todo el pueblo. La casa grande de madera parecía más pequeña desde allí arriba. También se veían todas las demás casas, el barco moderno de Adolfo y el barco pequeño.",
        "Adolfo encontró el último informe del faro.",
        "–Mira, Fernando. El último informe del faro. Voy a leerlo:",
        "«Abandonamos el pueblo definitivamente. La colina y los precipicios no son seguros. Las rocas están cayendo encima de las casas. Nos vamos».",
        "–¡Esa es la razón! –gritó Fernando–. Las rocas caen sobre las casas. La gente tenía miedo y se marchó del pueblo.",
        "Sin previo aviso, el faro comenzó a romperse y las rocas tragaron a Adolfo.",
        "–¡Adolfo! ¡Adolfo! –gritó Fernando.",
        "Fernando no le vio. La mitad del faro se rompió, pero él no se cayó.",
        "–¡Oh, no! ¡Oh, no, no, no!",
        "Fernando sabía navegar con el barco moderno. Bajó hasta el puerto. No vio a Adolfo. Intentó llamar por radio y pedir ayudar pero no había señal. Comenzó a navegar y atravesó las rocas difícilmente.",
        "Llegó al pueblo de George y entró en su tienda. Fernando estaba mojado y su ropa estaba rota.",
        "George le dijo:",
        "–¿Qué ha pasado?",
        "–¡Tenemos que pedir ayuda!",
        "Tres horas después, varios guardacostas comenzaron a buscar a Adolfo por el pueblo abandonado y por el mar. No encontraron nada. Fernando estaba muy triste. Fue hasta el barco de Adolfo y durmió allí. Estaba muy cansado. No podía ayudar a Adolfo.",
        "Sin previo aviso, en medio de la noche, alguien llamó a Fernando. Estaba todo muy oscuro. Fernando no podía ver quién era.",
        "–¿Quién eres?",
        "–¡Soy Adolfo!",
        "–¿Adolfo? ¿Eres tú?",
        "Fernando bajó del barco moderno y vio a Adolfo. También tenía la ropa destrozada y no tenía buena cara, pero sonrió.",
        "–¿Cómo has llegado aquí? –preguntó Fernando.",
        "Adolfo señaló el barco de madera.",
        "–En el barco de madera del pueblo. He llegado hasta aquí remando. Y creo… Creo que son suficientes aventuras por ahora, ¡ja, ja, ja, ja!",
        "Anexo del capítulo 3",
        "Resumen",
        "Fernando y Adolfo viajan hasta el pueblo del faro. El viaje es difícil porque hay muchas rocas. Hay un barco de madera en el pueblo, pero el pueblo está abandonado. Entran en el faro y el faro se rompe. Adolfo desaparece. Fernando vuelve al pueblo de George y pide ayuda. Finalmente, Adolfo aparece en el barco de madera y dice que no quiere más aventuras.",
        "Vocabulario",
        "tranquilamente = calmly",
        "sentía curiosidad = was curious",
        "por lo que = so",
        "mientras = while",
        "a su lado = by his side",
        "la razón = reason",
        "se titulaba así = it was entitled/called",
        "los datos = data, information",
        "en efecto = indeed",
        "he encontrado = I've found",
        "quizás = maybe",
        "letra muy pequeña = very small print",
        "desde hace varios años = for many years",
        "acceder = access",
        "los precipicios = cliffs",
        "si se rompe = if it breaks",
        "la culpa será mía = the fault will be mine",
        "esto va a ser interesante = this is going to be interesting",
        "chocar = hit, collide, crash",
        "cada vez más = increasingly",
        "agárrate = hold on",
        "violentamente = violently, wildly",
        "calmadas = calm",
        "de madera = wooden",
        "los remos = oars",
        "la luz = light",
        "¡Qué va! = No way!",
        "cojo = lame (man)",
        "reunía = gathered, met",
        "tiene que haber = there has to be",
        "las pistas = clue",
        "de cualquier tipo = of any/all kinds",
        "destruido = destroyed",
        "el informe = report",
        "definitivamente = definitely",
        "la señal = signal",
        "atravesó = crossed",
        "difícilmente = hardly",
        "mojado = wet, soaked, saturated",
        "los guardacostas = coastguard",
        "destrozada = destroyed, smashed",
        "remando = paddling, rowing",
        "suficientes = enough",
        "Preguntas de elección múltiple",
        "Seleccione una única respuesta por cada pregunta",
        "11. ¿Por qué es difícil navegar hasta el pueblo del faro?",
        "a. Porque está lejos",
        "b. Porque hay rocas",
        "c. Porque no hay luz",
        "d. Porque no se sabe dónde está",
        "12. ¿Cuánta gente hay en el pueblo?",
        "a. Una persona",
        "b. Poca gente",
        "c. Mucha gente",
        "d. Ninguna de las anteriores",
        "13. ¿Por qué abandonaron el pueblo sus habitantes?",
        "a. Porque no había pescado",
        "b. Porque no había luz",
        "c. Porque estaba muy lejos",
        "d. Porque había mucho peligro",
        "14. ¿Qué ocurre en el faro?",
        "a. El faro se rompe y traga a Adolfo",
        "b. El faro se rompe y traga a Fernando",
        "c. La casa de madera se rompe",
        "d. El faro se enciende",
        "15. ¿Cómo vuelve Adolfo al pueblo de George?",
        "a. En el barco moderno",
        "b. Nadando",
        "c. En el barco de madera",
        "d. Ninguna de las anteriores",
        "Soluciones capítulo 3",
        "11. b",
        "12. d",
        "13. d",
        "14. a",
        "15. c",
        "This title is also available as an audiobook.",
        "For more information, please visit the Amazon store.",
        "FIN",
        "Thanks for Reading!",
        "I hope you have enjoyed these stories and that your Spanish has improved as a result! A lot of hard work went into creating this book, and if you would like to support me, the best way to do so would be with an honest review on the Amazon store. This helps other people find the book and lets them know what to expect.",
        "To do this:",
        "Click here or visit http://www.amazon.com",
        "Click “Your Account” in the menu bar",
        "Click “Your Orders” from the drop-down menu",
        "Select this book from the list and leave an honest review!",
        "Thank you for your support,",
        "- Olly Richards",
        "More from Olly",
        "If you have enjoyed this book, you will love all the other free language learning content I publish each week on my blog and podcast: I Will Teach You A Language.",
        "The I Will Teach You A Language blog",
        "Study hacks and mind tools for independent language learners.",
        "http://iwillteachyoualanguage.com",
        "The I Will Teach You A Language podcast",
        "I answer your language learning questions twice a week on the podcast.",
        "http://iwillteachyoualanguage.com/itunes",
        "Here’s where to find me on social media. Why not get in touch - I’d love to hear from you!",
        "Facebook: http://facebook.com/iwillteachyoualanguage",
        "Twitter: http://twitter.com/olly_iwtyal"
      ],
      "paragraphsEN": [
        "Chapter 1 – The modern boat",
        "Fernando was an older man. He was 67 years old and retired. It was summer and the weather was nice. The sun was warm and the sky was blue. Fernando was enjoying his retirement, resting and enjoying himself as much as he could.",
        "He lived near the beach, but until age 67 he had been working in the city's financial district. He was a very successful businessman, but he didn't want to work anymore. He was very tired of working. He just wanted to travel, eat well and have fun.",
        "So he had taken his car and driven half an hour to the beach. He parked the car near a bar with views of the coast. He got out of the car and walked over to the bar. It was early and there weren't too many people yet, but there were already people eating and drinking on the terrace.",
        "Fernando went up to the bar counter and the waiter saw him.",
        "—Hello, my friend. What would you like to drink?",
        "—A cold beer, with ice, please.",
        "—Right away.",
        "While he waited for his cold beer, Fernando looked at the bar and the beach. There were quite a few people swimming on the beach. Lots of families on holiday and young people having fun. A man was reading the newspaper at the bar and looked at Fernando. Fernando noticed but didn't say anything.",
        "The waiter came back over to Fernando and gave him his cold beer, with ice.",
        "—How much is it? —said Fernando.",
        "—It's 3 €, please.",
        "—Here's 5 €, keep the change.",
        "—Thank you very much.",
        "The waiter took all the money and went to serve other customers. The man who had been watching Fernando walked over to him and said:",
        "—Excuse me, sir. Would you like the newspaper? I'm not going to read it anymore.",
        "—No, thanks. I don't feel like reading.",
        "The man greeted Fernando formally.",
        "—My name is Adolfo. Pleased to meet you.",
        "—I'm Fernando. Did you want something?",
        "—Nothing in particular. Just a little chat. Do you usually come here?",
        "—No, I'm new to this area.",
        "—And what are you doing here?",
        "—I'm retired. I just want to relax and be happy.",
        "Fernando took a sip of his beer. It was delicious. Then he asked Adolfo:",
        "—Can we use the informal 'tú'? I don't like speaking with 'usted'.",
        "—Of course, Fernando.",
        "—What do you do for a living? —asked Fernando.",
        "—I rent boats to the tourists who walk along these beaches.",
        "—So that's why you're talking to me! —said Fernando with a smile.",
        "—Not exactly. I like meeting new people and treating the tourists on the beach well. If they later want to rent a boat, they're free to do so.",
        "Fernando thought about it for a moment.",
        "—Okay, let's talk about the offer you have.",
        "—I wasn't planning to talk about my boats so soon, but if you want, we can talk about them.",
        "—Sure, why not? Maybe it'll be fun.",
        "—Okay, let's go sit at that table, Fernando.",
        "The two men sat down at a table by the sea. People were still playing and swimming on the beaches and sunbathing on the sand.",
        "—What would you like to know? —said Adolfo.",
        "—What do you have to offer?",
        "—Good question… I have a new special offer.",
        "—And what does it include?",
        "Adolfo took out his phone and put it on the table. He opened the photo gallery and showed a very large, very luxurious boat.",
        "—This is the latest boat I have for rent. It's a beauty. Do you know how to sail?",
        "—Yes.",
        "—Then, Fernando, this is your boat. With it, you can travel for a week. It's not expensive, but it's not cheap either. Remember, it's a luxury boat. The price is very good.",
        "They talked about the price for several minutes and in the end they reached an agreement.",
        "—I have one last thing to ask before renting the boat —said Fernando.",
        "—And what's that?",
        "—I want to try it out with you. These new boats are very modern and I don't like technology. I need to know how the controls work, the screens, the radio… Everything.",
        "—No problem! Come with me, let's go right now.",
        "—Do you have it here?",
        "—It's nearby, we can walk.",
        "Fernando finished his beer and the two men stood up. They left the bar area and walked along near the beach promenade. They arrived at Adolfo's business and entered the office. Adolfo greeted the secretary and his workers, and they continued on to the small harbor.",
        "There it was. Adolfo's boat in the small harbor. A white boat, large and very modern. It looked like it had high-tech equipment.",
        "—I think it's too modern for me —said Fernando.",
        "—Not at all! —Adolfo replied—. It's very easy to sail with it. Come with me, I'll show you.",
        "Fernando and Adolfo got on the boat and went to where the controls were. Adolfo slowly explained to Fernando how to sail it. Fernando learned very quickly.",
        "—See? —said Adolfo—. It's not that hard, is it?",
        "—Honestly, no. It's pretty simple to handle.",
        "—Do you want to try it now?",
        "—I'd like to, yes.",
        "The boat started up and the two men began sailing close to the beach. Fernando felt the fresh air on his face. It was a good day.",
        "Chapter 1 Appendix",
        "Summary",
        "Fernando was a retired man. He wanted to have fun and see the beach, so he took his car and drove to the beach. There he saw an open-air bar. He ordered a beer and a man named Adolfo started talking to him. He rented out boats and had one that was very large and very modern. The two men went to the boat and started sailing.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "el jubilado = retired",
        "el cielo = sky",
        "todo lo que podía = all he could",
        "el empresario = businessman",
        "por eso = for this reason",
        "las vistas = views",
        "la costa = coast",
        "temprano = early",
        "la terraza = terrace",
        "la cerveza = beer",
        "el hielo = ice",
        "bañándose = taking a bath",
        "vacaciones = holidays",
        "quédate con el cambio = keep the change",
        "formalmente = formally",
        "¿A qué te dedicas? = What's your job? What do you do?",
        "no era mi intención = it wasn't my intention",
        "tomando el sol = sunbathing",
        "navegar = navigate, sail",
        "el precio = price",
        "llegaron a un acuerdo = they reached an agreement",
        "los mandos = control",
        "la secretaria = secretary",
        "te voy a enseñar = I'll teach you",
        "el manejo = driving, controls",
        "me gustaría = I'd like that",
        "Multiple-choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "1. What did Fernando do for a living?",
        "a. Businessman",
        "b. Taxi driver",
        "c. Waiter",
        "d. He didn't work",
        "2. What was the weather like?",
        "a. Snow",
        "b. Rain",
        "c. Sun",
        "d. Storm",
        "3. How much did Fernando pay in total for the beer?",
        "a. 2 €",
        "b. 3 €",
        "c. 4 €",
        "d. 5 €",
        "4. What did Adolfo do for a living?",
        "a. Sold cars",
        "b. Rented cars",
        "c. Sold boats",
        "d. Rented boats",
        "5. Fernando liked technology.",
        "a. True",
        "b. False",
        "c. Unknown",
        "Chapter 1 Answers",
        "1. d",
        "2. c",
        "3. d",
        "4. c",
        "5. b",
        "Chapter 2 – An improvised trip",
        "Fernando and Adolfo traveled in the boat. Fernando wasn't convinced at first, but later he was.",
        "—I really like this boat. It's very easy to handle and very easy to understand.",
        "—So you want to rent it for a trip?",
        "—I'm thinking about buying it.",
        "Adolfo was drinking a soft drink and stopped instantly.",
        "—Buying it?",
        "—Exactly. I really like this boat.",
        "Adolfo didn't reply for several seconds, and Fernando finally asked:",
        "—What's wrong?",
        "—The boat is rental only. It's not for sale.",
        "—Aw… That's a shame.",
        "—But you can always rent it as much as you want.",
        "—That's enough for me.",
        "They sailed for several hours. They talked about their lives and many other things. The coast was visible in the distance, they didn't want to go any farther.",
        "—I have a proposition for you, Fernando.",
        "—Another adventure?",
        "—Possibly. How about we sail farther along the coast? I never go that far. I want to visit the different towns along the coast.",
        "—Sounds good to me. Whenever you want.",
        "—Let's go!",
        "The boat sailed very fast, but they stayed close to the coast. They passed near the first town.",
        "Fernando said:",
        "—This town… which one is it?",
        "—It's the nearest town on the coast. There's a really big bar, just like the town where we met.",
        "—Is this also a tourist town? Have you been here, Adolfo?",
        "—Yes, I do business here too renting out my boats. People really enjoy sailing in a boat and seeing the whole coast, not just swimming on the beach. Let's sail to the next one.",
        "They saw the second town on the coast. This town was somewhat different from the previous one.",
        "—And this town, Adolfo?",
        "—This town is a fishing village. It's not a tourist town. There are a lot of fishermen here who make their living by fishing. Entire generations of families who fish, sell the fish, and earn money that way.",
        "—Do you rent boats here too?",
        "—Normally not here. I rent boats in the tourist towns. These fishermen already know the whole coast.",
        "—That makes sense.",
        "They sailed a bit further and the fishing village could no longer be seen in the distance. Now there was only coastline. There were no beaches, only rocks and trees.",
        "—Where are we going now? —asked Fernando.",
        "—The third town is a tourist town, but it's also a business center. Were you a businessman?",
        "—Yes, I did a lot of business, but now I'm retired. All I want is to travel and rest.",
        "—Well, we're not going to do much business in this town. But we need supplies.",
        "—Ha, ha, ha. I understand. I suppose I can handle that kind of business.",
        "The boat sailed to the harbor of the third town. There, they tied up the boat and shut it off. They went out to speak with the owner of a shop. The shop had all kinds of items and tools.",
        "—Good morning, George —said Adolfo.",
        "—Well, well! Adolfo! How are you, my friend? —said George with a foreign accent.",
        "—Let me introduce you to Fernando, my new friend and customer.",
        "—A pleasure, Fernando. So, what do you want?",
        "—We want a little of everything for the boat.",
        "Adolfo explained to George that they wanted lots of supplies: food, water, small tools to repair things…",
        "George did the math and told Adolfo the price:",
        "—That'll be 25.30 €, please.",
        "—Here you go.",
        "—Thank you very much.",
        "Before leaving the shop, Adolfo asked George:",
        "—Hey, George. We want to travel and sail a bit more along the coast. We know there are a lot of towns nearby, but we don't know exactly which ones. We want a new adventure. Do you know any interesting town?",
        "George stood there thinking and said:",
        "—Right now I can't think of anything.",
        "—Think, George —said Adolfo.",
        "—Give me a moment.",
        "George took out a book he had in a cabinet and started turning pages.",
        "He put his finger on a photograph of a lighthouse.",
        "—This is interesting —said George.",
        "—What's interesting? —Fernando and Adolfo answered at the same time.",
        "—There's a town here with a lighthouse. It's half an hour away from here, but it's hard to get there. And there's something strange.",
        "—What is it?",
        "—No one has come to buy anything for two years. Maybe it's abandoned.",
        "—It looks like that's our adventure, Fernando —said Adolfo.",
        "—Sounds good to me.",
        "George closed the book and put it back where it was.",
        "—Are you going to the lighthouse town?",
        "—Yes, that's the idea —answered Adolfo.",
        "—Good trip, then.",
        "—Thanks for everything, George. See you!",
        "Fernando and Adolfo went back to the boat and unloaded all the bags with the new tools and the new utensils. Adolfo started the boat and the boat began to make noise.",
        "Fernando asked Adolfo:",
        "—Hey, Adolfo. What do you think is at the lighthouse town?",
        "—I don't know. That's what we're going to find out now.",
        "—An improvised adventure.",
        "—Exactly!",
        "Chapter 2 Appendix",
        "Summary",
        "Fernando and Adolfo keep sailing. They travel along the coast, close to it. First they visit another tourist town and talk about their lives. Then they visit a fishing village. Finally, they buy supplies in a tourist and business town. George, the shopkeeper, tells them there's a town with a lighthouse they can visit. Fernando and Adolfo sail to that town.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "improvisada = improvised",
        "convencido = convinced, be certain",
        "al instante = right away, instantly",
        "no está en venta = it's not for sale",
        "a lo lejos = in the distance, far away",
        "cuando quieras = whenever you want",
        "¡Vamos allá! = Let's go!",
        "el pueblo = village, town",
        "se ganan la vida = earn their living",
        "ya conocen = already know",
        "los árboles = trees",
        "las provisiones = supplies",
        "ataron = tied",
        "todo tipo de = all kinds of",
        "los objetos = objects",
        "los utensilios = tools",
        "te presento a = I introduce you to...",
        "un placer = a pleasure",
        "las herramientas = tools",
        "no se me ocurre nada = I can't think of anything",
        "dame un momento = give me a moment",
        "el armario = closet",
        "pasar páginas = turn pages",
        "el dedo = finger",
        "el faro = lighthouse",
        "donde estaba = where it was",
        "¡Hasta más ver! = See you!",
        "las bolsas = bags",
        "¿Qué crees? = What do you think?",
        "Multiple choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "6. Can the boat be bought?",
        "a. Yes",
        "b. No",
        "c. Depending on the conditions",
        "7. What kind of town is the first town they visit?",
        "a. A business town",
        "b. A tourist town",
        "c. A business and tourist town",
        "d. A fishing village",
        "8. What kind of town is the second town they visit?",
        "a. A business town",
        "b. A tourist town",
        "c. A business and tourist town",
        "d. A fishing village",
        "9. What kind of town is the third town they visit?",
        "a. A business town",
        "b. A tourist town",
        "c. A business and tourist town",
        "d. A fishing village",
        "10. Where do Fernando and Adolfo go in the end?",
        "a. To the beach town",
        "b. To the fishing village",
        "c. To the lighthouse town",
        "d. They stay in the shop town",
        "Chapter 2 answers",
        "6. b",
        "7. b",
        "8. d",
        "9. c",
        "10. c",
        "Chapter 3 – The Lighthouse",
        "They were sailing peacefully across the sea. It was almost night already and the colors of the sky were different. The sky was still blue but the sun no longer felt as warm. Fernando was sitting looking at the sea and Adolfo was reading several books. Fernando was curious, so he got up and went to talk to Adolfo:",
        "—What are you reading? —said Fernando as he sat down beside him.",
        "—I'm looking for information about the lighthouse town. There are several things I don't understand. The books say very little about this town.",
        "—And why is that?",
        "—I don't know the reason, that's why I'm reading and trying to get all the information I can from these books.",
        "Fernando picked up one of the books and it was titled:",
        "«Information about the coastal towns, volume 2».",
        "—What does this book say? —asked Fernando.",
        "—Nothing special. Not much more than what George told us —answered Adolfo.",
        "—What information is there?",
        "—It says it was a small town, of about 100 or 200 inhabitants.",
        "—Wow, that's really small.",
        "—Indeed.",
        "Fernando kept looking at the book and read something interesting.",
        "—Look, Adolfo, I've found something interesting in the book. Maybe you didn't read this, because it's written in very small print.",
        "—What does it say?",
        "—It says the town has been abandoned for several years.",
        "—Exactly how many years?",
        "—Well… 2 years.",
        "—Exactly what George said. Nobody has bought tools or utensils for two years.",
        "—We have to find out why it's abandoned, Adolfo.",
        "Adolfo closed his book and Fernando kept reading more from his:",
        "—It also says here that it's hard to get to the town. There are a lot of rocks and cliffs and it's dangerous to go by boat. That's why there's a lighthouse.",
        "—Don't worry, Fernando. If the boat breaks, it'll be my fault.",
        "—Ha, ha, ha, ha. Then I won't rent it for now.",
        "Fernando also closed his book and gave it to Adolfo. They put the books away and sailed for half an hour. Finally, they saw the rocks and the cliffs.",
        "—Well —said Adolfo—, this is going to be interesting.",
        "—Be careful, Adolfo.",
        "—Don't worry, I know how to sail very well.",
        "The boat was hitting small rocks and moving a lot. Water was getting into the boat. The boat was rocking more and more.",
        "—Hold on, Fernando!",
        "The boat was rocking violently, but after five minutes they reached a small harbor.",
        "—I'm too old for this —said Fernando.",
        "—Didn't you want an adventure? And free, on top of it!",
        "Fernando laughed a lot and so did Adolfo.",
        "They both tied the boat to the abandoned harbor and got out. There, the waters were calm.",
        "It was a small town. There were a lot of wooden houses, but there was no one. There was also a small wooden boat with its oars. And the lighthouse was on the hill. The hill was very tall and very large, but the lighthouse wasn't working. It had no light.",
        "—Let's do one thing —said Adolfo—, let's explore the houses. Maybe we'll find something useful. There aren't any other boats, just that small wooden boat.",
        "—Okay, let's explore, you first.",
        "—Are you scared?",
        "—No way! I just don't want to end up lame.",
        "Adolfo smiled and started walking. In the center of the town, there was a very big house, also wooden. It was the biggest house in the town, and it was also much bigger than some houses in the fishing village. Adolfo opened the door and went inside.",
        "—It looks like the house where the town gathered —said Fernando.",
        "—That was probably it.",
        "—There has to be information about why the town is abandoned.",
        "Fernando looked for clues around the rooms. He read old reports, books, and marks of all kinds. Ten minutes later, Fernando and Adolfo talked. They hadn't found anything.",
        "—Let's go to the lighthouse —said Adolfo.",
        "They went up the hill and there it was. The lighthouse was old, but it wasn't destroyed. They went inside and from up there you could see the whole town. The big wooden house looked smaller from up there. You could also see all the other houses, Adolfo's modern boat, and the small boat.",
        "Adolfo found the last report from the lighthouse.",
        "—Look, Fernando. The last lighthouse report. I'm going to read it:",
        "«We are abandoning the town permanently. The hill and the cliffs aren't safe. Rocks are falling on the houses. We're leaving».",
        "—That's the reason! —shouted Fernando—. Rocks fall on the houses. The people were scared and left the town.",
        "Without warning, the lighthouse started to break apart and the rocks swallowed Adolfo.",
        "—Adolfo! Adolfo! —shouted Fernando.",
        "Fernando didn't see him. Half of the lighthouse broke, but he didn't fall.",
        "—Oh no! Oh no, no, no!",
        "Fernando knew how to sail the modern boat. He went down to the harbor. He didn't see Adolfo. He tried to call by radio and ask for help but there was no signal. He started sailing and crossed through the rocks with difficulty.",
        "He arrived at George's town and went into his shop. Fernando was wet and his clothes were torn.",
        "George said to him:",
        "—What happened?",
        "—We have to ask for help!",
        "Three hours later, several coastguards started searching for Adolfo around the abandoned town and at sea. They didn't find anything. Fernando was very sad. He went to Adolfo's boat and slept there. He was very tired. He couldn't help Adolfo.",
        "Without warning, in the middle of the night, someone called out to Fernando. Everything was very dark. Fernando couldn't see who it was.",
        "—Who are you?",
        "—It's me, Adolfo!",
        "—Adolfo? Is that you?",
        "Fernando came down from the modern boat and saw Adolfo. His clothes were also torn and he didn't look good, but he smiled.",
        "—How did you get here? —asked Fernando.",
        "Adolfo pointed at the wooden boat.",
        "—In the wooden boat from the town. I rowed all the way here. And I think… I think that's enough adventures for now, ha, ha, ha, ha!",
        "Chapter 3 Appendix",
        "Summary",
        "Fernando and Adolfo travel to the lighthouse town. The trip is difficult because there are a lot of rocks. There's a wooden boat in the town, but the town is abandoned. They go into the lighthouse and the lighthouse breaks. Adolfo disappears. Fernando goes back to George's town and asks for help. Finally, Adolfo shows up in the wooden boat and says he doesn't want any more adventures.",
        "Vocabulary",
        "tranquilamente = calmly",
        "sentía curiosidad = was curious",
        "por lo que = so",
        "mientras = while",
        "a su lado = by his side",
        "la razón = reason",
        "se titulaba así = it was entitled/called",
        "los datos = data, information",
        "en efecto = indeed",
        "he encontrado = I've found",
        "quizás = maybe",
        "letra muy pequeña = very small print",
        "desde hace varios años = for many years",
        "acceder = access",
        "los precipicios = cliffs",
        "si se rompe = if it breaks",
        "la culpa será mía = the fault will be mine",
        "esto va a ser interesante = this is going to be interesting",
        "chocar = hit, collide, crash",
        "cada vez más = increasingly",
        "agárrate = hold on",
        "violentamente = violently, wildly",
        "calmadas = calm",
        "de madera = wooden",
        "los remos = oars",
        "la luz = light",
        "¡Qué va! = No way!",
        "cojo = lame (man)",
        "reunía = gathered, met",
        "tiene que haber = there has to be",
        "las pistas = clue",
        "de cualquier tipo = of any/all kinds",
        "destruido = destroyed",
        "el informe = report",
        "definitivamente = definitely",
        "la señal = signal",
        "atravesó = crossed",
        "difícilmente = hardly",
        "mojado = wet, soaked, saturated",
        "los guardacostas = coastguard",
        "destrozada = destroyed, smashed",
        "remando = paddling, rowing",
        "suficientes = enough",
        "Multiple choice questions",
        "Select a single answer for each question",
        "11. Why is it difficult to sail to the lighthouse town?",
        "a. Because it's far away",
        "b. Because there are rocks",
        "c. Because there's no light",
        "d. Because nobody knows where it is",
        "12. How many people are in the town?",
        "a. One person",
        "b. Few people",
        "c. Many people",
        "d. None of the above",
        "13. Why did the inhabitants abandon the town?",
        "a. Because there were no fish",
        "b. Because there was no light",
        "c. Because it was very far away",
        "d. Because there was a lot of danger",
        "14. What happens at the lighthouse?",
        "a. The lighthouse breaks and swallows Adolfo",
        "b. The lighthouse breaks and swallows Fernando",
        "c. The wooden house breaks",
        "d. The lighthouse lights up",
        "15. How does Adolfo get back to George's town?",
        "a. In the modern boat",
        "b. Swimming",
        "c. In the wooden boat",
        "d. None of the above",
        "Chapter 3 answers",
        "11. b",
        "12. d",
        "13. d",
        "14. a",
        "15. c",
        "This title is also available as an audiobook.",
        "For more information, please visit the Amazon store.",
        "THE END",
        "Thanks for Reading!",
        "I hope you have enjoyed these stories and that your Spanish has improved as a result! A lot of hard work went into creating this book, and if you would like to support me, the best way to do so would be with an honest review on the Amazon store. This helps other people find the book and lets them know what to expect.",
        "To do this:",
        "Click here or visit http://www.amazon.com",
        "Click “Your Account” in the menu bar",
        "Click “Your Orders” from the drop-down menu",
        "Select this book from the list and leave an honest review!",
        "Thank you for your support,",
        "- Olly Richards",
        "More from Olly",
        "If you have enjoyed this book, you will love all the other free language learning content I publish each week on my blog and podcast: I Will Teach You A Language.",
        "The I Will Teach You A Language blog",
        "Study hacks and mind tools for independent language learners.",
        "http://iwillteachyoualanguage.com",
        "The I Will Teach You A Language podcast",
        "I answer your language learning questions twice a week on the podcast.",
        "http://iwillteachyoualanguage.com/itunes",
        "Here’s where to find me on social media. Why not get in touch - I’d love to hear from you!",
        "Facebook: http://facebook.com/iwillteachyoualanguage",
        "Twitter: http://twitter.com/olly_iwtyal"
      ]
    }
  ]
}